D
WM

I L L I N O I S
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN

PRODUCTION NOTE
University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign Library
Brittle Books Project, 2013.

COPYRIGHT NOTIFICATION
In Public Domain.
Published prior to 1923.

This digital copy was made from the printed version held
by the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
It was made in compliance with copyright law.
Prepared for the Brittle Books Project, Main Library,
University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
by
Northern Micrographics
Brookhaven Bindery
La Crosse, Wisconsin
2013

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS
LIBRARY
Class

-TO
Ja 09-20M

Book

Rnc^

^

Volume

FIRST LATIN BOOK;

PROGRESSIVE LESSONS

READING AND WRITING LATTN.

B Y 8 . A. A N D R E W S , L L . l t .

Ordinis haec virtus erit et venus, aut ego fallor,
Ut jam nunc dicat jam nunc debenfia dici,
Pleraque differat, et prasens in tempus onrittat.—-Hon.

TWENTY-FOURTH EDITION

BOSTON:
HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN AND COMPANY,
(ilje HtotrsiHe press, C-ambrtlJffe.
1881.

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1848,
BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER,
In the Clerks Office of the District Court of Massachnaetta

The Riverside Press, Cambridge:
Printed by H. O. Houghton and Company

PBEFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.

O
J*
§
.-•I
$

IN preparing this work for a new edition, no essential alteration has
been made in its original plan, but every part has been carefully revised,
and such additions have every where been made, as the perfecting of its
plan seemed to require. The syntax, in particular, has been enlarged by
the addition of such subordinate principles and special remarks, as ap­
peared to b/most necessary for the student in the commencement of his
Latin course.
For the purpose of rendering the work more extensively useful, the de­
rivation of the words in the Vocabulary has in most cases been given,
and an Appendix has been added, containing a full account of Latin pronunciation, according to the usage in the English universities, and in
most of the Colleges of this country. The student will also find in the
Appendix a condensed view of the irregularities in the gender and genitive of nouns of the third declension, and also of the principal anomalies
in the formation of particular cases in that declension.
The following extracts from the preface to the first edition will show
the general plan of the work.

i "The object of this book is, to connect the leading principles of the
CTtlDatin language with exercises in reading and writing designed for their
0& illustration. It is divided into lessons of convenient length, containing
(& principles to be observed or forms to be imitated. To these are subjoin^ ed questions and exercises; the former to assist the student in preparing
3 his lessons, the latter to show the practical application of such principles
and forms, and to fix them more firmly in the memory.
" The lessons are arranged with careful reference to their natural order,
and in such a manner as not to anticipate, in the earlier lessons, those
(fi subjects which belong to later parts of the work. Hence the forms of
, ** words are first exhibited, and their constructionis subsequently explained,
~
" Ih the declension of nouns and adjectives, the principles of classifijL cation and comparison have been brought to aid the pupil's memory, and
^/jkt'the same time, to save no inconsiderable portion of the time usually

IV

PREFACE.

spent in the daily and hourly repetition of the paradigms. For this pui*
pose, those cases in each number which are alike, have been classed to­
gether.
" The lessons on the formation of the nominative singular from the
root, supply a defect in most Latin Grammars in common use, and pre­
sent a concise view of a subject of considerable practical importance.
" The united declension of nouns and adjectives, as exemplified in the
exercises under the latter, is another feature of the present work, of great
importance in rendering the pupil practicably familiar with the agree­
ment of those parts of speech under all their variations of form and de­
clension.
" In the conjugation of verbs also, the principles of classification and
comparison have been regarded, in so arranging the tenses of each
mood, that those parts which are derived from the same root should
stand together: while by presenting under each tense a comparative
view of the four conjugations, their resemblances and differences will be
fixed indelibly in the memory. By means of this arrangement the pupil
may in a few weeks acquire a more familiar acquaintance with the pecu­
liar form of each of the conjugations and of the distinctions between
them, than is usually obtained by years of study when the ordinary ar­
rangement is observed.
" Sum is commonly the first verb to which the student of the Latin
language is introduced, but on account of its irregularities, its early in­
troduction tends to perplex his mind in regard to the regular forms ot
Latin verbs. To avoid this inconvenience, it is not exhibited in the pres­
ent work, until the pupil has had opportunity to become familiar with
the active voice of all the conjugations of regular verbs; after which he
will more readily notice its irregularities and will have occasion to apply
his knowledge of its forms to immediate use in conjugating the com­
pound tenses of the passive voice.
" In treating of the roots of verbs, the author has deviated in two par­
ticulars from the view given of the same subject in the Grammar of
Andrews and Stoddard. The first relates to the form of the third root,
which 1's here made to end in t, but in the Grammar is considered as in­
cluding the u which always follows it. The other deviation relates to
the second and third roots of the second conjugation, which, m the
Grammar, are said to end in evi and etwn, but in this book terminate in
ui and Mum.
" In the definitions and rules contained in this book, the author has
had in view the language used in the corresponding parts of Andrews'
and Stoddard's Grammar. Of the general approbation with which
those definitions and rules have been received, no better evidence is
fieeded, than a knowledge of the extent to which they have been copied
and imitated by subsequent writers. As the design of that work, how­
ever, was essentially different from the one proposed in the present vol­
ume, a corresponding change htfs often been made in the language of
the smaller work. The principles however of both works, so far as they
are developed in each, are essentially the same, and the arrangement of
their topics is in general similar. Hence the student who begins with
this volume, will feel no sensible embarrassment in ultimately searching
the larger work for the ^various exceptions and modifications of rules
and principles, .which were necessarily omitted in this. In arranging
•he rules of construction in such a manrier as to avoid anticipating top­
ics not previously treated of, it has been found expedient, ii? a few in-

PREFACE.
stances, to separate the rules relating to a particular case, by the inter­
vention of rules relating to other cases; but such exceptions are few in
number, and when once noticed will occasion no perplexity.
" The principal points in which this book is supposed to differ from
mpst other elementary Latin works, consist in a more careful attention
to accuracy in rules and definitions, and to the principles of comparison,
and classification; in greater clearness of method, in consequence of
presenting each subject singly and in its natural order, and illustrating
it independently of other subjects; in a more perfect development of
the doctrine of roots in inflected words, and of the uses of that doctrine
in simplifying the knowledge of the forms of words ; and in a far more,
complete exhibition of the nature of sentences, of their modifications
and connections, than is to be found in any other similar work upon
this subject, excepting the Grammar of Andrews and Stoddard.
" The reading lessons at the close of this work consist partly of Fa­
bles anid of Anecdotes of illustrious men, and partly of the same selec­
tion from the well-known Historia Sacra of Lhomond, which is contain­
ed in the author's First Lessons. The latter is retained in the full be­
lief, that it is better adapted to the taste and capacity of the younger
classes in Latin, than any thing which could be found to occupy its place;
while the purity of its language renders it a safe, as well as an agreeable
introduction to more difficult compositions.
" In regard to the mode of using this book, the author has little to add
to the suggestions contained in the body of the work. When the pupil
Is directed to write out an exercise, the teacher will of course decide
whether this shall be done upon the black-board or slate in the presence
of the class, or more deliberately at his desk. On reviewing a lesson,
however, it is recommended that the exercise should be repeated from
memory, and such inquiries made respecting it, as will satisfy the teach­
er, that the lesson is well understood. It may be added, that a daily re­
view of the lesson of the previous day can hardly be too highly recom­
mended.
" As the author has aimed to exclude from this little work every sub­
ject which is not, in his view, of fundamental importance, he may per­
haps be allowed to urge upon the student the necessity of a thorough
knowledge of each lesson in all its parts. If this suggestion is heeded,
he may rest assured that when he shall lay aside this First Book he will
find himself fully prepared, by an accurate acquaintance with the com­
mon idioms of the language, to engage in the study of the more advanced
works, by means of which his knowledge of the Latin tongue is to be
perfected."
The author hopes that, in its present form, the work will be found not
wholly unworthy of the general approbation so kindly bestowed upon the
first edition, and especially that it will prove useful in advancing the
cause of general education. In this country, and particularly in New
England, the study of the Latin language is now pursued to some ex­
tent by great and constantly increasing numbers of youth, both in pub­
lic and in private schools, for the purpose of improvement in the know­
ledge of general grammar, and of a better understanding of that portion of
theit native tongue, which is derived from that language. In the origi1*

ri

PREFACE.

nal composition o f this work, as well as in its recent revisioi, the author
has aimed to supply such a book as should be suited to the wants of this
class—a book which, while it should serve as an introduction to the study
of the classics, should be specially adapted to the purposes of general ed­
ucation.
For the accommodation of those who may wish to extend their reading
beyond the few pages appended to these lessons, an edition of the Latin
Reader will soon be prepared with the usual references, at the foot of the
pages, to the larger Grammar, and with references,
the end of the
book, to the Jessons in this volume. Should it appear to be expedient,
Bimilar notes may also be added, at some future time, to the author's
Viri Romae.
E. A. A.
NEW BRITAIN, (CONN.)J October, 1848.

CONTENTS.

Page
1. Letters.—Marks of Quantity.Accents,
2. Pronunciation of Latin, . . .
3. General Rules of Quantity, . .
4. Parts of Speech.—Inflection, .
6. Nouns.—Gender.—Number, .
6. Cases.—Persons,
7. Declensions, how distinguished,
8. 1st. Declension.—Greek Nouns,
9. 2d Dec.—Nouns in us,. . . .
44
10.
Nouns in er, . . . .
44
11.
Nouns in urn.—Greek
Nouns, . . . . .
12. 3d Dec.—Masc.—Nouns in n
and r,
. .
44
13.
"
Nouns in oand
14.

u

15.

u

lb.

os, . . . .

" Increasing nouns
in es, is and ex,
Fem.—Nouns in esand
is not increas­
ing, and in do
and go, . .
44
Nouns in as &

Paradigms of Verbs.

w

Nouns in s im­
pure, x, & ys,
Neut.—Nouns in men
18.
and us, . .
44
Nouns in t, a—
19.
iter, e and y,
44
Nouns in e. al,
and ar,
44
21.
Irregular Nouns, . .
w
22.
Formation of the Nom.
Sing. Rule I. . . .
44
23.
" Rule II. . .
44
24.
Exceptions in Declen­
sion, . . . . . .
25. 4th Declension,
26.
"
Exceptions—Domus,.
27. 6th Dec.—Compound Nouns, .
1st Comparative View of the
Declensions, ....
2d
"
«
«
28. Adjectives,
29. 44 1st & 2d Decls.—in us,a,urn,
80. u
"
in er, a, tm,
u syncopated, in er, o,
B1
uw,
...
17.

Lest.
Pag*
32. Adj.—1st <fc 2d Decls.—in us<fc er,
gen. ius, 53
44 duo and ambo, . . 51
33. "
34. Adj.—3d Dec.—3 Terminations, 52
;t
35. 44
2 Terminations, 53
44
36. 44
Comparatives, . 64
44
37.
1 Termination, 66
Numeral,
.57
Comparison of,
68
40.
Irregular Comparison, . . 69
41. Pronouns.—Ego, tu,and sui, . 60
42.
" Adjective.—Ate, ... 61
44
43.
"
ille, iste, and ipse, 63
44
44
44.
is and idem, . . 64
44
44
45.
qui and quis,'. . 65
46. Verbs,—their various kinds, . 66
47. 44 Moods, Tenses, Person,
Number, Participles, <fcc. 68
48. 44 Conjugations distinguish­
ed.—Roots,
69
49. Formation of 2d and 3d Roots, . 71
50. Construction and Position of
Words,
72
51. Principal Parts of a Verb, . . 73

31
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
44
45
46
47
48
49

62. Act. Voice.—Indie. Mood, 1st
Root, . 74
M
53.
" Forms of
Sentences, 76
54.
" 2d Root, . 77
M
55.
" Sentences, 79
56.
Subj. Mood, 1st Root, 79
57.
" Sentences, 81
a'
58.
" 2d Root, . 82
44
«
59.
Sentences, 83
u Imper. and Infin. Moods, 83
60.
u Participles. Gerunds,
61.
and Supines, . . . 84
62. Sum,—1
[ndic. Mood, 1st Root, . 85
63. 44
"
2d Root, . 87
64. " Subj., Imper., Infin., <fcc. . 88
65. Pass. Voice. Principal Parts, . 90
44
66.
Indie. Mood, 1st Root, . 91
44
a
67.
Sentences, 92
63.
"
"
3d Root, . 93
44
44
69.
Sentences, 94
44
70.
Subj. Mood, 1st Root, . 95
44
44
71.
Sentences, 96
72.
"
*
3d Root, . 97
73.
*
Sentences, 98

8

CONTENTS,

Leas.
Page
74. Passive Voice,—Imper. and In­
finitive Moods, &c
99
75. Deponent and Irregular Verbs, 100
76. Possumj
Conjugated, 101
77. Volo, nolo, and malo,
"
102
78. Fero,
«
103
79. Fio,
«
104
80. Bo,
"
105
81. Defective and Impers. Verbs, 106
82. Particles, defined,
108
83. Sentences. — Subject. — Predi­
cate,
109
84. Gramiiiatical Subj. and Pred. 110
85. Logical
"
111
86. Simple and Compound "
111
87. Rules for Analysisand Parsing, U2
88. Construction of Adverbs and
Conjunctions,
.113
89. Apposition,
.114
90. Subject-Nominative, . . . .115
91. Construction of Adjectives, . 117
92. Predicate-Nominative, . . . 120
93. Compound Sentences, . . . 122
94. Relatives, . .
123
95. Infinitive Mood, . . . . . 125
96. Acc. after Active Verbs,. . . 127
97. M after Prepositions, . . . 129
98. " of Time and Space, . . 131
99. Abl. after Prepositions, . . . 132
100. Gen. after Nouns,
133
101. u or Abl. of Quality,... 135
102. " with Sum, . . . . .137
103. u after Partitives,.... 137
$04. " after Adjectives, . . .139
105. " after Verbs, ..... 140
106. "
«
141
107. «
"
..... 142
108. " Acc. and Abl. of Place, . 143
109. Dative, . . .
144
w
110.
without to or forj . . 145
111.
«
"
. . 14(5
112.
«
"
. . 147
u
113.
with Est,
148
114. Two Datives,
149
115. Vocative, ........ 150
116. Abl. after Nouns,Adjectives,&c. 151
117. " of cause, manner, Ac.
. 163

. lSS

118. Abl. of Price and Time, .
119. Construction of Comparatives, 155
120. Ablative Absolute,
157
121. Participles,
158
122.
"
Translation of, . . 160
123. Gerunds and Supines, . . .162
124. Passive Voice, Construction of, 163
125. Direct Questions,
165
126. Imper. and Subj. for Imper. . 166
127. Direct and Indirect Quotation, 167
128. Subj. in Indirect Allusions, . 169
129. " in Indirect Questions, . 170
130. Double Questions,
172
131. Subj., Condition and Conclu­
sion,. . . . . . . 172
132. u
with Adverbs of Time, 174
133. w
Purpose, Object, and
Result, . . . . . . 174
134. 44
Result or Consequence, 176
135. u
Connection of Tenses, . 177
APPENDIX.
A. Division of Words into Sylla­
bles,
179
B. 3d Dec.—Masc.—Exceptions in
Gender, . . . . . . . 180
C. "
"
«
in
Declension,
181
D. "
Fem.—Exceptions in
Gender, . . . . . . .181
E. "
"
"
in
Declension,
182
u
F.
Neut.- -Exceptions in
Gender and Declension, . 183
G. " Remarks on the Gen.,
Acc., and Voc. Sing. . 183
H. " Remarks on the Abl.
Sing. .
184
I. Remarks oh the Plural Cases, 185
J. Irregular Nouns,
186
K. Derivation of Nouns and Ad­
jectives, . . ... . . . 137
Life of Joseph,
188
Fables, .
tJ3
Anecdotes,
206
Vocabulary,
200

LESSON 1.
LETTERS.
1. Letters are divided into vowels and consonants.
2. A, e, i, 0,
and y, are vowels.
3. Of the consonants, Z, m, n, and r, are liquids.
4. X and # are double consonants : a; stands for
OT
g*s, and z for ds or ts.
5. The other consonants, except h and s, are called
mutes.
6. W is not found in Latin words, and k is seldom used.

7. A diphthong consists of two successive vowels in
the same syllable ; as, ai in hair, <z in CcBsar.
8. Three
Two > diphthongs begin with
Two
NOTB 1.—If the first vowel is M, the two vowels, though forming but one syllable,
are not here considered as a diphthong, as, qui, lingua, suadeo.

9. A diceresis (••) consists of two points placed over
the latter of two vowels, which might otherwise form a
diphthong, to denote that they are to be separated in
pronunciation ; as, oe in coerce.
NOTE 2.—In Latin the dijeresis is seldom used, except with ae, a», and oe, when
tliey do not form diphthongs.
MARKS OF QUANTITY.

10. A short vowel is marked by a curved line ; as i in
dom-t-nus, a lord.
11. A long vowel is marked by a horizontal line ; as,
o in ser-mo-nes, speeches.
12. A common or doubtful vowel has both marks
united ; as, u in vol-u-cres, birds, which is sometimes
long and sometimes short.

10

PRONUNCIATION.

ACCENTS.

13. The acute accent (' ) marks the syllable on which
the stress of voice is laid ; as, reg'-num, a kingdom.
14. The grave accent ( N ) distinguishes certain parti­
cles from other words spelled in the same manner; as,
quod, because, from quod, which.
15. The circumflex accent ( A ), composed of the acute
and the grave, denotes a contraction, and the syllable
over which it stands is long; as, num'-mum for nummo-rum.
QUESTIONS .—How are letters divided7 Which are vowels? Which of the con­
sonants are called liquids 1 Which, double consonants] For what does x standi
For what does z stand I What are the other consonants called ] What English
letter is not found in Latin 1 What is a diphthong1 Repeat the table of diph­
thongs. What is said of two vowels in the same syllable, the first of which is uj
What is a diaeresis] What is its use ] How is a short vowel marked]—along
vowel ]—a common or doubtful vowel] What is the use of the acute accent ?—
of the grave'I—of the circumflex 1
EXERCISE.

Write five English words containing diphthongs, and five hav­
ing successive vowels which are not diphthongs. Write ten Eng­
lish words of more than one syllable, and mark the accented sylla­
ble of each with the acute accent.

L E S S O N

2 .

PRONUNCIATION.

1. Every Latin word has as many syllables as it has
separate vowels and diphthongs.
NOTE .—Rules for the division of words into syllables may be found in the Ap­
pendix? Lesson A.

2. A monosyllable )
C one syllable.
A dissyllable
> is a word of) two syllables.
A polysyllable )
( three or more syllables.
3. The penult of a word is the last syllable but one; the antepe
•wM is the last syllable but two.

PRONUNCIATION.

11

REMARK 1.^—Accent is a particular stress of voice on certain syl­
lables of words.
REMARK 2.—Word£of two or three syllables have but one accent.
Words of more than three syllables have two or more accents.

4. The penult of dissyllables is accented; as, pa'-ter,
a father.
5. (a) The penult of polysyllables, if long, is accent­
ed ; if short, the accent is on the antepenult; as, ser-mones, speeches ; dom'-i-nus, a lord.
(6) If the penult of a polysyllable is common, the
accent in prose is on the antepenult; as, me-di'-d-cres.
EXCEPTION .—When the penult of a genitive in ius is common,
the i is accented in prose; as, u-ni'-us.
NOTE .—Letters, when similarly situated, have in general the
same sound in Latin as in English words.—But:—

6. A at the end of unaccented syllables is pronounced
as, mu'-sa, (pronounced mu'-zah.)
7. Ch is pronounced like k; as, Chi'-os, (pronounced

ah;

Ki'-os.)
8. C sounds like s, and g like j, before e, t, y, <e, and
(B; as, ceri-tum, a hundred ; ci'-bus, food 5 cce'-Zttm,
heaven ; gens, a nation ; ag'-i-lis, active.
9.' Es, at the end of a word, is pronounced like the
English word ease; as, ru'-pes, a rock.
10. Os, at the end of plural cases, is pronounced like
ose in dose; as, nos, we ; il'-losr them.
QUESTIONS.—How many syllables has every Latm word ? What is a mono­
syllable'J—a dissyllable?—a polysyllable? What is the penult of a word I—the
antepenult] What is the rule for accenting dissyllables?—polysyllables, if the pe­
nult is long?—if short?—if common? What words are excepted? Where is a
pronounced ah ? How is ch pronounced ? What is the rule for pronouncing &
and g 7 How is es at the end of a word pronounced ? How is os pronounced at
Uie end of plural cases?
EXERCISE.

How many syllables has animus?—numlrusl—opus?—respvbIxca ?—monebamini ?— Ccesar ?—memoria ?—Europa 1—conventio ?—
bidnum ?—spectaculum ?—allquis ? L. 1. Note.
• DIRECTIONS.—The teacher will ask,Why has animus three syllables? Answer.
Because it has three separate vowels, a,«, and u, and u Every Latin word has af
many syllables," &c. (repeating L. 1.) The same question can be asked respect*
.ng each word, and whenever, in the following lessons, an answer is given to any
question, its correctness should be proved by quoting some definition, rule. or.
urinciple.
Mark the accent on the jollowing words, and in answer tc the

12

QUANTITY.

question, Why is that syllable accented 7 repeat L. 2. 4, or 5.—
ca-nis, fe-lix, ten-e-ri, bo-no-rum, dif-jic-i-lis, mil-i-tes, mon-e-ba-mur.

Pronounce the following words according to rules 6-10, viz., &/mach'-i-na, ge'-ner, a'-ger, ci'-nis, a-mi'-cus, a-mi'-ci, fa'-ci-o, dwn
ser-md'-7i€s.

Write ten English monosyllables, ten dissyllables, and ten poly­
syllables.

LESSON 3.
GENERAL RULES OP QUANTITY.

1. A vowel before another vowel or
is short; as, c,
mo'-ne-o , I advise; a, in ex'-trd-ho , I draw out.
2. A diphthong is long; as, aw, in in-cdu'-tus, in­
cautious.
3. A vowel before two consonants, a double conso­
nant, or
is long; as, t, in sa-glt'-ta , an arrow; a, in
max'-i-mus, greatest; e, in pe-jor , worse.
in

NOTE 1.—A vowel has its short sawwd when followed by a con­
sonant in the same syllable, although its quantity be long.

4. A vowel before a mute followed by a liquid is,'for
the most part, common, that is, sometimes long and
sometimes short; as, a, in pa-tres , fathers.
NOTE 2.—In this book, the quantity of the penult, in words of
more than two syllables, is marked, unless it can be determined tc
be long or short by one of the preceding rules.
QUESTIONS.—What is the first general rule of quantity?—the second 1—the
third V—the fourth 7 What is the sound of a vowel, when followed by a conso­
nant in the same syllable 1 What is a common vowel 1 In what words is the
quantity of the penult marked in this book!

EXERCISE.
1. Mark the quantity of the penult in the following words
according to the preceding rules, making use of the marks of quan­
tity described in Lesson 1.
ax-is,
Pen-na,
al-te-ri-us,
di-ver-sus,
tu-us,
vic-to-ri-a,
the-sau-rus, mo-les-tus,
ga-za,
vir-tus,
in-cen-dit,
ma-jor,
vol-u-cres,
me-li-or,
post-quam, pug-nan-dura,
cce-no,
con-jux.

PARTS OF SPEECH

NOUNS.

13

*2. Give the general rule for the quantity of the penult oipenna—
of iwus,—of virtus, &c.

LESSON 4.
PARTS OP SPEECH.

1. In Latin there are eight parts of speech, viz., Sub~
stantive or Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb,
Preposition, Conjunction, and Interjection.
REMARK.—Verbs include Participles, Gerunds, and Supines.
NOTE 1.—The Latin Language has no words corresponding to
the English articles a and the.
INFLECTION.

2. Inflection is a change in the termination of a word ;
as,
ioo&s; great, greater; have, has.
3. Inflection is of three kinds—declension, conjuga­
tion, and comparison.
4. Nouns, pronouns, adjectives, participles, gerunds,
and supines, are declined.
5. Verbs are conjugated.
6. Adjectives and adverbs are compared.
NOTE 2.—Adverbs, prepositions, conjunctions, and interjections,
are sometimes called Particles.
QUESTIONS.—How many parts of speech are there in Latin? Name them.
What do verbs include? What English words cannot be translated into Latin?
What is inflection in grammar? How many and what kinds of inflection are
there? What classes of words are declined ? What are conjugated? What an
compared ? What parts of speech are sometimes called particles?

LESSON 5.
NOUNS.

1. A noun is the name of an object.
2. A proper noun is the name of an individual object
us, Casar. Rome.
2

14

NOUNS I

GENDER.

3. A common noun is the n&ine of a class of objects, to
each of which it is applicable ; as, man, tree.
4. A collective noun is one which, in the singular
number, denotes a collection of individuals ; as, a nation,
a multitude.
5. An abstract noun is the name of a quality, action,
or other attribute ; as, goodness* love.
6. A material noun is the name of a substance consid­
ered in the gross ; as, lignum, wood; ferrum, iron ;
cibus, food.
REMARK .—Proper, abstract, and material nouns become comfnon,
when employed to denote one or more of a class of objects.

GENDER.

7. The gender of a noun is its distinction in regard to
sex.
8. Nouns have three genders—the masculine, the/eminine, and the neuter.
General Rules of Gender.
I. The names of all male beings, and of rivers, winds,
and months, are masculine.
II. The names of all female beings, and of countries,
towns, islands, trees, and plants, are feminine.
" NOTE 1.—A general rule of gender, when applicable to any noun,

is commonly to be regarded rather than a special rule.
NOTE 2.—When the gender of a^oun cannot be determined by
a general rule, it is ascertained by a special rule depending on its
termination and declension.
NOTE 3.—A noun which denotes sometimes a male and some­
times a female being, is said to be of the connnon gender.

9. Nouns which are neither masculine nor feminine,
are of the neuter gender.
NOTE 4. —Infinitives, clauses used substantively, and all inde­
clinable nouns, are of the neuter gender.

10. Adjectives, pronouns, and participles have likewise
three genders.

NOUNS I—NUMBERS—CASES.

15

N UMBERS,
11. Number, in nouns, is the form by which they de­
note whether one object is meant, or more than one.
12. Latin nouns have two numbers—the singular and
the plural.
13. The singular number denotes one object; as, ma ter, a mother.
14. The plural number denotes more than one object;
as, ma'-tres, mothers.
15. Adjectives, pronouns, verbs, and participles have
likewise two numbers.
Q UESTIONS .—What is a noun?—a proper noun?—a common noun?—acc.iective noun ?—an abstract noun ?—a material noun ? When do proper, abstract and
material nouns become common ? What is the gender of a noun? How many
genders have nouns ? What are they called 7 What is the general rule for mas­
culine nouns?—for lemi nines? When general and special rules of gender are in­
consistent with each other, which is commonly to be regarded? How is the gen­
der of a noun ascertained when it is not determined by a general rule? What
nouns are said to be of the common gender?—of the neuter gender? What
classes of words are always neuter ? What other classes of words have the dis­
tinction of gender ? What is number in nouns ? How many numbers have Latin
nouns? What are they called? What does the singular number denote?—the
plural ? What other classes of words have likewise two numbers?
EXERCISE.

Write in English five proper nouns, five common nouns not col­
lective, five collective, five abstract, and five material nouns.
D IRECTIONS .—The teacher will inquire in regard to each word so written; 1st
Why is it a noun ? 2d. Why is it a proper, common, <fcc., noun ?

Give the general rule for the gender of each of the following
nouns:—
Ho-me'-rus, Homer.
Tib'-e-ris, tJce Tiber.
Hel'-e-na, Helen.
iE-gyp'-tus, Egypt.
Ma'-ter, a mother.
Ro'-ma, Rome.
Pi'-rus, a pear-tree.
Aus'-ter, the south-wind.
A-prl'-lis, April.
Nar'-dus, spikenard.
His-pa'-ni-a, Spain.
Rho'-dus, Rhodes.

L E S S O N

6

CASES.

I. Cases are those terminations of nouns, which denote
their relations to other words.

NOUNS :

PERSONS.

2. Latin nouns have six cases—nominative, genitive,
dative, accusative, vocative, and ablative.
3. The nominative denotes thesufr/ect of a finite verb ;
as, J write, John is reading.
4. The Latin genitive denotes origin, possession, and
many other relations expressed in English by o/, or the
possessive case ; as, the life of Ccesar, or Ccesar's life.
5. The dative denotes the relations expressed in Eng
lisli by to and for; as, He gave the book to John.
NOTE 1.— To after a verb of motion, is expressed in Latin by a
preposition with the accusative.

6. The accusative follows active verbs and certain
prepositions, or is the subject of an infinitive.
7. The vocative is the case used in addressing a per­
son ; as, amice, friend.
8. The ablative denotes privation, and the relations
expressed in English by with, from, in, by, and some
other prepositions.
NOTE 2.—Adjectives, pronouns, and participles, have likewise
six cases, gerunds have four, and supines have two.
NOTE 3.—All the cases, except the nominative, are called oblique
cases.
PERSONS.

9. The person of a noun is the place in the discourse
assigned to the object which the noun represents.
10. Nouns and pronouns have three persons. They are
of the first person when they denote the person speaking ;
of the second, when they denote the person spoken to ;
and of the third, when they denote the person or thing
spoken of
11. The cases of Latin nouns may be thus expressed
%
in English :—
Nom.
Gen.
Dai.
Au.

Voc.
dJbl. with,

Singular.

king, Nom.
a
king, Gen.
king, Dot.
king, Acc.
king, or O king, Voc.
from, in, or by a king; Abl.
a
king's, or of a
to, or for a
a

Plural.
kings7, or

kings,

of kings,
to, or for kings,

kings,

kings, or O kings,
with, from, in, or by kings.

17

NOUNSDECLENSIONS.

NOTE 4,—When the article the is prefixed to the noun, it is re­
tained throughout both numbers, except in the vocative.
QUESTIONS.—What are cases'? How many and what cases have Latin nouns 1
What does the nominative denote'?—the genitive?—the dative? How is /o ex­
pressed after a verb of motion 1 What does the accusative follow ? How is the
vocative used"? What does the ablative denote ? What other classes of words
are marked by cases? What are oblique cases 1 What is meant by the person of
a noun 1 How many persons have nouns and pronouns 1 When are they of the
first person ?—of the second ?—of the third 1 Decline a king in both numbers.

EXERCISE.
Decline the king in both numbers j also a son, and the son.

LESSON

7.

DECLENSIONS.

1. Nouns which form their cases alike are said to be
of the same declension.
2. There are five declensions of Latin nouns.
Table of Nominatives.
of the first declension ends in a.
of the second in
er, ir, us, or m
3. Thenomiof the third in
o, or, es, is} &c.
native singular*
of the fourth in
' us, or u.
of the fifth in
es.

Table of Genitives,
4. The termination of the
genitive singular

of the first declension is
of the second
of the third
of the fourth
of the fifth

a.
i.
is.
us.
ci.

5. The root of an inflected word is the part not changed
by inflection.
6. The termination of an inflected word is the part
annexed to the root.
7. The root of a declined word may be found by re­
moving the termination of the genitive singular, as given
in the table ; as,
Aula, a hall, gen. aula; if the termination a be taken from aula,
the root aul remains. So lapis, a stone, gen. laptdis^root leupid.
2*

18

NOUNS:

FIRST DECLENSION.

REMARK.—From the last example it appears that the root is no*
always found in the nominative singular.

8. Adjectives and participles belong to the first, second,
or third declension; gerunds to the second, and supines
to the fourth.
QUESTIONS .—When are nouns said to be of the same declension? How many
declensions have Latin nouns 1 Repeat the table of nominatives — of geni­
tives. What is the root of an inflected word ?—the termination ? How may the
root of a declined word be found 1 What case of a noun, &c., does not always
contain the root 1 Of what declensions are adjectives and participles ?—gerunds1—
supines 1

EXERCISE.
Tell the declension of each of the following nouns, and write
dovn its root.

Gen.

Nom.
Cu'-ra,
Pu'-er,
Tur'-ris,
A'-ra,
Clyp'-e-us,
Fa'-ei-es,
Gla'-ci-es,
An'-trum,
Ar'-bor,

tower,
altar.
shield,
face,
ice,
cave,
tree,

cu'-rse.
pu'-e-ri.
tur'-ris.
a'-rae.
clyp'-e-i.
fa-ci-e'-i.
gla-ci-e'-i.
an'-tri.
ar'-bo-ris.

•Gen.

Nom.
Fruc'-tus,
Res,
Pa'-ter,
La'-tus,
Vir,
La'-pis,
Gli^er'-cus,
Cur'-rus,
Hor'-tus,

fruit,
thing,

fruc'-tus.
re'-i.
pa'-tris.
side,
lat'-e-ris.
man, vi'-ri.
stone, lap'-i-dis.
oak,
quer'-cfis.
chariot, cur'-rfts.
hor'-ti.

DIRECTIONS .—The teactfer will ask, Why is cura of the first declension 1 An­
swer. Because its genitive singular ends in
and "The termination of the geni­
tive singular of the first declension ends in <e." Table of genitives. A similar
question is to be asked respecting each word in the exercise.—So in regard to the
root of each word ; as, Why is cur the root of cura 1 Ans. Because it is what
remains after removing the termination of the genitive singular, and "The root of
a declined word may be found by removing the termination of the genitive singu­
l a r . " L. 7 . 7 .

LESSON

8.

FIRST DECLENSION.

1. Latin nouns of the first declension end in a, and
are feminine.
2. They are declined like mu-sa (pronounced mu zah\ * muse.

NOUNS :

FIRST DECLENSION.

Singular. Terminations.
N. <$• V. mu'-sa, a,
G. 4* D. mu'-sae, ce,
Ac.
inu'-sam, am,
Ab.
mu'sa; a;

19

Plural.
Terminations.
N. V. mu'-sae,
<z,
G.
mu-sa'-rum, a-rum,
D. & Ab. mu'-sis,
is,
Ac.
mu'-sas.
as.

REMARK 1.—Dea, a goddess, and jilia, a daughter, with equa and
mula, have generally dbus instead of is in the dative and ablative
plural.
REMARK 2.— As and at are old forms of the genit ive singular. As
is retained by later writers in some compounds of familia; as,
pater-familias, the father of a family. Ai is found principally in
the older poets; as, aulai, of a hall.
REMARK 3. —The poets sometimes form the genitive plural in um
instead of arum.
GREEK NOUNS.

3. Greek nouns of the first declension end in a, e, as, or es. Those
in a and e are feminine; those in as and es are masculine.
4. Greek nouns in a are declined like musa, but have sometimes
an in the accusative singular.
5. Greek nouns in as, es, and e, are thus declined in the singular
number:—
AT.
iE-ne'-as,
N.
An-chi'-ses,
G. Sf D.
G. 4* D. An-chi'-sae,
Ac.
M-ne'-am or an, Ac. .
An-chi'-sen,
V & Ab. iE-ne'-a.
V. Sf Ab. An-chl'-se or sa.

N. V. <5* Ab. Pe-nel'-b-pe,
G.
Pe-nel'-tt-pes,
D.
Pe-nel'-b-p®,
Ac.
Pe-neJ'-b-pen.

6. In the plural, Greek nouns of the first declension are declined
like the plural of musa.
7. Latin writers often chaifge Greek nouns in e, and sometimes
those in es, into a; as, grammatica for grammatice; Atrlda for
Atrides.
8. Same Greek nouns in es of the third declension, have likewise
an accusative and vocative in en and e, after the first declension.
QUESTIONS .—How do Latin nouns of the first declension end 1 Of what gender
are they 7 What is the root of musa ? Decline musa. Where is the termination
a found 1—<® ?—am?—as ?—is 7—arum7 What is the termination of the nomina­
tive singular ?—nom. pi. 1—gen. sing. 1—gen. pi. ?—dat. sing. ?—dat. pi. 7—acc.
sing. 7—acc. pi. 7—voc. sing. 7—voc. pi. 7—abl. sing. 7—abl. pi. ? What is peculiar
in the declension of dea, Jilia, &c.7 What were the ancient forms of the genitive
of the 1st decl. 7 In what words is the form in as retained by later writers 7
Where is the form in ai principally found ? How did the poets sometimes form
the genitive plural? How do Greek nouns of the 1st decl. end? What is the
rule for their gender? How are Greek nouns in a declined in the singular num­
ber ?—in as 7—in es 7—in e 7 How are Greek nouns of the 1st decl. declined in the
plural? What change in Greek nouns is sometimes made by Latin writers?
What is said of some Greek nouns in es of the third declension 7

EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of the following words, declined like
musa, first writing the root, and then annexing the terminations:-

20

NOUNS !

Au'-la, a hall.
Co'-pi-a, plenty,
Cu'-ra, care.
Fa'-ma, fame.

SECOND D E C L E N S I O N .

Ga'-le-a,
a helmet.
In'-su-la, an island.
Lin'-gua, a tongue.
Mach'-i-na, a machine.

Pu-el'-la,
Stel'-la,
To'-ga,
Vi'-a,

a girl.
a star.
a gown.
a way.

Tell the roots of each of these nouns.—Repeat the terminations
of the first declension without a root, but naming the cases: (thus,
singular, nom. and voc. a} gen. and dat. ce, &c.) Write the plural
of dea and filia.
Write the Latin corresponding to the following English phrases.
Of-a-helmet.rt
O goddesses/*
For-the-da lighters.
For-the-stars,*
From the-islands.c -By-a-machine.
c
In the-way .
In the-ways.®
With care.c
The-fame (m m.) of the-goddesses.
The-tongues (acc.) of-the-muses.
From the-hall of-the-daughters.
a See Lesson 6, 4. b, See Less. 6,5. c See Less. 6,8. d See Less. 6, 7.
NOTE 1.—In the exercises, two or more English words connected by a hyphen
are to be expressed by a single Latin word.
NOTE 2.—In translating into Latin the English phrases in this lesson, and in the
succeeding lessons on nouns, adjectives, and pronouns, it is to be observed :—
( ) That of,for, to, and by, require no corresponding words in Latin, but are
expressed by the termination of their cases. Thus of-a-hall, is expressed by aula ;
for-a-helmet, by galea; by-care, by cur a,&c.
( ) That a and the cannot be translated, as there are in Latin no corresponding
words. See L. 4, Note 1.
(c) That from is expressed by a, if the noun following begins with a consonant,
but by ab, if it begins with a vowel; as, a slellis, ab insula.
( d ) That with is expressed by c u m ; in, by in; and O, by O.

LESSON

9.

SECOND DECLENSION.

1. Latin nouns of the second declension end in er, «V,
us, and um: those in er, ir, and us, are masculine;
those in um are neuter.
2. Nouns in us of the second declension are declined
like dom'-i-nus, a lord : thus,
Singular.
Term.
jV.
dom'-f-nus, us,
G.
dom'-f-ni, i,
D. <$• Ab. dom'-i-no, o,
Ac.
dom'-i-num, um9

V.

donoL-wie; e;

Plural.
Term.
N. V. dom'-!-ni,
i}
O.
dom-i-no'-rum, 6rumt
D. 4* Ab; dom'-i-nis,
is,
Ac.
dom'-i-nos.
n<

NOUNS

SECCND DECLENSION.

21

Exceptions.
1. Damns, a house, humus, the ground, with coins, alvus, vannus,

and some Greek nouns, are feminine.
2. Pelagus, the sea, and virus, poison, are neuter. Vulgust the
common people, is generally neuter, but sometimes masculine.
3. Names of persons in iusy films, a son, ari genius, a guardian
angel, omit e in the vocative.
4. Deus, a god, has deus in the vocative singular, and in the plu­
ral commonly changes e of its root into i, except m the genitive
and accusative plural; as, N. & V. di'-i, G. (£e-6'-rum} &c.
5. Other nouns in us have sometimes us in ilie" vocative, especially
in the poets.
REMARK .—Nouns in us of the second declension are the only
Latin nouns whose nominative and vocative singular differ in form.
QUESTIONS.—How do Latin nouns of the second declension end 7 Which of the
terminations are masculine 1 Which are neuter 1 What is the root of dominua J
Decline dorhinus. Where is the termination us found '{—i?—o 1—um?—e ?—
drum 7—is ?—^os ? What is the termination of the nominative singular 1 —noift.
pi. 1—gen. sing. 7—gen. pi. ?—dat. sing, i—dat. pi. ?—acc. sing. 1—acc. pi. 7—voc.
sing. 1—voc. pi. ?—abl. sing. 7—abl. pi. 1 What nouns of the second declension are
feminine 1—What, neuter 1 What nouns omit e in the vocative1 What is said of
the declension of deus 1 What is remarkable in the vocative of nouns in us 1

EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of the following words declined like
dominus, first writing the root and then annexing the terminations:
An'-f-mus, the mind.
Gla'-di-us, a sword.
Clyp;-e-us, a shield.
Lu'-cus,
a grove.
Cor'-vus, a raven.
Mo'-dus, a manner.
Ven'-tus, a wind.
DigM-tus, a finger.
Repeat the terminations of nouns in us without a root. Write
the declension of Vir-giV-i-us, Virgil, in the singular number.
Write that of de-us, in both numbers.
Write the Latin for the following English phrases:—
For-a-sword.
For-the-fingers.
In the-groves.
O shield!
O son !
By-the-wind.
Of-the-mind.
To-the-ravens.
The-son's.°
By-the-minds of-the-gods.
The-ravens {acc.) in the-grove.
a Less. 6.

L E S S O N

10.

1. Nouns in er of the second declension are regularly
declined like ge'-ner, a son-in-law : thus,

22
JV.
G.
D.
Ac,

NOUNS :

SECOND DECLENSION.

Singular.
Term.
F. ge'-ner,
-7
gen'-e-ri, i,
Ab. gen'-e-ro, 0,
gen'-e-rumj um;

N.
G.
D.
Ac.

Plural.
Term.
V. gen'-e-ri,
t,
gen-e-ro'-rum, drum,
Ab. gen'-e-ris,
is,
gen'-c-ros.
os.

REMARKS.

1. In the nominative and vocative singular of words declined
like gener, the root only of the cases is found, with no grammatical
termination annexed.
2. Vir, a man, and its compounds, are declined like gener ; thus,
N. and V. vir, G. vi'-ri, &c.

Syncopated Nouns in er.
2. Most nouns in er omit e in all the cases except the
nominative and vocative singular, like a'-gery a field,
gen. a'-gri, (instead of ag'-e-ri,) thus,
Singular.
Term.
Plural.
Term.'
N. V. a'-ger, —
N. V. a'-gri,
i,
G.
a'-gri,
i,
G.
a-grd'-rum, drum,
D. Ab. a'-gro,
0,
D. Ab. a'-gris,
is,
Ac.
a'-grum; um;
Ac.
a'-gros.
os.
NOTE.— Syncopation is the omission of one or more letters in the
middle of a word.
QUESTIONS.—Decline gener. Decline ager. How does ager differ in declen­
sion from gener 1 What is the root of gener 7—of ager 7 What cases of nouns in er
have no grammatical termination 1 How is the nominative singular ager formed
from the root 1 (Answer. By inserting e before r.) In what cases do nouns in er
differ from those in us? How are vir and its compounds declined 1 What is syn­
copation 1

EXERCISE.

1. Write out the declension of the following nouns, declined like
gener:—
Ar'-mi-ger, an armor bearer.
So'-cer, a father-in-law.
Pu'-er, a boy.
Vir, a man.
2. Write out the declension of the following nouns, syncopated in
declension like ager:—
A'-per, a wild boar.
Ca'-per, a goat.
Aus'-ter, the south wind.
Li'-ber, a book.
Can'-cer, a crab.
Ma-gis'-ter, a master.
Write the roots of aper, auster, cancer, caper, liber, and magister.
English to be translated into Latin

NOUNS :

&ECOND DECLENSION.

For-a-son-in-law.
By-the-south-wind.
To-the-fields.
O boys!
In the-field.
The-book (nom.) ofOf-the-armor-bearer.
the-master.

L E S S O N

23

Of-the-fields.
In the-fields.
For-the-man.
To-the-gods.

1 1 .

1. Nouns in um are declined like regnum, a kingdom:
thus,
Singular.
Term.
N. Ac. F. reg'-num, um,
G.
reg'-ni, i,
D. Ab. ' reg'-no; o •

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. reg'-na,
a,
G. ,
reg-no'-rum, drum,
D. Ab.
reg'-nis.
is.
REMARKS.

1. Neuter nouns, of whatever declension, have their nominative,
accusative, and vocative alike, and in the plural these cases always
end in a.
2. The genitive singular ii of nouns in ius and ium is often con­
tracted by the poets into l; as Appius, Appi; ingenium, ingeni.
3. So likewise dii and diis, from deus, are sometimes contracteo
into di and dis.
4. The genitive plural of some nouns of the second declension
especially of those which denote money, weight, and measure, is
commonly formed in um instead of drum. So also in poetry, deiim,
liberum, Argiviim, &c., instead of deorum, &c.
QUESTIONS .—How is regnum declined 1 What is the root of regnuml What
are the terminations of nouns in um, without a root? What cases of the second
declension are like the same cases of the first? How do the terminations of the
genitive plural of the first and second declensions differ? What is the quantity
of their penult 1 What three cases of neuter nouns are always alike 1
EXERCISE.

Write out the declensious of the following nouns declined like
regnum:
An'-trum, a cave.
Ex-em'-plum, an example.
Au'-rum, gold, (sing.)
Fer'-rum, iron, (sing.)
Bel'-lum, war.
Sax'-um, a rock.
Dd'-num, a gi ft.
Tem'-plum, a temple.
Write the abl. sing, of antrum—the gen. sing, of aurum—the acc.
pi. of bellum—the abl. pi. of donum.
Write the Latin for the following English phrases:—
To-?-lord. Of-a-son-in-law. By-gold. By-the-gold ot-tne-tem-

24

NOtJNS :—SECOND DECLENSION.

Ie. A-master's gift. A-rock in the-field. The-example
§aughter. The-tongue (nam.) of-the-boy. The-island (acc.) of- iheof-thegoddesses. In the-hall of-the-master. For-the-daughters. A-plenty
(nom.) of-gold. The-iron of-tlie-machines. For-the-shield of-theman. The-boy's tongue (acc.)
Translate into English:—
Auri.
Dona.
Aurum in templo. Exemplo (dot.)
Bellorum.
Dono (dot.)
Donum auri.
In animo.
GREEK NOUNS.

2. Greek nouns of the second declension end in os or on. Those
in os are masculine, those in on are neuter.
3. They are thus declined in the singular number
N.
DeMos,
N. Ac. V. Bar'-bi-ton,
G.
De'-li,
'
G.
Bar'-bi-ti,
D. Ab. De'-lo,
D. Ab.
Bar'-bi-to.
Ac.
De'-lon or -lum,
V.
De'-le.
4. In the plural, Greek nouns of the second declension are de­
clined like the plural of dominus and regnum.
5. Os and on are often changed in Latin into us and urn; as,
Alphcos, Alpheus; Ilion, Ilium.
6. Nouns in ros after a consonant are generally changed into
er; as, Alexandros, Alexander.
7. Some proper nouns in os are thus declined: N. A'-ihos, G. D.
Ab. A'-tho, Ac. A'-too or A'-thon.
8. Greek proper names in eus are generally declined like domi­
nus, but their vocative ends in eu. Sometimes, especially in poetry,
they are declined after the third declension. Panthus makes Panthu in the vocative.
9. The nominative plural of nouns in os sometimes ends in as.
10. The genitive piural in the titles of books, and in a few proper
names, sometimes ends in on; as, Georgicon, Philcemon.
QUESTIONS.—How do Greek nouns of the 2d declension end ? Decline Delos
in the singular. Decline barbiton in the singular—in the plural. What change it
ofr.en made by Latin writers in Greek nouns in os and on ?—in nouns in ros aftei
a consonant? Decline Athos. How are Greek proper nouns in eus declined'
What is sometimes the plural of nouns in os? In what classes of Greek nouns ig
the geniti ve plural in on sometimes used ?

NOUNS :

THIRD DECLENSION.

25

LESSON 12.
THIRD DECLENSION.

The number of final letters in nouns of the third de­
clension is twelve.
Five are vowels—a , e, i, o , y; and seven are conso­
nants—c, Z, 71, r, s, t, a;.
The gender of nouns of the third declension may com
monly be known by their termination.
MASCULINES.

1. Nouns in e r, o r, o,
(Excepting i o , do , and go,)
With nouns in os and nis,
And es, if it increase,
E x and n (excepting men,)
With dens and/o7i5,
And mows and pons,
Are to be counted masculine.
NOTE 1.—-A noun is said to increase, when its genitive singular
has more syllables than its nominative.
NOTE 2.—For the principal exceptions to the rules for the gender
and genitive of nouns of this declension, see Appendix, L. B—F.

Nouns in n and r.
2. Nouns in n and r form their genitive by adding is
to the nominative.
3. They are declined like ho'-nor , honor: thus,
Singular.
Term.
N. V. ho'-nor,
—
G. ho-no'-ris, is}
D.
ho-nd'-ri, i,
Ac. ho-no'-rem, m,
Ab. ho-no'-re j e;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. ho-no'-res,
es,
G.
ho-no'-rttm, um,
D. Ab.
ho-nor'-I-bus. ibus.

REMARK.—Nouns in ber and most nouns in ter drop e, except in
the nominative and vocative singular; as, pa'-ter, a father, G. pa?tris, D. pa'-tri, &c.

26

NOUNS I

THIRD DECLENSION.

QUESTIONS.—-What is the termination of the genitive singular of the first do
ciensionl—of the second?—of the third?—of the fourth?—of the fifth? What
terminations of nouns of the third declension are masculine? When is a noun
said to increase ? How do nouns in n and r form their genitive ? Decline honor.
What is remarked of nouns in ber and ter 7

"Write out the declension of the following nouns declined like
honor:—
A'-mor, Oris, love.
Del'-phin, mis, a dolphin.
Do'-lor, oris, pain.
Ag'-ger, eris, a rampart.
Pas'-tor, oris, a shepherd*
Car'-cer> eris, a prison,
Ar'-bor, f. oris, a tree.
Cra'-ter, eris, a cup.
Repeat the terminations of the several cases. Write out the de­
clension of pa1-ter,—of ma'-ter, a mother, declined like pater,—of
September.
Translate:—Delphlni. Arborum. In aggeribus. A carcere.
Orateribus (dat.) Honores. Pastoribus (abl.) Dolore. Patri.
O matres. Pastoris amor (nom.)

L E S S O N

1 3 .

Nouns in o.
Nouns in o form their genitive in onis ; as, ser'-mo,
ser-mo'-nis, speech, which is thus declined :
Singular.
Term,
N. V. ser'-mo,
—
Gr.
ser-mo'-nis, is,
D. ser-mo'-ni, i,
Ac. ser-mo'-nem, em,
Ab. ser-mO'-ne; e;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac, V, ser-mo'-nes, es,
G.
ser-mo'-num, um,
D. Ab.
ser-mon'-i-bus. ibus,

Nouns in os.
Nouns in os form their genitive in oris or otis;
as,flos,jlo~riG, a flower; ne'-pos, ne-po-tis, a grandchild.
Singular. Term.
N. V. flos,
5,
G. flo'-ris,
is,
D. flo'-ri,
i,
Ac. flo'-rem, era,
Ab. flo'-re ; e •

Plural.
N. Ac. V. flo'-res,
G. flo'-rum,
D. Ab. flor'-i-bus.

Term.
es,
um,
i/us.

NOUNS :

THIRD DECLENSION.

27

QUESTIONS.—How do nouns in o form their genitive"?—nouns in os? Decline
termo—Jlos. What is the root of sermo ?—of Jlos 7 What two cases in the singu­
lar are alike1 What two cases in the plural 1 What three cases in the plural?
EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of the following words declined like
vrmo:—
Dra-co, a dragon.
Pa'-vo, a peacock.
Le'-o, a lion.
Ra'-ti-o, f. (pron. ra'-she-o,) reason.
Write out the declension of the following nouns which have drist
Mos, a custom.
Ros„ dew.
Os, n„ the mouth. L. 11. R. 1. Ar'-bos (or, ar'-bor,) oris, a tree.
And the following which have otis:
Cos, a whetstone.
Ne'-pos, a grandson.
Dos, a dowry.
Sa-cer'-dos, a priest.
Repeat the terminations. Write the roots of the preceding nouns
in this exercise.
Write the Latin for the following English phrases :—
Of-sp^ech.
By-a-lion.
The-reason (acc.) of-the-priest.«
For-a-dowry. Of-a-peacock. The-mouth of-the-lion.a
To-a-dragon. Of-the-trees. By-the-speeches of-the-shepherds.•
a Write the genitive in Latin before the noun on which it depends; as," the
honor of the father," patris honor.

Translate into English:—
Sermoni.
Pavdnis
Nepotes.
Sacerdoti.
Draconi.
Arbori.

Cum leonibus.
In carcere.
A pavone.

LESSON 14.
Increasing Nouns in es and is.
a

1. Increasing nouns in es form their genitive initis-~
few in etis.
2. They are declined like mi'-les, a soldier : thus,
Singular. Term.
N. V. mi'-les,
s,
G.
mil'-i-tis, is,
D. mil'-i-ti, i, fo.
Ac. mil'-i-tem, em,
Ab. mil'-i-te j e;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. mil'-i-tes,
es,
Q.
mil'-i-tum, um,
Ab.
mi-lit'-i-bus. ibus.

28

NOUNS :—THIRD DECLENSION.

3. Increasing nouns in is form their genitive in idis,
Itis, or eris. Lapis, m. a stone, is thus declined:
SingUodT. Term.
N. V. la'-pis,
s,
G.
lap'-i-dis, is,
D.
lap'-i-di, i,
-Ac. lap'-i-dem, em,
Ab. lap'-i-de ; e ;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. lap'-i-des,
es,
G.
lap'-i-dum, um,
D. Ab.
la-pid'-i-bus. zbus.

Nouns in ex.
4. Nouns in ex, of more than one syllable, form their
genitive in ids ; as, pontlfex, a chief-priest.
Singular.
Term.
iV. F. pon'-tl-fex,
s,
G.
pon-tif'-i-cis, is,
D.
pon-tif'-i-ci, I,
Ac. pon-tif-i-cem, em,
Ab. pon-tif-i-ce ; e;

Plural.
Term.
iV.
F. pon-tifM-ces,
gs,
G.
pon-tif-i-cum, um,
D. Ab.
pon-ti-fic'-i-bus. ibus.

QUESTIONS.—How do increasing nouns in es form their genitive? When is a
noun said to increase ? Decline miles. What is the root of miles 7 What is the
termination of the dat. sing. 1—of the dat. pi. 1 How do increasing nouns in i*
form their genitive 1 Decline lapis. How do nouns in ex of more than one sylla­
ble form their genitive J Decline pontlfex. What is its root ?
EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of the following nouns:—
A'-les, ftis, m. & f. a bird.
Ab'-i-es, etis, f. a fir-tree.
Co'-mes, Itis, m. & f. a companion. A'-ri-es, etis, m. a ram.
Pe'-des, itis, m.
a footman.
Se'-ges, etis, f. growing corn.
Write out the declension of these nouns declined like lapis.
Cas'-sis, idis, f. a helmet.
Lis, G. li'-tis, f. strife ; G. pi. lit'-i-um,
Pul'-vis, eris, m. and f. dust. San'-guis, inis, m. blood. (sing.)
Write out the declension of these nouns declined like pontlfex.
Ar'-ti-fex, an artist. Fru'-tex, a shrub.
Si'-lex, flint.
Cu'-lex, a gnat.
In'-dex, an informer. Vor'-tex, a whirlpool.
Write out the roots of the preceding nouns.
Write the Latin for the following English phrases:—
For-the-companion of-the-muses.
To-the-father-in-law of-the-girl.
By-the-wild-boars of-the-field.
In the-groves of-the-gods.

Of-the-birds in the-fir-trees.
The-soldiers' shields. (acc.)

NOUNS :

THIRD DECLENSION.

Translate into English:—
Militem.
Comes peditum.
O milites.
In abietibus.
Cum militlbus.
Arietes.

29

Alites in abi^te.
Segeti.
Sacerdotem.

LESSON 15.
FEMININES.

1. Nouns, not increasing, in e '
Us (litis, udis,*) x, as, is,
In 5 impure, ys, aus, i o,
Are feminine—with do and go.
* i. e. having titis or udis in the genitive.

NOTE.—A letter is said to be impure when it follows a consonant

Nouns in es and is, not increasing, and in do and go.
2. Nouns, not increasing, in es and is, form their gen­
itive in is.
3. Feminines in es are declined like ru'-pes, a rock :
thus,
Term.
N. V. ru'-pes, es,
G. ru'-pis, is,
D. ru'-pi, i,
Ac. ru'-pem, em,
Ab. ru'-pe; e;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. ru'-pes, es,
G.
ru'-pi-um, ium,
D. Ab.
ru'-pi-bus. ibus.

w

4. Nouns in is are declined like tur'-ris, a tower: thus,
Singular.
Term.
Plural.
Term.
N. V. tur'-ris,
is,
N. Ac. V. tur'-res,
es,
G.
tur'-ris,
is,
G.
tur*-ri-um, ium,
D.
tur'-ri,
i,
D. Ab.
tur'-ri-bus. ibus.
Ac. tur'-rem or tur'-rim, em,im,
Ab. tur'-re or tur'-ri;
e, i;

Nouns in do and go.
5. Nouns in do and go form their genitive in Inis ; as.
arundot arundinis, a reed :—
3#

30

NOUNS I

THIRD DECLENSION.

Singular.
Term.
N. V. a-run'-do,
—
G.
a-run'-di-nis, is,
D.
a-run'-di-ni, I,
Ac. a-run'-di-nem, em,
Ab. a-run'-di-ne j e;

Plural.
'
Term.
N. Ac. V. a-run'-di-nes,
es,
G.
a-run'-di-num, um,
D. Ab.
a-run-din'-i-bus. ibus.

QUESTIONS,—What terminations of nouns of the third declension are feminine 1
What, masculine 1 When is a letter said to be impure 1 Decline rupes—turris.
How does the genitive plural of rupes and turris end 1—the acc. sing, of turris 7—
the abl. sing. 1 How do nouns in ao and go form their genitive 1 Decline arundo.
EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of these nouns declined like rupes.
iE'-des, is, a temple.
Nu'-bes, is, a cloud.
Cla'-des, is, slaughter.
Vul-pes, is, a fox.
Write out the declension of these nouns declined like turris
A'-vis, is, a bird.
Na'-vis, is, a ship.
Cla'-vis, is, a key.
O'-vis, is, a sheep.
Write out the declension of these nouns declined like arundo.
For-mi'-do, fear.
I-ma'-go,
an image.
Gran'-do, hail.
Mar'-go, m. a margin.
Tes-tu'-do, a tortoise.
Vir'-go,
a virgin.
Ho'-mo, Inis, c. a man.
Ne'-mo, inis, c. no one.
Tell the root of each noun in this exercise.
^Translate into English:—
Clade ovium.
In nubibus.
Cum navibus.
Claves aedis.
JNavibus. (daiQ
O vulpes. (pi.)

LESSON 16.

Nouns in as and us.
1. Nouns in as form their genitive in dtis ; as, a'-tas,
an age, which is thus declined
Singular.
Term.
N. V. ae'-tas,
s,
G.
ae-ta'-tis, is,
D.
ae-ta'-ti,
i,
Ac. ae-ta'-tem, em,
Ab, asta'-te; e;

Plural.
Term
N. Ac. V. aB-ta'-tes,
es,
G.
ae-ta'-tum, urn,
D. Ab.
ae-tat'-i-bus. ibus.

NOUNS :

THIRD DECLENSION.

31

2. Feminines in us form their genitive in utis or udis
and are declined like virtus, virtue: thus,
Singular.
Term.
N. V. vir'-tus,
s,
G.
vir-tu'-tis, is,
D.
vir-tu'-ti,
t,
Ac. vir-tu'-tem, em,
Ab. vir-tu'-te; e;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. vir-tu'-tes,
es,
G.
vir-tu'-tum, um,
D. Ab.
vir-tu'-ti-bus. ibus.

QUESTIONS .—When is a noun said to increase 7 How do nouns in as form their
genitive 7 Decline cbtas. How do feminines in us of the third declension form
their genitive 1 Decline virtus.
EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of these nouns declined like cetas.
JEs'-tas, summers pi'-e-tas, piety, (only in the sing.;) and po-tes'tas, power.
And the following declined like virtus
Juventus, youth; pa'-lus, udis, a marsh; laus, lau'-dis, praise.
Tell the roots of the nouns in this lesson.
Write the Latin for the following English phrases:—
By-strife.
The-key (nom.) of-the-tower.
In the-dust.
By-the-slaughter of-the-soldiers.
From the-helmet.
In the-temples of-the-gods.
With the-blood of-sheep.
By-the-piety of-the-daughter.
With strife.
Translate into English:—
Pietatem. In aestate. Pulveris. A palude. Laudibus.
5
Cassis in pulvere.

LESSON 17.
Nouns in s impure and x.
1. Nouns in 5 impure form their genitive in is or ti9
Ars, art, is thus declined:—
Singular. Term.
N. V. ars,
s,
G.
ar'-tis, is,
D.
ar'-ti, it
Ac. ar'-tem, em,
Ab. ar'-te; e;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. ar'-tes,
es,
G.
ar'-ti-um,*
D. Ab.
ar'-ti-bus. ilmst

* Pronounced an-she-um

32

NOUNS :

THIR ) DECLENSION.

NOTE.—Nouns in bs, ms, and ps, change s into is. Nouns in is,
ns} and rs, change s into tis.

2. Nouns in x form their genitive in cis or gis.
a voice, is thus declined :—

Yox %

Singular. Term.
Plural.
Term.
N. V. vox,
s,
N. Ac. V. vo'-ces,
es,
O.
vo'-cis, is,
Cr.
vo'-cum, wm,
Z?
vo'-ci, i,
D. Ab.
voc'-i-bus. ito.
Ac. vo'-cem, em,
Ab, vo'-ce; e;
REMARK.—Nox, night, makes in the gen. sing, noc'-tis, gen. plur.
noc'-ti-um, (pronounced noc'-she-um.) Afce, snow, has ni'-vis.

Nouns in ys.
Greek nouns in ys either form a Latin genitive in
or dis, or retain the Greek form in os or dos.
Those which increase in is or os are declined like
Tethys:—
N. Te'-thys, s,
G. Te'-thy-os, os,
D. Te'-thy-i j % ;

Ac. Te'-thyn, n,
V. Te'-thy, —
Ab. Teth'-y-e. e.

QUESTIONS.—How do nouns in s impure form their genitive 1 When is a letter
said to be impure 1 Decline ars. In what terminations is s changed into is 7 In
what, into tis ? How do nouns in x form their genitive 1 What kind of consonant
Is*? For what two single letters does x stand in vox?—in lex? (gen. le'-gis
Recline vox. How do Greek nouns in ys form their genitive 1 Decline Tethys.

EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of:—
Frons, tis, the forehead.
Arx, cis, a citadel. (G. pi. ium.)
Gens,
tis, a nation.
Cer'-vix, icis, the neck.
Pars,
tis, apart.
Co'-rax, acis, m. a raven.
Plebs, is, the common people. Lex, gis, a law.
Urbs,
is, a city.
Rex, gis, m. a king.
Write the roots of the preceding nouns—the declension of nox.
Translate into English:—
Arte.
In fronte.
Partium.
Ab arce.
Voce
Cum gente.

Pars noctis.
Leges gentis.
Arx urbis.

Vulpi.
Rex gentis.
Cervix arietis.

NOUNS :

THIRD DECLENSION.

33

LESSON 18.
NEUTERS.

1. The letters of the word cliyeta constitute seven of
the terminations of neuter nouns of the third declension.
The other terminations are men, ar, ur, and us when it
makes eris or oris in the genitive ;—or thus,
2. Nouns in cliyeta* neuter are,

Us (eris, oris,) men, ur, ar,
* (To be pronounced cli-ye'-ta.)

Nouns in men and us.
3. Nouns in men form their genitive in inis; as, car­
men, car minis, a verse :—
Singular.
Term.
N. Ac, V. car'-men,
—
G.
car'-mi-nis, is,
D. '
car'-mi-ni,
i.
Ab.
car'-ml-ne ; e;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. car'-mi-na,
a,
G.
car'-mi-num, um,
D. Ab. car-min'-I-bus. Vms.

4. Neuters in us form their genitive in eris or oris;
as opus, operis, a work:
Singular.
Term.
N. Ac. V. o'-pus,
s,
G.
op'-e-ris, is,
D.
op'-e-ri,
i,
Ab.
op'-e-re; e;

Plural.
N. Ac. V. op'-e-ra,
G.
op'-e-rum,
D. Ab.
o-per'-i-bus.

Term,
a,
um,
ibus,

QUESTIONS .—What are the terminations of neuter nouns of the third declen­
sion ? How do nouns in men form their genitive 1—neuters in us ? Decline car­
men—opus. What three cases of neuter nouns are alike 1 How do these casea
end in the plural? How do masculines and feminines end in the nominative, ac­
cusative, and vocative plural} What is the root of carmen7—of opus 1
EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of:—
Ag'-men, an army.
Cri'-men, a crime.
Flu'-inen, a river.
Foe'-dus, eris, a league.
Ge'-nus, eris, a kind.
Sce'-lus, eris, a crime.

No'-men, a name.
Nu'-men, a deity.
Teg'-men, a covering.
Cor-pus, oris, a body.
Pec/-tus, oris, the breast. ,
Tem'-pus, oris, time.

Tell the root of each of the preceding nouns.

34

NOUNS :

THIRD DECLENSION.

Translate into English :—
Crimine.
Numinum.
Sceleribus. ([abl.)
Corpori.
Translate into Latin:—
Of-rivers.
From the-deity.
Of-the-deity.
Of-the-kind.
O the-times!
For-the-rivers.

Agminlbus. (da)'.)
Fluminis.
A-covering of-the-breast.
From the-tirne.
With the-army.

LESSON 19.
Nouns in c, t, and a.
1. Caput, a head, and its compounds, the only nouns
in t9 are thus declined :—
Singular.
Term.
N. Ac. V. ca'-put,
—
G.
cap'-i-tis, is,
D.
cap'-i-ti, t,
Ab.
cap'-i-te; e;

Plural.
N. Ac. V. eap'-I-ta,
G.
cap'-i-tum,
D. Ab.
ca-pit'-I-bus.

Term.
a.
urn,,
ibus.

2. Nouns in a form their genitive in dtis; as, po-ema, po-em -a-tis, a poem •
Singular.
Term.
N. Ac. V. po-e'-ma,
G.
po-em'-a-tis, is,
D.
po-em'-a-ti, i,
Ab.
po-em'-a-te; e;

Plural.
N. Ac. V. po-em'-a-ta,
G.
po-em'-a-tum,
n Ab \ P0-em'-a-lis or
'
(po-e-mat'-i-bus.

Term.
a,
urn,
} & or
) ibus.

3. I'-ter, n., a journey, has a double increase, and is
thus declined:—
Singular.
Term.
N. Ac. V. i'-ter,
—
G.
i-tin'-e-ris, is,
D.
i-tin'-e-ri, z,
Ab.
i-tin'-e-re; e;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. i-tin'-e-ra.
a,
G.
i-tin'-e-rum, um,
D. Ab.
it-i-ner'-i-bus. ibus.

4. Alee (or halec) alecis, and Zac, lactis, the only
nouns in c, want the plural.
5. Nouns in y form their genitive in os or 5; as, misy,
misyos, or misys.
QUESTIONS .—What nouns end in 17 Decline caput. How do nouns in a form
their genitive 1 Decline poemn. What is said of the increase of iter ? Decline

NOUNS :

THIRD DECLENSION.

35

!(. What is the root of caput 1—of poema 7—of iter 7 What nouns end in c ? De­
cline lac. How do nouns in y form their genitive1
EXERCISE.

Translate into Latin:—
For-the-head.
Of-poems.
By-journeys.
By-kinds.
In the-breast.
For-a-covering of-the-body.
By-name.
Translate into English:—
in corpore.
Capltum.
In poematibus.
Sceleribus. (abl.)
Poemata.
Capita.

LESSON

20.

Nouns in e, al, and ar.

1. Nouns in e are declined like se-dl'-le, a seat: tftus,
Singular.
Term.
N. Ac. V. se-di'-le,
e,
G.
se-di'-lis,
is,
D. Ab.
se-di'-li;
i;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. se-dil'-i-a,
ia,
G.
se-dil'-i-um, ium,
D. Ab.
se-dil'-i-bus. ibus.

2. Neuters in al and ar are declined like an'-i-mal, an
animal: thus,
Singular.
Term.
N. Ac. V. an'-i-mal,
—
G.
an-i-ma/-lis, is,
D. Ab.
an-i-ma'-li; i;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. an-i-ma'-li-a.
ia,
G.
an-i-maMi-um, ium,
D. Ab.
an-i-mal'-i-bus. ibus.

REMARK .—The following terminations of nouns of the third .de­
clensio n a r e e x c l u s i v e l y G r e e k ; v i z . , m a , i , y , a n , i n , 6 n , y n , e r , y r f
ys, eus, yx, inx, ynx, and plurals in e.
QUESTIONS.—Decline sedile—animal. What terminations of the third «iocl'-ITsion are masculine 7—feminine!—neuter1 In what do neuters of the third •U-elenBion differ from masculines and feminines in thesingular 1—in the plural 1 In wli.it
do neuters in e, al, and ar, differ from other neuters in the singular 1—in the
plural?

Write out the declension of the following nouns in e, al, and ar.—An-ci'-le, a shield.
O-vi'-le, a sheep fold.
Cu-bi'-le, a couch.
Vec-ti'-gal, a to&.
Mo-ni'-le, a necklace.
Cal'-car, a sjrn^

36

NOUNS :

THIRD DECLENSION.

Trans.late into Latin:—
Foi-a-shield.
in the-sheep-folds of-thc-shepheras.
The-taxes of-the-nation.
By-the-shields of-the-soldiers.
From the-necks of-the-animals.
The-necklaces of-the-girls.
Translate into English:—
Animali. (dat.)
Calcar militis.
In via peditis.
Ancilia.
In luco deorum.
Cubilia hominum.
Ovilium.
Cum filiabus.
Monilia dearum.
Ab insulis.
A cubilibus hominum. Cura animalium

LESSON

21

Irregular Nouns.
The following nouns of the third declension are de­
clined irregularly ; Jupiter, m. Jupiter; vis, f. strength ;
bos9 m. or f. an ox or cow:—
Singular,
N. V. Ju'-pl-ter,
G.
Jo'-vis,
D.
Jo'-vi,
Ac. Jo'-vem,
Ab. Jo'-ve.
Singular.
N. V. bos,
G.
bo'-vis,
D.
bo'-vi,
.Ac. bo'-vem,
Ab. bo'-ve.

Singular.
N. V. vis,
G.
vis,
D. —
Ac. vim,
Ab. vi.

Plural.
N. Ac. V. vi'-res,
G.
vir'-i-um,
D. Ab.
vir'-i-bus.
Plural.
N. Ac. V. bo'-ves,
G.
bo'-um,
D. Ab.
bo'-bus or bu'-bus.

EXERCISE.

Decline musa—dominus—gener—ager—regnum—honor. What is
the termination of the dat. sing, in the first declension 1—in the sec­
ond 1—in the third 1 What is the termination of the acc. sing, in
the first declension 1—in the second ?—of masculines and feminines
in the third 1—of the abl. sing, of the first 1—of the second 1—of the
third 7 (Answer: commonly e, but sometimes i.) What is the ter­
mination of the nom. pi. in masculines and feminines of the third
declension %—of the second ?—of the first 1—of neuters of the third 1
(Answer: «—sometimes ia)—of the second'? What is the termi­
nation of the genitive plural of the first declension 1—of the second ?

NOUNS :

THIRD DECLENSION.

37

—of the third ! (Answer: urn,—sometimes ium)—the termination
of the dative and ablative plural of the first declension 1—of the sec­
ond 1—of the third 1

LESSON

22.

NOMINATIVE SINGULAR.

NOTE.—The teacher will probably think it expedient to omit this and the follow­
ing lesson until the book is reviewed.

Rules for forming the nominative singular of the third declension
from the root.

I. Roots ending in c, g; b, m, p ; u, t, d ; and some
in r, add 5 to form the nominative.

1. t, d, and r, before s are dropped.®
2. c and g before s form x.b
3. Short i in the root before ct b, p, and t is commonly changed
to e.c
4. Short e or o before r, in neuters, is changed to u.d
5. Some roots, mostly monosyllabic, of masculines and feminine*,
add es or is, instead of s alone.
tcC) So bos drops v, and pollis and sanguis drop n.
(6) So vs from niv the root of nix.
(c) So u in auceps, aucupis.
'«0 So in ebur,femur, jecur, and robur, which do not take s. In the masc. and
$ga., cinis, cucumis, pubis, and vomis, 2 is changed to i.
»
The following words will illustrate the preceding rule and re­
marks :—
Root.
Gen.
Root.
Nom.
Gen.
Nom.
Principis, princip—, princeps.
Nepotis, nepot—, nepos.
laus.
Comitis, comit—, comes.
Laudis, laud—,
Generis, gener—, genus.
flor—,
flos.
Floris,
Temporis, tempor—, tempus.
voc—,
vox.
Vocis,
Rupis,
rup—,
rupes.
reg—,
Regis,
rex.
Auris,
aur—,
auris.
Pollicis, pollic—, pollex.
Gruis,
gru—,
grus.
Ccelibis, ccelib—, ccelebs.
QUESTIONS.—What is the first rule for forming the nominative singular from
the root 1 What letters are dropped before s 7 What is the rule for c and g before
s ? What is the rule for short t in the root before c, b, p, and 17—for short e or o
before r in neuters 1 What roots add es or isl

38

NOUNS I

THIRD DECLENSION.

Prom the following genitives form the nominative singular
Frigoris, n.
Pollicis, m.
Virtutis,/.
Fraudis,/.
iEstatis,/.
Clientis, m.
Moris, m.
Telluris,/.
Forcipis, m. /. Alitis, m.
Muneris, n.
Montis, m.

LESSON 23.
NOMINATIVE SINGULAR—CONTINUED.

.

II. The nominative singular of roots ending in I, n, r,
and of neuters in t, commonly takes no grammatical ter­
mination.
REMARKS.

1. on (long), and in (short), in the root of masculines and feminines, become o.a
2. in (short) in neuters, becomes en.b
3. tr and br, at the end of a root, take e between them.
4. In the root of neuters at drops 2, and it becomes ut.
5. A few neuters add e to the root.
6. Roots ending in a repeated consonant drop one in tfce nomina­
tive.
NOTE. 1.— t in hepar is changed to r.
NOTE. 2.—Lac drops Z, and cor drops d.
(a) So likewise en in Anio and Nerio. (6) So in oscen, pecten, tibtcen and
tuMcen.
NOTE 3.—Some exceptions to these rules, and to those concerning the gender and
genitive of the third declension, may be found in the Appendix.

The following words will illustrate the preceding rule and re­
marks .—
Gen.
Root.
Nom.
Animalis,
animal—,
animal, n.
Canonis,
canon—,
canon, m.
Honoris,
honor—,
honor, m.
Sermonis,
sermon—,
sermo, m.
Arundinis,
arundin—,
arundo,/.
Fluminis, flumin—, flumen,
n.
Patris,
patr—,
pater, m.
Imbris,
imbr—,
imber, m.
Poematis,
poemat—,
poema, n,
Retis,
ret—,
rete, n.
Fell is,
fell—,
fel. n.

NOUNS :

EXCEPTIONS IN DECLENSION.

39

Q UESTIONS.—What is the second rule for forming the nominative singular from
the root 7 What terminations in the root become o in the nominative singular l—
what becomes en7 What is the rule for tr and br at the end of a root)—for at in
the root of neuters 1 What add e to the root 1
EXERCISE.

From the following genitives form the nominative singular:—
Legionis,/.
Matris,/.
Dogmatis, n.
Originis,/.
Virginis,/.
Octobris, m.
Animalis, n.
Delphinis, m.
Agminis, n.
Ancilis, n.
Prsedonis, m.
Criminis, n.
Farris, n.
Capitis, n.
Imparis, adj.
Volucris. adj.

LESSON

24.

EXCEPTIONS IN DECLENSION.
ACCUSATIVE SINGULAR.

1. Some nouns in is, not increasing, have their accusa­
tive singular in em or im; and some, especially names
of places, rivers, and gods, in im alone ; as,
Turris, a tower, G. turris, Ac. turrem or turrim.
Tlberis, the Tiber, G. Tiber is, Ac. Tiberim.

2. Greek nouns form their accusative in im , ta, or a ;
as, Paris, Parim , aer, aera.
ABLATIVE SINGULAR.

3. Neuters in e, al, and ar , have i in the ablative; as.
Sedile, n. a seat, G. sedllis, Ab. sedili.

4. Nouns having im in the accusative, have i in the
ablative ; as,
Turris, a tower, Ac. turrem or turrim, Ab. turre or turri.
Tiberis, the Tiber, Ac. Tihe.rim, Ab. Tiberi.
NOMINATIVE PLURAL.

5. Neuters in e, ah and ar , have ia in the nominative
plural; as,
Sedile, n. a seat, N. pi. sedilia.

40

NOUNS :

FOURTH DECLENSION.
GENITIVE PLURAL.

6. Nouns which have i in the ablative singular, have
ium in the genitive plural; as,
Sedile, n. a seat, Ab. sing, sedili, G. pi. sedilium.

7. Nouns in es and is, not increasing, have ium ; as,
Rupes, a rock, G. rupis, G. pi. rupium.

8. Nouns in ns and rs, names of nations in as, and
monosyllables ending in two consonants, have ium ; as,
Cliens, a client, G. clientis, G. pi. clienlium.
UrbSj a city, G. urbis, G. pi. urbium.
QUESTIONS.—What nouns are excepted in the accusative singular? How
do Greek nouns form their accusative ? What nouns have i in the ablative singu­
lar? What neuters have ia in the nominative plural? What is the first class of
nouns which have ium in the genitive plural ?—the second ?—the third ?

LESSON 25.
FOURTH DECLENSION.

1. Nouns in us of the fourth declension are masculine ;
those in u are neuter.
2. Nouns in us are declined like fruc-tus, fruit: thus,
Singular.
Term.
N. V. fruc'-tus, uSf
O.
fruc'-tus, us,
D.
fruc'-tu-i, uij
Ac. fruc'-tum, urn,
Ab. fruc'-tu j u;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. fruc'-tus,
us,
G.
fruc'-tu-um, uum,
D. Ab.
fruc'-ti-bus. ibus.

3. Cor'-nu, a horn, is thus declined :—
v

Singular.
Term.
N. D. Ac. )
.
V. Ab.
J
'
»
G.
cor'-nus; us;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. cor'-nu-a, ua,
G.
cor'-nu-um, uvm,
D. Ab.
cor'-ni-bus. ibus.

QUESTIONS.—How do masculines of the fourth declension end 1—neuters? De­
cline fructus—cormi. What are the terminations of the several cases of masculines'in the singular?—in the plural?—of neuters in the singular?—in the plural 1
What is th5 root of fructus ?—of comu 1

NOUNS:

FOURTH DECLENSION.

41

"W rite out the declension of the following nouns:—
Can'-tus, a song.
Fluc'-tus, a wave.
Mo'-tus, motion.
Cur'-rus, a chariot.
Se-na'-tus, the senate.
Ex-er'-ci-tus, an army.
Translate into Latin:—
The-fruits of-summer.
The-chariots of-the-armies.
By-the-fruit of-the-tree.
By-the-motion of-the-chariots,
By-the-motions of-the-waves.
The-songs of-the-birds.
The-honor of-the-senate.
For-the-senate of-the-nation.
Translate into English:—
Cornua dracOnis.
Fructibus (abl.) arborum.
Exercitui regis.
Motu fluctus.
Cornu (nom.) ovis.
Cantus (sing.) pastoris.
Delphin in fluctibus.
Cornibus (abl.) arietis.

LESSON 26.
EXCEPTIONS IN GENDER
1. Feminine are these in us,
Tribus^acusj porticus,
The plurals, idus and quinqudtrus,
With domus, nurus, socrus, amis,
Coins, with names of trees, and maims.
2. Penus, when of the fourth declension, is commonly feminine;
specus is rarely feminine or neuter, and the defective seciis, sex, is
always neuter.
EXCEPTIONS IN DECLENSION.

3. Domus, a house, is partly of the fourth declension
and partly of the second It is thus declined :—
Singular.
N.V. do'-mus,
G. do'-mus, or do'-mi,
D. dom'-u-i, or do'-mo,
Ac. do'-mum,
Ab.
do'-mo;
REMARK 1
house.

Plural.
N. V. do'-mus,
G.
dom'-u-um, or do-mo'-rum,
D. Ab. dom'-i-bus,
Ac. do'-mus, or do'-mos.

Domi commonly signifies at home, or at a specified
4#

NOUNS :

FIFTH DECLENSION.

4. The dative and the ablative
Of- acus, arcus, artus,
Of lacus, specus, tribus too,
Of pecu and of partus,
In ubus must be always formed;
But genu, veru, portus,
Sometimes in ibus may be found,
And sometimes, too, in ubus.
REMARK 2.—Some nouns of the fourth declension have a genitive
in i, and sometimes other forms belonging to the second declension ;
as, senatus, gen. senatiis or sendti.
REMARK 3.—Nouns of this declension originally belonged to the
third declension, and were formed by contraction; as, N. fructus,
Gt.fructuis—us, D.fructui—u, &c.
REMARK 4.—The contracted dative in u occurs in Caesar, and oc­
casionally in other authors ; as, equitdtu for equitatui.
QUESTIONS.—Of what declensions is domus 7 In what case does it follow the
2d dec. only 1 In what cases the 4th only? What is the signification of domil

What words of the 4th declension are feminine % What words are excepted in the
dat. and abl. plural 1

LESSON

27.

FIFTH DECLENSION.

Nouns of the fifth declension end in es, and are fem­
inine.
They are declined like res, a thing, and dies, a day:
Singular.
Term.
N. V. res, di'-es, es,
G. D. re'-i, di-e'-i, ei,
Ac. rem, di'-em, em,
Ab. re; di'-e; e;

Plural.
Term.
N. Ac. V. res,
di'-es,
es,
G.
re'-rum, di-e'-rum, Brum,
D. Ab. re'-bus. di-e'-bus. ebus.
Exception.

Dies is either masculine or feminine in the singular, and only
masculine in the plural.
REMARKS.
1. In the genitive and dative singular e or i is sometimes found
instead of ei; and es also was an ancient termination of the geni­
tive singular.
S. Of nouns ot the fifth declension, only res and dies are complete

NOUNS :

COMPOUNDS.

43

in the plural. Acies, fades, effigies, series, species, and spe5 are found
in the nominative and accusative plural; glacies and progenies in
the accusative, the other nouns of this declension have no plural.
3. Some nouns of the fifth declension have forms belonging to
the first; as, luxuries and luxuria.
4. in this declension, e in the last syllable of the nominative,
though found in all the cases, is considered as a part of the termi­
nation.
COMPOUND NOUNS.

1. When a compound noun consists of two nomina­
tives, both parts are declined ; as,
N. res-publica,
G. rei-publicae, &c.

N. jus-jurandum,
G. juris-jurandi, &c.

2. When one part of a compound noun is a nomina­
tive and the other an oblique case, the nominative only
is declined ; as,
N. pater-familias,
G. patris-familias, &c. See L. 8.
QUESTIONS.—Of what gender arc nouns of the fifth declension 1—of the first!
What word in the fifth declension is excepted 1 Decline res—dies. What is the
root of res 7—of dies 7 In what other declension are the genitive and dative sin­
gular alike 1 How do these cases end in the fifth declension 1—in the first 1 In
what declensions does the dative singular end in i 7 In what declensions does the
dative plural end in bus ?—in is 7 What is the termination of the genitive plural
in each of the several declensions 1 With what two letters does the genitive plural
always end 1 In which of the declensions are three cases always alike in the plu­
ral 1 What is the termination of the accusative plural of masculines and feminines in each declension ? When a compound noun consists of two nominatives,
how is it declined 1—when it consists of a nominative and an oblique case 1

COMPARATIVE VIEW OF THE DECLENSIONS.
1. Neuter nouns belong to the second, third or fourth declensions.
2. Neuters have three cases alike—the nominative, accusative
and vocative, and these cases in the plural end in a.
3. The accusative singular of masculines and feminines ends in
m—in the 1st decl. in am, in the 3d and 4th in um, in the 3d and
5th in em.
4. The vocative singular of all Latin nouns, except those in us
of the second declension, is like the nominative.
5. The nominative and vocative plural are always alike.
6. Tho genitive plural ends in urn, viz., in arum, orum, um
(ium), uum, or erum.
7. The dative and ablative plural end alike—in the 1st and 2d
declensions in is, in the 3d and 4th in ibus, in the 5th in £bus.
8. The accusative plural of masculines and feminines ends in s,
riz., in asj os, es, or us.

44

NOUNS : DECLENSIONS.
COMPARATIVE; VIEW OF THE DECLENSIONS, NO. L
MASCULINES AND FEMININES.

IL
IN.
L
TERMINATIONS:—a. us, ER, ir. ER, OR, es, os, ^*C.

IV.

V.

us.

68.

Singular.
N.
G.
D.
Ac.
V.
Ab.

MU'-SA,
MU'-SEE,
MU'-SFF,
MU'-SAM,
MU'-SA,
MU'-S<2;

DOM'-I-MW,
DOM'-I-NI,
DOM'-I-NO,
DOM'-I-MM,
DOM'-I-NE,
DOM'-I-NO;

HO'-NOR,
HO-ND'-R&,
HO-NO'-RI,
HO-NO'-REM,
HO'-NOR,
HO-NO'-RE;

FRUC'-TUS,
FRUC'-T^S,
FRUC'-TW-Z,
FRUC'-TUM,
FRUC'-TUS,
FRUC'-TW;

res,

RE'-T,
RE'-I,
REM,
RE*,
res

Plural.

DOM'-I-NI,
HO-ND'-RCS,
K MU'-S®,
G. MU-SA'-RUM, dom-i-no'-rum, ho-no'-rum,
Z>. MU'-SIS,
.AC. MU'-SAS,
F MU'-S®,
46. MU'-FLW.

DOM'-I-NW,
DOM'-I-NOS,
DOM'-I-NI,
DOM'-I-N&.

FRUC'-TWS,
FRUC'-TTT-UM,
HO-NOR'-Z-FTUS, FRUC'-T?-FRUS,
HO-NO'-RES,
FRUC'-TUS,
HO-NO'-RES,
FRUC'-TIW,
HO-NOR'-I-FAW. FRUC'-TF-FIIW.

res,
Te'-rurri)

re'-bus,
res,

RES,
vef-bus

NEUTERS.

IL ra.
TERMINATIONS:—AM.

iv.
C, /, I, y, E, t, A, fyc.

U

Singular.
N. REG'-NUM,
G. REG'-M,
D. RCG'-NO,
J!C. reg'-num,

F REG'-MM,
46. reg"-no;

CAR'-MEN,
CAR'-MI-NIS,
CAR'-ML-N£,
CAR'-MEN,
CAR'-MEN,
CARMNI-NE;

COR'-NT*,
COR'-NUS,
COR'-NU,
COR'-NW,
COR'-M*,
COR'-NU ;

Plural.

2V.
A
Z>.
.AC.
F.
46.

REG'-NA,
REG-NO'-RUM,
REG'-NIS,
REG'-NA,
REG'-NA,
RFG'-NIS.

CAR'-MI-NA,
CAR'-MI-NUM,
CAR-MIN'-T-FTTTS,
CAR'-MI-NA,
CAR'-MI-NA,
CAR-MIN'-?-&US.

COR'-NU-A,
COR'-NU-TTM,
COR'-N7-&U«,
COR'-NU-A,
COR'-NW-A,
COR'-N!-6US

NOUNS :

-f sf
« o 1 f-i
«
t-

U

45

DECLENSIONS.

.ft
«S" <o *<o
v

fl t-l *4

l:
0
<4

»0
<4

^«sc5
oT oT'f $ *•>
S S S
"o "b *b 0 \>
? 3 3 p S
*i3 <£3 £3 <£3 <£5
..

-f£
coT -o
#1?
0 0 0

&U
o

U O O

rO

.S.«r
cf c fl
O IrH )rH
c S S S £

r
>< c >i
jS •
_ J_t J-, ^
Sibiblblo .lolbo
VCCJGfl "§ ? ? ?
o o o o o b 6 0 0
X3JCX3XJX3 3

&

0

>o

SiiSci
I
a

0a a
)HH > »—« )H )H

E B "S S 0
o o o o o
-Q T3 T3XJ XJ
•O

f . .
.„-:-2 §

Co
c as

1 s Vs
T3 T3 Td t3
k. •

<<5
"3

fe;«5C5

£

Uci

ODbflbC
£ 2 2

o
*<!

feits'cj^

•> *r ^
sf §<§
V, % vV vV
53 3 s 3
s s s s

fljj

m

?§??

;h ^*T }t~*

.r • r? *o
| fcs•§ i
*- 3 V1 v*
P 1 !=j P
s s s s

. . *©
£<5Cj4

•a

c3

a

U

»0

46

ADJECTIVES.

LESSON

28.

ADJECTIVES.

1. An adjective is a word which qualifies or limits the
meaning of a noun.
Thus in the phrases, a good pen, a sharp knife, a white horse, a
mellow apple, a free people, rough stones; the words, good, sharp,
white, &c., limit the meaning of the nouns, pen, knife, horse, &c.,
which, without some word to limit them, would signify, any pen,
any knife, &c.

2. Latin adjectives are declined like nouns of the same
terminations.
3. Some adjectives are of the first and second declen­
sions, their feminine gender being of the first declension,
and their masculine and neuter of the second.
4. Some adjectives are of the third declension in all
their genders.
5. The adjective is always of the same gender, num­
ber, and case, as its noun, but it is often of a different
declension.
QUESTIONS .—What is an adjective? How are Latin adjectives declined? Ot
what declensions are adjectives ? When an adjective is of the first and second de­
clensions, to which declension does its feminine gender belong]—its masculine 1—
its neuter? In what respects must an adjective agree with its noun) In what
may it differ?
EXERCISE.

Name the adjectives in the following sentences:—
A good tree cannot bear evil fruit, nor a corrupt tree good fruit.
The ancient Romans were temperate and brave. Ten men com­
posed the laws of the twelve tables. Great men are not always
wise. No man putteth a piece of new cloth unto an old garment.
Write ten English sentences containing adjectives.
QUESTIONS ON THE EXERCISES .—Why is good an adjective? Answer. Be­
cause it expresses the quality of the noun tree ; and " An adjective is a word which
qualifies or limits the meaning of a noun," <fcc.

ADJECTIVES :

FIRST AND SECOND DEC.

47

LESSON 29.
ADJECTIVES OP THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS.

1. The masculine gender of adjectives of the first ancl
second declensions ends in us or er, (except satur, full;)
the feminine in a, and the neuter in um.
Adjectives in us, a, um.
2. The masculine in us is declined like dominus, the
feminine like musa, and the neuter like regnum.
Bonus, good, is thus declined:—
Singular.
Masc.

N.
G.
D. Ab.
Ac.
V.

bo'-nus,
bo'-ni,
bo'-no,
bo'-num,
bo'-ne;

Fern.

N. V. bo'-na,
G. D. bo'-nae,
Ac. bo'-nam,
Ab. bc/-na;

Neut.

N. Ac, V. bo'-num,
G.
bo'-ni,
D. Ab.
bo'-no;

Plural.
N. V. bo'-ni,
N V. bo'-nse,
N. Ac. V. bo'-na,
G.
bo-no'-rum,
G.
bo-na'-rum, G.
bo-nd'-rum,
D. Ab. bo'-nis,
D. Ab. bo'-nis,
D. Ab.
bo'-nis.
Ac.
bo'-nos.
Ac.
bo'-nas.
NOTE 1.—All participles inland superlatives are declined like
bonus ; as, amatus, loved ; altissimus, highest.
NOTE 2.—Meus has mi in the vocative singular masculine; as,
mi amice, my friend.—Meus, tuus, and suus are possessive adjective
pronouns.
QUESTIONS.—How does the masculine gender of adjectives of the first and
second declensions end ?—th£ feminine?—the neuter? How are adjectives in ns,
a, and um declined? Decline the masculine of bonus—the feminine—the neuter.
What classes of words are declined wke bonus 7 What is the vocative singular
masculine of meus 7

Decline like bonus the following adjectives:—
1 Lon'-gus, long.
Al'-tus, high.
A-va'-rus, covetous.
Ple'-nus,/wZZ.
Be-nig'-nus, kind.
Me'-us, my.
Fi'-dus, faithful.
Tu'-us, thy.
In-i'-quus, unjust.
Su'-us, his, hers, itsy their.

48

ADJECTIVES :

FIRST AND SECOND DEC.

Write out and repeat the declension of the following nouns
theii respective adjectives, putting each in the same case ;—
Bonus amicus, m., a good friend.
Bona mensa, f., a good table.
Bonum exemplum, n., a good example.
Thus, N.
bo'-nus a-mi'-cus,
G.
bo'-ni a-mi'-ci,
D. Ab. bo'-no a-mi'-co, &c.

LESSON

30.

Adjectives in er, a, um.
1. The feminine and neuter of adjectives in us and er
are formed by adding a and um to the root of the mascu­
line.
2.-The masculine gender of a few adjectives in er is
declined without syncopation, like gener.
In this manner is declined tener, tender:—
Singular.
Fem.
N. V. ten'-e-ra,
G. D. ten'-e-rae,
Ac. ten'-e-ram,
Ab. ten'-e-ra;
Plural.
N. V. ten'-e-ri,
N. V. ten'-e-rse,
G.
ten-e-rd'-rum, G.
ten-e-ra'-rum,
D. Ab. ten'-e-ris,
D. Ab. ten'-e-ris,
Ac.
ten'-e-ros.
Ac.
ten'-e-ras.
Masc.
N. V. teener,
G.
ten'-e-ri,
D. Ab. ten'-e-ro,
Ac.
ten'-e-rum;

Neut.
N. Ac. V. ten'-e-rum,
G.
ten'-e-ri,
D. Ab.
ten'-e-ro;

N. Ac. V. ten'-e-ra,
G.
ten-e-ro'-rum
D. Ab.
ten'-e-ris.

QUESTIONS.—How are the feminine and neuter of adjectives In us and er form­
ed? What is the root of tener 7 Like what noun is tener declined in the masculine gender 1—in the feminine 1—in the neuter 1

Form the feminine and neuter of the following adjectives, declin
ed like tener:—
As'-per, roug/i.
Li'-ber, free.
Sa'-tur, full.
La'-ce^y torn.
-Mi'-ser, miserable.

ADJECTIVLS:—FIRST AND SECOND DEC .

49

Write out the declension of as'-per in the masculine—of li'-ber in
the feminine—of sa'-tur in the neuter.
Write out the declension of tener puer, a tender boy—of tenera
puella, a tender girl—of tenerum virgultum, a tender shrub, making
the adjective and its noun to agree in gender, number, and case.

L E S S O N 3 1.
Syncopated Adjectives in er.
Most adjectives in er drop e in declension, like ages
They are declined like piger, slothful: thus,
Singular.
Fern.

Masc.

N. V. pi'-ger,
G.
pi'-gri,
D. Ab. pi'-gro,
Ac.
pi'-grum;

N. V.
G. D.
Ac.
Ab.

pi'-gra,
pi'-grae,
pi'-gram,
pi'-gra;

N. V. pi'-gri,
G.
pi-gro'-rurn,
D. Ab. pi'-gris,
Ac.
pi'-gros.

Plural.
N. V. pi'-grae,
G.
pi-gra'-rum,
D. Ab. pi'-gris,
pi'-gras.
Ac.

Neut.

N. Ac. V. pi'-grum,
G.
pi'-gri,
D. Ab.
pi'-gro;

N. Ac. V. pi'-gra,
G.
pi-gro'-rujt
D. Ab.
pi'-gris.

EXERCISE.

Form the feminine and neuter of the following adjectives, de­
clined like piger:—
iE'-ger, sick.
Ni'-ger, black.
Sa'-cer, sacred.
Cre'-ber, frequent. Pul'-cher, beautiful. Nos'-ter,* our.
In'-te-ger, entire.
Ru'-ber, red.
Ves'-ter,* your.
Write out the declension of creber in the masculine gender—01*
pulcher in the feminine—of noster in the neuter.
Write out the c eclension of noster ager, our field—of sacra insu­
la^ a sacred islan \—of vestrum donum, your gift.
Write out the cteclension of niger corvus, a black raven, where
This is a possessive adjective pronoun t

5

50

ADJECTIVES:—FIRST AND SECOND DEC.

the adjective, though of the same declension as its noun, has a dif«
ferent form in its nominative and vocative singular: thus,
N.
ni'-ger cor'-vus,
G.
ni'-gri cor'-vi,
D. Ab. ni'-gro cor'-vo, &c.
Write out the declension of bonus pater, a good father—bonuA
being of the second declension and pater of the third: thus,
Singular.
Plural.
N. bo'-nus pa'-ter,
N. V. bo'-ni pa'-tres,
G. bo'-ni pa'-tris,
G.
bo-nd'-rum pa'-trum,
D. bo'-no pa'-tri, &c.
D. ^.bo'-nis pat'-ri-bus, &c.
Write out the declension of alta populus, a tall poplar—populus
being a feminine noun of the second declension, by the second gen­
eral rule of gender. Less. 5.
Write out the declension of mons sacer, a sacred mountain:
thus,
N. V. mons sacer.
G. montis sacri, &c.
NOTE.—The adjective is often placed thus after its noun.

LESSON

32.

Adjectives in us and er, genitive ius.
1. Six adjectives in us and three in er have their gen­
itive singular in ius, and dative in i, in all genders. In
their other cases they are declined like bonus, tener, of
piger.
Those in us are:—
A'-li-us, another.
So'-lus, alone.

To'-tus, whole.
U'-nus, one.

Ul'-lus, any one.
Nul'-lus, no one.

2. Unus is thus declined in the singular number:—
Masc.

N.
G.
D.
Ac.
V
Ab.

u'-nus,
u-ni'-us,
u'-ni,
u'-num,
u'-ne,
u'-no.

Fern.

N. V. u'-na,
G.
u-ni'-us,
D.
u'-ni,
Ac. u'-nam,
Ab. u'-na.

•.

Neut.

N. Ac. V. u'-num,
G.
u-ni'-us,
D.
u'-ni,
Ab.
u'-no.

ADJECTIVES :

FIRST AND SECOND DEC.

51

3. REMARK.— Alius has aliudm the nominative, accusative, and
vocative neuter, and a-li'-us in the genitive.
NOTE .—In the genitives in ius, i is sometimes short in poetry, except in allua.
L. 3, and L. 2.

4. The adjectives in er, which have ius in the genitive and i in
the dative, are :—
Al'-ter, the othei'; u'-ter, which (of the two); and neu'-ter, neither
(of the tvw); with their compounds.

^ 5. Al'-ter is thus declined :—
Singular.
Masc.

Fam.

Neut.

N. V. al'-ter,
N. V. al'-te-ra,
N. Ac. V. al'-te-rum,
G.
al-te'-ri-us,
G.
al-te'-ri-us,
G.
al-te'-ri-us,
D.
al'-to-ri, &c.
D.
al'-tg-ri, &c.
D.
al'-te-ri, &c.
In the other parts it is declined like tener.

6. Uter and neuter are thus declined:—
Singular.
N. V. u'-ter,
N. V. u'-tra,
N. Ac. V. u'-trum,
G.
u-tri'-us,
G.
u-tri'-us,
G.
u-tri'-us,
D.
u'-tri, &c.
D.
u'-tri, &c.
D.
u'-tri,
In the other parts they are declined like piger.

7. Vterque, both or each, is declined like uter, but has
que annexed to all its parts; as,
N. V. u-ter'-que, u'-tra-que, u-trum'-que; G. u-tri-us'-que, &c.
EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of alter homo, the other man—of u'-tra~
que manus, each hand ; manus being a feminine noun of the fourth
declension. Less. 26.

LESSON 33.
Duo and ambo.
Duo, two, and ambo, both, are declined irregularly :
thus,

52

ADJECTIVES :

THIRD DECLENSION.

Plural.
Masc.

Fern.

NeuL

N. V. du'-o,
N. V. du'-ae.
G.
du-o'-rum,
G.
du-a'-rum,
D. Ab. du-o'-bus,
D. Ab. du-a'-bus,
Ac. du'-os, or du'-o. Ac.
du'-as.

N. Ac. V. du'-o,
G.
du-o'-rum,
D. Ab.
du-o'-bus.

QUESTION.—What nouns of the 1st declension are declined in the plural like tin
feminine of duo and arnbo 1
EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of—
duo leones, two lions. (Less. 13.)
duce filice, two daughters. (Less. 8, Rem. 1.)
duo corpora, two bodies. (Less. 18.)
ambce voces, both voices. (Less. 17.)
duce, res, two things. (Less. 27.)
Translate into Latin—
For-two boys.
By-two soldiers.
To-one daughter
Of-both hands.
In two houses.
To-a-beautiful girl*
Translate into English—
O pulchrae deas!
In uno modo."
O sacri toontes I
In rubrS manu.
A vestra domo.
Mi fili.

LESSON 34.
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.

1. Some adjectives of the third declension have three
terminations in the nominative singular,—one for each
gender; some, two,—one for the masculine and feminine,
the other for the nruter; and some, only one for all
genders.
2. Those of three terminations have er in the mascu­
line, is in the feminine, and e in the neuter. Of this
kind are—
A'-cer, sharp.
Al'-a-cer, brisk.
Cel'-e-ber, famous.

E-ques'-ter, equestrian.
Sa-lu'-ber, wholesome.
Vol'-u-cer, winged.

ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS.

53

Acer is thus declined :—
Masc.
N. V. a'-cer,
G.
a'-cris,
D. Ab. a'-cri,
a'-crem;
Ac.

Neut.

Fem.

N. Ac. V. a'-cre,
G.
a'-cris,
D. Ab.
a'-cri:

N. V. a'-cris,
G.
a'-cris,
D. Ab. a'-cri,
a'-crem:
Ac.

Masc. 8f Fern.
N. Ac. V. a'-cres,
a'-cri-um,
G.
D. Ab.
ac'-ri-bus.

Plural.

Neut.
N. Ac. V. a'-cri-a,
a'-cri-um,
G.
D. Ab.
ac'-ri-bus.

QUESTIONS.—How many terminations in the nominative singular have adjec­
tives of the third declension J What is the termination of the masculine in adjec­
tives of three terminations?—of the feminine7—of the neuter! Decline acer in
the masculine—in the feminine—in the neuter. What is the root of acer 7 How
is the nominative masculine formed from the ^>ot?—the nominative feminine 7—
the nominative neuter 1 Write the root of alacer, celeber, equester, saluber, and
volucer.

Write out the declension of—
volucer equus, a winged horse.
equestris statua, an equestrian statue.
celebre nomen, a famous name. See Less. 18.
Translate into English—
Celebri homini.
Volucres dracones.
Nigros leones.
Alacris militis. *
O volucer puer !
Nostrdrum curd/rum.
NOTE.—For the pronunciation of doubtful penults, see L. 2, and L. 3.

LESSON

35.

ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS.

Adjectives of two terminations have is in the mascu­
line and feminine, and e in the neuter; except compara­
tives, which have or and us.
The following are
Bre'-vis, short.
Cru-de'-lis, cruel.
Dul'-cis, sweet.

examples of adjectives of two terminations:
For'-tis, brave.
Mi-rab'-I-lis, wonderful
Gra'-vis, heavy.
Mi'-tis, mild.
In-col'-u-mis, safe. Om'-nis, all.
5#

54t

ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS»

Mitis is thus declined :—
N. V.
G.
D. Ab.
Ac.

mi'-tis,
mi'-tis,
mi'-ti,
mi'-tem;

Singular.
N. Ac. V, mi'-te,
G.
mi'-tis,
D. Ab.
mi'-ti;

Plural.
N. Ac. V. mit'-i-a,&
G.
mit'-i-um,
D. Ab.
mit'-i-bus.
(a) Pronounced mish'-e-um ; (fi) mish'-e-ah.
NOTE.— TYes, three, is declined like the plural of mitis. N. tre.%
to la, &c.
N. Ac. V. mi'-tes,
G.
mit'-i-um«
D. Ab.
mit'-i-bus.

QUESTIONS.—What is the termination of the masculine and feminine in adjec­
tives of two terminations 1—of the neuter 1 Decline mitis in the masculine 'and
feminine—in the neuter. How is tres declined? What is its root?

EXERCISE.
Write the declension of—
brevis via, a short way.
breve tempus, a short time.
vir fortis, a brave man.
tres diesj three days.
Translate into Latin—
Of-brave soldiers.
Of-sweet fruit.
In all the-temples.
To-cruel lions.
By-cruel wars.
For-all the-fingers.
Translate into English—
Ab altis nubibus.
In brevi tempore.
O mi domine I
O erudeles homines!
Graves curse.
Cum benigna matre.

LESSON 36.
DECLENSION OP COMPARATIVES.

1 Adjectives of the comparative degree have or for
the masculine and feminine, and us for the neuter.
The following are comparatives:—
Al'-ti-or, higher.
Fe-lic'-i-or, happier.
Bre'-vi-or, shorter.
For'-ti-or, braver.

Gra'-vi-or, heavier.
Mit'-i-or, milder.

55

DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES.

2. Mitior is thus declined :—
Singular.
Masc. (f* Fem.
Neut.
N. V. mit'i-or,*
N. Ac. V. mit'-i-us,^
G.
mit-i-d'-ris,
G.
mit-i-d'-ris,
D.
mit-i-o'-ri,
D.
mit-i-o'-ri,
Ac. mit-i-d'-rem,
Ab.
mit-i-o'-reyw mit-ird'-ri;
Ab. mit-i-6'-re, or mit-i-o'-ri;
N. Ac. V. mit-i-o'-res,
G.
mit-i-o'-rum,
D. Ab.
mit-i-or'-i-bus.

Plural.
N. Ac. V. mit-i-d'-ra,
G.
mit-i-o'-rum,
D. Ab.
mit-i-or'-i-bus.

* Pronounced mish'-e-or, &c.

3. Plus, more, is thus declined :—
Singular.
Neut,
N. Ac. plus,
G.
plu'-ris.
The rest wanting.

Plural.
Masc. <$• Fem.
N. Ac. plu'-res,
G.
plu'-ri-um,
D. Ab. plu'-ri-bus.

Neut.
N. Ac. plu'-ra,

G.
plu'-ri-im,
D. Ab. plu'-ri-bus.

QUESTIONS. —What is the termination of the masculine and feminine of com­
paratives ]—of the neuter? Decline mitior in the masculine and feminine—in the
neuter. What is its root ? How is the neuter nominative formed from the root 1
(See Less. 22, R. 1, and R. 4.) Decline plus in the singular. What genders of plus
are wanting in the singular? Decline it in the plural. What is its root! How is
the nominative singular formed from the root? (See Less."22.)

Write the declension of—
altior mons, a higher mountain, fortior vir, a braver man,
brevius tempus, a shorter time.
Translate into Latin—
Of-a-higher tree.
In a-higher mountain.
In a-shorter day.

From a-milder man.
By-a-heavier stone.
Of-happier times.

Translate into English—
In mitiorlbus sestatibus.
Plurium donorum.
Cum pluribus hominibus.
Ab altiore Stella.
In breviore tempus.
Pluris pretii.a
O viri fortidres !
Curse graviores,
(a) pretium, ii, n., price, value.

56

ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION.

LESSON 37.
ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION.

1. Adjectives of one termination increase in the geni­
tive. Their ablative singular ends in e or i; their geni­
tive plural in ium; and their nominative plural reutei
in ia.
2. Felix , happy, is thus declined:—
Singular.
Masc. Fern.
N. V. fe'-lix,
G.
fe-ll'-cis,
D. fe-li'-cL
Ac. fe-li'-cem,
Ab. fe-li'-ce, or ci;

Neut.
N. Ac. V. fe'-lix,
G.
fe-li'-cis,
D.
fe-li'-ci,
Ab.
fe-ll'-ce, or ci;
Plural.
N. Ac. V. fe-lic'-i-a,
G.
fe-lic'-i-um,
D. Ab.
fe-lic'-i-bus.

N. Ac. V. fe-li'-ces,
G.
fe-lic'-i-um,
D. Ab.
fe-lic'-i-bus.

3. Prcesens , present, is thus declined :—
Singular.
Masc. tf* Fem.
N. V. prae'-sens,
G.
prae-sen'-tis,
D.
prae-sen'-ti,
Ac. prae-sen'-tem,
Ab. prae-sen'-te, or ti;
N. Ac. V. prae-sen'-tes,
G.
prae-sen'-ti-um,
D. Ab.
prae-sen'-ti-bus.

Neut.
N. Ac. V. prae'-sens,
G.
prae-sen'-tis,
D.
prae-sen'-ti,
Ab.
prae-sen'-te or t i ;
Plural.
N. Ac. V. prae-sen'-ti-a,
G.
prae-sen'-ti-um,
D. Ab.
prae-sen'-ti-bus.

NOTE.—All present participles are declined like prcesens.
The following are examples of adjectives of one termination :
Au'-dax, acis, bold.
Pru'-dens, tis, prudent.
Fe'-rox, ocis, fierce.
Par'-ti-ceps, ipis, pa, ticipano.
In'-gens, tis, huge.
So'-lers, tis, shrewd.

NUMERAL ADJECTIVES.

57

fome adjectives of one termination have OL y e in
few have only i. These, with a few other adennination, have also um in the gen. plur.
.—What is said of the genitive of adjectives of one termination 7—
ve singular 1—their genitive plural ?—their nominative plural 1 Dothe masculine and feminine—in the neuter. What is its root I How
ninative singular formed from it? Decline prcssens. What is its root!
lie nominative singular formed frem it1 How are present participles deHow are participles in us declined 1 (See Less. 29 )

fx in

EXERCISE.

Write out the declension of:—
ingens saxum, a huge rock.
vir prudens, a prudent man.
Write tM roots oifelix, prasens, audax, ferox, particeps and solers*

LESSON 38.
NUMERAL- ADJECTIVES.

1. Numeral adjectives are those which denote number.
They are either cardinal, ordinal, or distributive.
2. Cardinal numbers denote how many objects are
intended.
3 Ordinal numbers denote order or rank.
4. Distributive numbers denote the number of objects
taken together.
Cardinal.
5. tTnus, one.
Duo, two.
Tres, three.
duatuor, four.
Q,uinque,Jfa;e.
Sex, six.
Septem, seven.
Octo, eight.
\
Novem, nine.
Decern, ten.

Ordinal.
Primus, first.
Secundus, second.
Tertius, third.
Cluartus, fourth.
GLuintus, fifth.
Sextus, sixth.
Septimus, seventh.
Octavus, eighth.
Nonus, ninth.
Decimus, tenih.

Distributive.
Singuli, one by one.
Bini, two by two, &e.
Terni, or trini.
Gluaterni
Q,uini.
Seni.
Septeni.
Octoni.
Noveni.
Deni.

6. The cardinal numbers from four to a hundred, inclu­
sive, are indeclinable. Those denoting hundreds, and all
the distributives, are declined like the plural of bonus.
7. The ordinal numbers are declined like bonus.

58

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

8. Mille, a thousand, when used as an
declinable. As a noun it is neuter, and is
plural only, like the plural of sedlle, (L. 20.
QUESTIONS.—What are numeral adjectives'? Name their classes.
dinai numbers 1—ordinal?—distributive 7 What cardinal numbers are i;
ble? How are those denoting hundreds declined 7 How are ordinal
declined ]—distributives 1 When is mille declined 1 When is it indeclina

Decline quinque dies, five days.
secundum bellum, the second war.
decimus rex, the tenth king.

L E S S O N

39.

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

1. The comparison of an adjective is the expression
of its quality in different degrees.
2. There are three degrees of comparison—the posttive, the comparative, and the superlative.
3. The positive simply denotes a quality; as, altus,
high.
4. The comparative denotes that a quality belongs to
one of two objects in a greater degree than to the other;
as, altior, higher.
5. The superlative denotes that a quality belongs to
one of several objects in a greater degree than to any of
the rest; as, altissimus, highest.
6. The comparative and superlative are formed by add­
ing ior and issimus to the root of the positive : thus,
Positive.
Altus,
Felix,

Root.
altlelic-

Comparative.
altw,
feliczar,

Superlative.
altissimus.
feXicissimus.

NOTE 1.—The comparative and superlative are expressed in
English by the terminations er and est. or by the adverbs more and
most; as, higher, highest; more merciful, most merciful.
NOTE 2.— Very, extremely, and the like, are commonly expressed
in Latin by the superlative; as, a very dear friend, amicus carissimus.

ADJECTIVES :

IRREGULAR COMPARISON.

59

NV/te 3.—Comparatives are declined like mitior, (Less. 36) and
superlatives like bonus, (Less. 29.)
QUESTIONS .—What is meant by the comparison of an adjective? How many
and what are the degrees of comparison? What does the positive denote?—the
comparative?—the superlative? How are the comparative and superlative form­
ed I Compare alius—febix. How are the comparative and superlative expressed
in English t How are'very, extremely, and the like expressed in Latin ? How are
comparatives declined ?—superlatives ?
EXERCISE.

Write out the degreesof comparison of the following adjectives
Arc'-tus, strait.
Ca'-rus, dear.
Cle'-mens, (tis,) merciful.
Ca'-pax, capacious. Cru-de'-lis, cruel. In'-ers, (tis,) sluggish.
Translate into Latin, in the nominative singular,—
The-highest tree.
A-more-capacious house.
The-happiest man.
A-more-merciful man.
The-most-cruel lion.
A-dearer friend.
Translate into English—
Altissima rupes. Felicius regnum.
Clementissimus rex.
Altior nubes.
Crudelissimum numen. Inertior homo.

LESSON

40.

IRREGULAR COMPARISON.

1. Adjectives in er add rimus to the nominative singu­
lar masculine to form the superlative; their comparative
is regular.
In this manner are compared acer, sharp, asper, rough, and ceU
zbei\ famous; thus:—
Nom.
Gen.
Root.
Comp.
Sup.
acer,
acris,
acracrior,
acerrimus.
asper,
asperi,
asperaspeiw,
asperriwms.
celeber,

Celebris,

celebr-

celebiw,

celebeTrimus.

2. Some adjectives in lis form the superlative by add
ing limus to the root; as, facih's, easy, facilior, facillimus.
3. The following adjectives are very irregular in their
comparison:—

60

PRONOUNS.

Bonus,
Malus,
Magnus,
Parvus,
Multus,
Inferus,
Superus,

superior,

good,
bad,
great,
small,
much,
tow,

optimus,
melior,
pessimus,
pejor,
maximus,
major,
minimus,
minor,
plus, (neut.) plurimus,
> inf imus, '
inferior,
or imus,s

;\

j orsiimmus,}

better, best,
worse, worst,
greater, greatest.
less,
least,
more,
lower, lowest.
higher, highest.

QUESTIONS .—How are adjectives in er compared)—some adjectives in /**
Compare acer—asper—celeber—j'acilis—bonus, <fcc.

Write the comparison of difficilis, difficult; humilis, humble;
similis, like; and dissimilis, unlike; which are compared likefacilis.
Translate into Latin—
For-the-best men.
In the-worst manner.
In a-very-celebrated city.

For-greater birds.
Of-a-difficult way.
By-a-very-sharp sword.

Translate into English—
Plurimi homines.
Jovi maximo.
Pejorem fructum.
Majore vi.
Majores corvos.
Celeberrima poemata.
Iter difficilius.
Minima pars.

LESSON

Lex suprema.
Dii majores.
Vir melior.
Acri doldre.

41.

PRONOUNS.

1. A pronoun is a word which indicates a person or
thing as previously named or known.
2. Pronouns are of two kinds—substantive and ad­
jective.
3. The substantive pronouns are, ego, I ; tu y thou •
and sui, of himself, of herself, or of itself.
4. Ego and tu are either masculine or feminine, sui either mas­
culine, feminine, or neuter.
They are thus declined:—

61

ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS.

Singular.
e'-go, I,
N. tu, thou,
G. me'-i, mine or of me,
G. tu'-i} thine or of thee,
D. mi'-hi, to orfor me,
D. tib'-i, to oxfor thee,
A c. me, we,
Ac. te, thee,
r.
F. tu, O ZAow,
Aft. me, with,from,ox byme; Ab. te, with thee, &c.
N. nos, ire,
< nos'-trum ) ours or
G } or nos'-tri, ( 0/1«,
D. no'-bis, to or for us,
Ac. nos, us,
V.
Ah. no'-bis, with us, «See.

Plural.
N. vos, ye or you,
/5 S ves'-trum <> yours or
Q' } or ves'-tri, $ o/yoa,
D. vo'-bis, to orfor you,
Ac. vos, you,
V. vos, O ye or you,
Ab. vo'-bis, with you, Sec.

N.
G. su'-i, of himself &c.
Z). sib'-i, to or for himself
-4c. se, himself
F.
Ab. se, with himself Sec.

iV.
su
Qf^emselves,
D. sib'-i. to or for themselves,
Ac. se, themselves,
V.
Ab. se, with themselves.

QUESTIONS.— What is a pronoun 1 Of how many kinds are pronouns1 Which
are substantive-pronouns 1 Of what gender are they 1 Decline ego, Sec.

Translate into Latin—
For-me alone.
To-thee.
Of-themselves.
For-me.
Translate into English—
Nobis, (dab.)
Yestrum.
Sibi, (pur.)
Mei solius.

With-you.
From us.
O felix tu!
O vos!

LESSON

For-themselves.
Ours.
Sui, (sing.f.)
Te, (acc.)

42.

ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS.

1. (a) The adjective pronouns which most frequently
otfeur, are,
Hie, this, the latter.
llle, that, the former.
Is, that, especially as the antecedent of qui.
Iste, that, especially that of yours.
Ipse, self, or myself, thyself &c.
idem, the same.

Gtui, who, which, that.
Gtuis? who? which? what?
Meus, my.
Tuus, thy pr your.
Suus, his, her, its, their.
Noster, our.
Vester, your.

NOTE 1.—These pronouns, except meus and noster, want the
vocative.

(b) llle, iste, hie, is, and idem, are demonstratives;
ipse, an intensive; qui, a relative ; quis, an interroga

62

ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS.

tive ; and mens, tuus, suus, noster, and vester, possessives.
2. Hie, ille, is, and isfe, when referring to a noun understood, are
often translated ' he, she, or it,' (plur. 'they'); and they are then
parsed like substantive pronouns.
NOTE 2.—Ille sometimes denotes that an object is well known ;
and iste, that it is regarded with contempt.

Hie.
3. Hie is thus declined :—
Masc.
A", hie,
G. hu'-jus,
D. huic,»
Ac. hunc,
Ab. hoc;
N.
hi,
G.
ho'-rum,
D. Ab. his,
hos.
Ac.

Singular.
, Fern.
N. haec,
G. huMus,
D. huic,*
Ac. hanc,
Ab. hac;

Neut.
N. Ac. hoc,
G.
hu'-jus,
D.
huic,»
Ab.
hoc;

Plural.
N.
hae,
G.
ha'-rum,
D. Ab. his,
has.
Ac.
* Pronounced hike.

N. Ac. haec,
G.
ho'-rum,
D. Ab. his.

QUESTIONS.—Name the adjective-pronouns which( most commonly occur.
Which of these pronouns want the vocative'? Name the demonstrative pronouns
—the intensive—the relative—the interrogative—the possessive. What does hie
signify?—i//e, &c.1 How are hie, ille, is, and iste translated when they refer to a
noun understood? What do ille and iste sometimes denote? Decline hie in the
masculine—in the feminine—in the neuter.

EXERCISE.

Write out and repeat the declension of—
hie homo, this man.
hac res, this thing.
hoc regnum, this kingdom.
hie bonus vir. this good man.
hcBe celeberrima urbs, this very celebrated city.
Translate—
Haec duo sedilia.
Hoc magnum crimen.
Hi maximi viri.
Hae fellces sor6res.a
Hie unus puer.

In hac aestate.
In his agris.
Hujus capitis.
Huic prudenti homini.
Ab his montibus.

(a) soror, oris, a sister.

ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS.

63

LESSON 43.
Ille, iste, and ipse.
Ille and iste are thus declined :—
Masc,
N. il'-le,
G. il-li'-us,
D. il'-li,
Ac. il'-lum,
Ab. il'-lo;
N.
il'-li,
G.
il-lo'-rum,
D. Ab. il'-lis,
Ac.
il'-los.

N.
G.
D.
Ac.
Ab.

Singular.
Fem.
ll'-la,
il-li'-us,
il'-li,
il'-lam,
il'-la;

Plural.
N.
il'-lae,
G.
il-la'-rum,
D. Ab. il'-lis,
il'-las.
Ac.

Neut.
N. Ac. ilMud,
G.
il-li'-us,
D.
il'-li,
Ab.
il'-lo;

N. Ac. il'-la,*
G.
il-lo'-rum,
D. Ab. il'-lis.

2. Ipse is declined like ille, except that in the nom. and acc. sin­
gular it has ipsum in the neuter.
QUESTIONS.—How is ille declined in the masculine?—in the feminine?—in the
neuter? What pronoun is declined like ille J How does the declension of ipse
differ from that of ille ?

Decline ipse in the neuter gender. Decline ittud regnum, thai
kingdom. Decline istesermo, that speech.
Write out and repeat the declension of ego ipse, I myself—of tu
ipsa, thou thyself—of ille ipse, he himself.
Translate—
For-myself.a
Of-themselves.6
For-the-soldier himself.
Of-yourself.a
To-herself.6
In the-cave itself.
a Make use of the personal pronoun with ipse.

b Make use ofsui alone.

Tibi ipsi.
Istius c.rimfnis.
In his regnis.
Nobis ipsis. (dot.)
Illi magistro.
Illas puellas.
Illrpraesenti deo.
O viri fortissimi!
In illis magnis urbibus.
O felices parent.es !
Iste tuus furor.
Ab istis tuis comitibus.
A Jove optimo.
In illis altis montibus.
In illis amoenisa locis.
In ipsa celeberrima urbe.
At ijiis decern viris.
Ille magnus Alexander,
(a) amoenus, a, um, pleasant.

64

ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS,

LESSON 44.
Is and idem.
1. Is is thus declined :—
Masc.
N. is,
G. e'-jus,
D. e'-i,
Ac. e'-um,
Ab. e'-o;
N.
i'-i,*
G.
e-o'-rum,
D. Ab. i'-is, or e'-is,
Ac.
e'-os.

*

Singular.
Fem.
N. e'-a,
G. e'-jus,
D. e'-i,
Ac. e'-am,
Ab. e'-aj
Plural.
N.
e'-ae,
G.
e-a'-rum,
D. Ab. i'-is, or e'-is,
Ac.
e'-as.

Neut.
N. Ac. id,
G.
e'-jus,
D.
e'-i,
Ab.
e'-o;

N. Ac. e'-a,
G.
e-o'-rum,
D. Ab. i'-is, or e'-is

2. Idem, a compound of is and dem, is thus declined

-

N.
G.
D.
Ac.
Ab.

Masc.
i'-dem,
e-jus'-dem,
e-i'-dem,
e-un'-dem,
e-o'-dem;

Singular.
Fem.
N. e'-a-dem,
G. e-jus'-dem,
D. e-i'-dem,
Ac. e-an'-dem,
Ab. e-a'-dem ;

N.
i-i'-dem,
N.
G.
e-o-run'-dem, G.
n A L S e-is'-dem, or
^
D Ab- \ i-is'-dem,
D' Ab'
Ac.
e-os'-dem.
Ac.

Neut.
N. Ac. i'-dem,
G.
e-jus'-dem,
D.
e-i'-dem,
Ab.
e-o'-dem;

Plural.
e-ae'-dem,
N. Ac. e'-a-dem,
e-a-run'-dem, G.
e-o-run'-dem,
( e-is'-dem, or n
( e-is'-dem. or
D Ab' J i-is'-dem.
\ i-is'-dem,
e-as'-dem.

NOTE.—In compound pronouns m before d is changed into rc; as, eundem}
eorunde?n, quendam, &c.
QUESTIONS.—How is is declined in the masculine ?—in the feminine 1—in the
neuter 1 How is idem declined in the masculine ?—in the feminine 1—in the neu­
ter 1 In compound pronouns, what change of letters occurs before d ?
EXERCISE.

Write out and repeat the declension of ea vox, that voice—of
idem homoy the same man—of eadem res, the same thing.

ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS.

65

Translate—
Of-the-same summer. For-the-same things. Of-that (is) way.
In the-same house.
By-that (is) sword.
To-this oird.
In iisdem carminibus.
Cum eodem comite.
In ea aetate.
Ab iisdem regnis.
In eis sermonibus.
Ejusdem domini.

L E S S O N

45.

Qui and quis.
1. The relative qui is thus declined :—
Singular.
Masc.
N. qui,
G. cu'-jus,
D. cui,a
Ac. quem,
Ad. quo;
N.
qui,
G.
quo'-rum,
D. Ab. qui'-bus,
Ac.
quos.

Fern.
N. quae,
G. cu'-jus,
D. cui,°
Ac. quam,
Ab. qua;
Plural.
N.
quae,
G.
qua'-rum,
D. Ab. qui'-bus,
Ac.
quas.
a Pronounced ki.

Neut.
N. Ac. quod,
G.
cu'-jus,
D.
cui,a
Ab.
quo;

N. Ac. quae,
G.
quo'-rum,
D. Ab. qui'-bus.

2. The interrogative quis is declined like the relative,
except that in the singular number it has two forms in
the nominative masculine, and two in the nominative
and accusative neuter : thus,
Masc.
N. quis or qui,
G. cu'-jus, &c.

Fem. %
N. quae,
•
G. cu'-jus, &c.

Neuit
N. Ac, quid or quod,
G.
cu'-jus, &c.

3. Quis and quid are commonly used as nouns, qui
and quod as adjectives.
4. The compounds of the interrogative quis or qui are
declined in the same manner, except that aliquis, some
one, siquis, if any, nequis, lest any, and numquis, have
qua where quis has qua : thus,
6*

66

YERBS,

{ al'-i-quis, o r
N Ac $ al'-i-quid, or
N al/* mia
al 1 ^ ua '
N : Ac ' \ al'-i-quod,
I al'-i-qui,
G. al-i-cu'-jus.
G. al-i-cu'-jus. G.
al-i-cu'-jus, &c.
NOTE 1.—The compounds quisque, quisquam, and quispiam, have
sometimes in the nominative and accusative neuter, quicqueyquicquam, and quippiam.
NOTE 2.— Unusquisque is declined like unus and quisque when
separate:—Gen. uniuscujusque, Dat. unicuique, &c.
REMARK 1.—The declension of the possessive adjective pronouns,
mens, tuus, suits, noster, and vester, has been given under adjectives.
See Lessons 29 and 31.
2. Sui and suits are often called reflexives, because they refer to
the subject of the sentence. The other substantive and posses­
sive pronouns are also used as reflexives, when the subject of the
sentence is of the first or second person.
3. The genitive singular of the adjective pronouns, except the
possessives, ends in ius, or, after a vowel, in jus, and the dative sin­
gular in i, in all genders; as, gen. illius, istius, ipsius, kujus, ejus,
cujus; dat. illi, isti, ipsi. ei, cui; but hie makes huic in the dative.
N

QUESTIONS.—How is the masculine of qui declined ?—the feminine?—the neu­
ter? How is the interrogative quis declined? What is the distinction in the use
of quis and qui ? How are the compounds of quis or qui declined ? What excep­
tion is made in respect to all quis, siquis, nequis, and numquis?—in respect to
quisque, quisquam, and quispiam? How is unusquisque declined? What are
sui and suus often called 1 Why are they called rellexives? What other pro­
nouns are sometimes used as reflexives? How does the genitive singular of all
the adjective pronouns end?—the dative singular ? What word is excepted in the
dative?

EXERCISE.

Write the declension of qui homo? what man ?—qua res? what
thing?—of unusquisque in the neuter singular—of quisque in the
masculine in both numbers—of siquis in the feminine singular.
Translate—
Quern virum 1
Cui deae 1
Alicui.
Q,uo digito 1
Q,uis 1
Siqua domus.
Gtuibus ventis 1

L E S S O N

4 6 .

VERBS.

1. A verb is a word which expresses the being, state,
action, or passion of some subject; as,
Est Deus, There is a God. Aqua calet, The water is warm.
Puer legit, The boy reads. Tu, moneris, Thou art advised.

VERBS.

Now: 1— Passion in Grammar denotes the receiving of an action.

2. Verbs are either active or neuter.
3. An active verb is one which requires the addition
of an object to complete the sense ; as, Alexander con­
quered (conquered whom ?) Darius.
NOTE 2.—The object of a verb is that on which the action is ex­
erted ; as, Romulus founded Rome.

4. A neuter verb is one which with its subject makes
complete sense ; as, Time flies.
5. Active-verbs have two voices, the active and the
passive.
6. Neuter verbs have only the active voice.
NOTE 3.—Neuter verbs are sometimes used impersonally in the
passive voice. L. 81.

7. A deponent verb is one which has an active or a
neuter sense with a passive form.
8. The active voice is that in which the agent of the
verb is its subject; as, The Romans destroyed Carthage.
9. The passive voice is that in which the object of the
verb is its subject; as, Carthage was destroyed by the
Romans.
In each of these sentences the agent, the action, and the object of
the action, are the same; but in the former the agent, in the latter
the object, is made the subject of the verb.
NOTE 4. —With the active voice the object, and with the passive
the agent, is often omitted.
QUESTIONS.—What is a verb ? What is meant by passion in grammar ? How
many kinds qf verbs are there ? What is an active verb ? What is the object of a
verb? What is a neuter verb? How many voices have active verbs?—neuter
verbs? What is a deponent verb? What is the active voice of a verb?—the
passive voice ? What is often omitted with the active voice 1—with the passive
voice?
EXERCISE.

Determine which of the following verbs are active and which are
neuter:—
To sit: to read: to walk: to love: to eat: to be: to hear: to
purchase : to laugh: to destroy: to sleep:. to desire.
Determine the voice of each of the following vgrbs:—
I love. He is hated. They are despised. We shall be taught.
Fortune favors the brave. The brave are favored by fortune. All
men desire happiness. The ship is driven by the wind. The
horses draw the chariot. He eats and drinks. The provisions
were consumed.

68

VERBS :

MOODS

TENSES.

LESSON 47.
MOODS.

1. Latin verbs have four moods—the indicative, the
subjunctive, the imperative, and the infinitive.
2. The indicative asserts an action, the subjunctive
implies or supposes it, the imperative commands it, and
the infinitive denotes it indefinitely.
3. To is commonly used with the infinitive in English, and may,
might, could, would, and should, are signs of the Latin subjunctive.
4. A question may be put either in the indicative or the subjunc­
tive, as the sense requires.
TENSES.

5. Latin verbs have six tenses—the present, imperfect,
and future; the perfect, pluperfect, and future-perfect:
the first three represent unfinished, the last three finished
action.
6. The present represents an action as~going on at the
present time; as, amo, I love, or am loving.
7. The imperfect represents an action as going on at a
past time ; as, amdbam, I was loving.
8. The future represents an action as going on at a
future time; as, amdbo, I shall love, or be loving.
9. The perfect represents an action as finished now or
at an indefinite past time ; as, amdvi, I have lo.ved, or I
loved.
10. The pluperfect represents an action as finished at
a definite past time ; as, amaveram, I had loved.
11. The future-perfect represents an action as finished
at a definite future time ; as, amavero, I shall have loved.
NOTE 1. —In the perfect, pluperfect, and future-perfect, the Eng­
lish forms, have been loving, had been loving, and shall have been
loving, are likewise found.
NOTE 2. —The present is also used to denote what is customary;
the imperfect, to denote what was usual or customary, and likewise
the intending, preparing, or attempting to act, at a definite past time.
NOTE 3. —The perfect, when translated by have, is called the per­
fect definite; when without have, the perfect indefinite, or historical
per Cect.

VERBS :

PERSON, NUMBER, PARTICIPLES.

68

NOTE 4.—In animated narration the present is sometimes used
for the historical perfect, and is then called the historical present.
PERSON.

12. Person, in verbs, is the form by which they denote
the person of the subject.—Hence,
13. Verbs have three persons in each number—the
first, second, and third.
NUMBER.

14. Number, in verbs, is the form by which they de­
note whether their subject is one object or more than one.
—Hence,
15. Verbs, like nouns, have two numbers—the singu­
lar and the plural.
PARTICIPLES, GERUNDS, AND SUPINES.

16. Participles are forms of the verb partaking of the
nature of an adjective.
17. Gerunds and supines are forms of the verb par­
taking of the nature of a noun.
QUESTIONS .—How many and what moods have Latin verbs? How do the
several moods represent an action ? What is the sign of the infinitive in English?
What words in English are signs of the Latin subjunctive ? In what moods may
a question be put? How many and what tenses nave Latin verbs ? How do the
first, three represent an action ?—the last three ? How does the present represent
an action ?—the imperfect 1—the future?—the perfect?—the pluperfect?—the futureperfect? For what peculiar purpose is the present sometimes used?—the imper­
fect? What is the perfect called when translated by have ?—when translated witnout have ? What tense is sometimes used for the historical perfect? What is per­
son in verbs ? How many persons have verbs ? What is number in verbs ? How
many numbers have verbs? What are participles? What are gerunds and
supines ?

LESSON

48.

CONJUGATIONS.

1. Verbs whose terminations are alike, are said to be
of the same conjugation.
2. Latin verbs are divided into four conjugations.
3. The conjugations may be distinguished by the ter­
mination of the present infinitive.

70

VERBS :

CONJUGATIONS

ROOTS.

(a) The termination of the present infinitive active,
In the first conjugation is are ; a
In the second
"
ere;
In the third
"
ere ; .
In the fourth
"
ire.
(b) The termination of the present infinitive passive,
In the first conjugation is ari ; a
In the second
"
eri;
In the third
"
i;
In the fourth
"
iri.
a Except in do, dare, to give, and its compounds.

ROOTS.

4. A verb, like a noun, consists of two parts—a root,
and a termination.
5. Th e root of the present is called the first or general
root, and is commonly found in every form of the verb.
6. The root of the perfect active is called the second
root.
7. The root of the supine or perfect participle is
called the third root.
8. The first root is found in each conjugation by re­
moving the termination of the present infinitive.
Questions .—When are verbs said to.be of the same conjugation 7 How npiny
are the conjugations of Latin verbs 1 How may these be distinguished 1 What
are the terminations of the present infinitive active ?—passive 7 What are the two
parts of which a'^rb consists 1 What is the first root?—the second 1—the third?
How is the first root found?
EXERCISE.

Determine the conjugation of each of the following verbs and
write down its root, the present infinitive of each being given:—
Nominare, to name. Doceri, to be taught. Timere, to fear.
Ducere, to tead.
Legi, to be read.
Munire, to fortify.
Amari, to be loved.
Scire, to know.
Puniri, to be punished.
Caedi, to be cut.
Dari, to be given.
Ostendere, to show.
In the preceding verbs change the active infinitives into passives
and the passives into actives, and translate them accofdingl}\

VERBS :

SECOND AND THIRD ROOTS.

L E S S O N

71

4 9 .

THE SECOND AND THIRD ROOTS.

The second and third roots are formed by adding to
the first root,
In the first conjugation av and at;
In the second
"
u and i t ;
In the third
"
s and t ;
In the fourth
"
iv and it.
NOTES.

1. In the third conjugation, when the first root ends with a vowtl,
and often when it ends with a consonant, the second root has th
same form ; as, arguo, argui, argulum, lego, legi, lectam.
REI§*V.RK 1.—When the second root of a verb ends with a consonant, the vowel
before it is usually long; as, e-in legi from lego.

2. Many verbs in all the conjugations add I alone to form tht
th i rd root, and some, especially those whose first root ends in d or
t, add 5 alone.

3. By adding s in the second or third root to cy g, or qu} in th*"
first root, x is formed; as, rego, (regsi) rexi ; coquo, coxi.
4. D and 2 before s are either dropped or changed into s; as,r$2r
rosi, rosum, to gnaw; cedo, cessi, cessum, to yield.
5. B is changed to p before s and t ; as, scribo, scripsi, scriptum •
g and qu to c before t; as, jungo, junxi, junctum.
6. Some other irregularities oecur in forming the second and third roots, esp*
cially in the third conjugation, and many verbs, particularly in the second conju
gation, want the third root. For these see the larger Grammar and the Dictionary
REMARK 2.—The tenses formed from the second root are sometimes syncopated,
as, amastis for amavistis.
QUESTIONS.—How are the second and third roots regularly formed? How ia
the second root formed in the third conjugation when the first ends with a vowel5
What is the quantity of the last syllable of the second root when it ends with
consonant 1 How do many verbs in all the conjugations form the third root.
When the first root ends in c, g, or qu, and s is added, what letter is produced 1
What is the rule when s is added after d or 17 What change occurs in b before s
and t ?—in g and qu before 11 What tenses are sometimes syncopated ]
EXERCISE.

Form the first, second, and third roots from the following infini
lives:—
Amare, sestimare, can tare; terrere, moerere, monere; carpere,—
regere, ducere and inducere, (by note 3d,) acuere (by note 1st
audire, munire, scire ; claudere, (by notes 2d and 4.th.)-

72

VERBS :

RULES OF CONSTRUCTION,

LESSON 50
in writing Latin the following rules are to be observed:—

1. An adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle, must
be put in the same gender, number, and case, as its noun.
2. A finite verb must be put in the same number and
person as its subject.
3. The object of an active verb in the active voice, and
of an active deponent verb, must be put in the accusa­
tive. Less. 4ft, N. 2.
* NOTE 1.—A finite verb is a verb in the indicative, subjunctive,
or imperative mood.
NOTE 2.—The subject of a verb is that of which something is
affirmed.
REMARKS.

1. The subject of a Latin, as well as of an English sentence,
usually stands first; as, Puer legit, The boy reads.
2. The accusative and other oblique cases, depending on a verb,
commonly stand before it in Latin, but after it in English; as,
Puer librum legit, The boy reads the book. Mihi librum dat, He
gives the book to me.
3. Ne annexed to the first word in a sentence denotes a question;
as, Scribiswe ? Do you write 1
4. In translating a question into English, the auxiliary of the
verb, as, do, did, have, had, shall, will, may, might, zs, was, &c., is
usually put first, then the subject, and after that the verb or parti­
ciple ; as, Will he write 1 Have you written 1
5. Not is usually represented in Latin by non. When this is
joined to a verb in the present tense, the auxiliary do, or am, &c.,
is commonly used in the translation; as, Puer non legit, The boy
does not read, or is not reading.
6. In the lessons illustrating the paradigms of verbs, the following verbs hav«
been employed, viz.:—
Amo,
amare,
amavi,
amatum,
to love.
Libero
liberare,
liberavi,
iiberatum,
to free.
Paro,
parare,
to prepare.
Voco,
vocare^
i/iuiii,
to call.
.VijMcLlUUl,
Vulnero,
vulnerare,
Ifettineratum, to wound.
wilneratu
Moneo,
monere
monitum,
to advise.
Habeo,
habere,
habui.
habltum,
to have.
Mereo,
merere,
merui,
merltum,
to deserve
tacere,
tacui,
Taceo,
taciturn,
to be silent
Terreo,
terrltum,
to terrify,
terrere,
terrui,
Rego,
regere,
rexi,
rectum,
to ride.
Dico,
dieere,
dixi,
dictum,
to say.
Duco,
ducere,
duxi,
ductum
to lead.

j

VEBBS :
Jungo,
Lego,
Audio,
Firiio,
Munio,
Punio,
Scio,

•

73

PRINCIPAL PARTS.

iungere,
junxi,
legere,
legi,*
audlre,
audivi,
fimre, fimvi, finltum,
munire,
munivi,
punire,
punivi,
scire,
sclvi,
• Lesson 49, N.

junctum,
lectum,
auditum,
munitam,
punltum,
scltum,
1.

to join.
to read.
to hear.
to finish.
to fortify.
to punish.
to know.

QUESTIONS.—In writing Latin, what is the rule for the adjective, &c. 1—for a
finite verb 1—for the object of an active verb in the active voice 1 What is a finite
verb ?—the subject of a verb1 Where does the subject of a sentence usually stand 1
—the accusative and other oblique cases depending on a verb 1 How may a ques­
tion be denoted in Latin 7 What is the order of words in a question in English 7
How is not expressed in Latin 1 When non is joined to a verb in the present
tense, how is the verb -translated7

L E S S O N

5 1 .

PRINCIPAL PARTS OF LATIN VERBS.

1. The principal parts of a Latin verb in the active
voice are, the present indicative, the present infinitive,
the perfect indicative, and the former supine.
NOTE 1.—These parts, like the nominative and genitive singular of nouns, are
given in the Dictionary, and must be retained in memory.
NOTE 2.—For the purpose of indicating the third root, a former supine, even
when it is not found in actual use, is frequently inserted in the Latin Dictionaries.
Most of the supines found in the classics are pointed out in Andrews' and Stod­
dard's Latin Grammar, § 164—177.

2. The following is the mode of conjugating verbs in each of the
four conjugations:—

ACTIVE VOICE.
O)

PRINCIPAL

PARTS.

Pres. Ind.

Pres. Inf.

Perf. Ind.

1.
2.
3.
4.

a-ma'-re,
mS-ne'-re,
reg'-e-re,
au-di'-rjk~

a-ma'-vi,
mon'-u-i,
rex'-i,
au-di'-vi,

A'-mo,
Mo'-ne-o,
Re'-go,
Au'-di-o,

Supine.

a-ma'-tum, (to love.)
mon'-i-tum, \to advise.)
{to rule.)
rec'-cum,
au-dl'-tum, (to hear.)

ROOTS

^
am­
nionregaud-

2.
amavmonurexaudiv-

3.
amatmonitrectaudlt*

74 ACTIVE VOICE :

INDICATIVE MOOD, FIRST ROOT.
REMARKS.

1. Every finite verb has a subject expressed or understood. This
is called the subject nominative.
2. In the singular number the subject of the first person is ego, I;
of the second, tu, thuu; of the third, tile, he, or some othef pronoun
or noun in the singular: in the plural, the subject of the first per­
son is nos, we ; of the second, vos, ye or you ; of the third, iUi, they,
or some other pronoun or noun in the plural.
3. In the following paradigms the subject is omitted before the
verb in Latin.
4. In writing Latin the subjects of verbs in the first and second
persons are commonly omitted, unless they are emphatic, the termi­
nation sufficiently showing the person ana number.
In the present tense a verb with its subjects expressed is thus
conjugated:—
Plural.
Singular.
Nos amamus, we love,
Ego amo, J love,
Vos amatis, ye love.
Tu amas, thou lovest,
Illi amant, they love.
Ille amat, he loves ;
QUESTIONS.—Which are the principal parts of a Latin verb in the active voice 7
Repeat the principal parts of amo—of moneo—of rego—of audio. Repeat the
roots of amo—of moneo—of rego—of audio. What verbs must have a subject
expressed or understood ? What is the subject of the firsts person singular 7—of
the second?—of the third?—of the first person plural?—of the second?—of the
third? What subjects are commonly omitted in Latin? Conjugate amo in the
present tense, with its subjects expressed.

Write the principal parts of the following verbs:—
1. Conj. Damno, to condemn.
2. " Terreo, to terri fy.
3. " Scribo, to write. (Lesson 49, N. 5.)
4 . " Vestio, to clothe.

LESSON 52.

»

ACTIVE VOICE—INDICATIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED FROM THE PI.tST ROOT.

Present, love, do love, am loving.
Termina
tions.

m

S. 1. o,

2. eo,
3. o,
4. io,

as,
es,
is,
is,

at
et
it;
it

P. amus, atis,
emus, etis,
Imus, Itis,
imus, Itis,

ant.
ent.
unt.
iuut

ACTIVE VOICE :

&. 1.
2.
3.
4.

INDICATIVE MOOD, FIRST ROOl

I love.
A-mo,
Mo'-ne-o,
Re'-go,
Au'-di-o,

He loves;
a'-mat;
mo'-net;
re'-git;
au'-dit;

Thou lovest,
a'-mas,
mo'-nes,
re'-gis,
au'-dis,

We love,
Ye or you love,
P. 1. a-ma'-mus,
a-ma'-tis,
2. mo-ne'-mus,
mo-ne'-tis,
reg'-i-tis,
3. reg'-i-mus,
au-di'-tis,
4. au-di'-mus,

They love.
a'-mant.
mo'-nent.
re'-gunt.
au'-di-unt.

Imperfect, was loving, loved, did love.
P. abamus,
ebamus,
ebajnus,
iebamus,

Term.

I was loving,
S. 1. a-ma'-bam,
2. mo-ne'-bam,
3. re-ge'-bam,
4. au-di-e'-bam,

75

abatis,
ebatis,
ebatis,
iebatis,

v

abant
ebant.
eban*
iebauu

Thou wast loving, He was loving ;
a-ma'-bas,
a-ma'-bat;
mo-ne'-bas,
mo-ne'-bat;
re-ge'-bas,
re-ge'-bat;
au-di-e'-bas,
au-di-e'-bat;

We were loving,
Ye were loving, They were loving
P. I. am-a-ba'-mus,
am-a-ba'-tis,
a-ma'-bant.
2. mou-e-ba'-mus, mon-e-ba'-tis,
mo-ne'-bant.
3. reg-e-ba'-mus,
reg-e-ba'-tis,
re-ge'-bant.
au*-di-e'-bant.
4. au-di-e-ba'-mus, au-di-e-ba'-tis

Future,shall or will.
S. 1. abo,

Term.

2. ebo,
3. am,
4. iam,

abis,
ebis,

abit;
ebit;
et;
iet;

I shall love,
& 1. a-ma'-bo,
2 mo-ne'-bo,
3. re'-gam^
4. au'-di-am,
We shall love,
P. 1. a-mab'-i-mus,
2. mo-neb'-i-mus,
3. re-ge'-mus,
4. au-di-e'-mus,

P. kblmus,
ebimus,
emus,

Thou wilt love,
a-ma'-bis,
mo-ne'-bis,
re'-^es,
au'-di-es,
Ye will love,
a-matZ-i-tis,
mo-neb'-i-tis,
re-ge'-tis,
au-di-e'-tis,

aMtis, abunt.
ebitis, ebunt.
etis,
ent.
ietis,
ient.

He will love ;
a-ma'-bit;
mo-ne'-bit;
re'-get;
au'-di-et;
They will love.
a-ma'-bant.
mo-ne'-bunt.
re'-gent.
au'-di-ent.

QUESTIONS .—What is the first root of amo?—of moneo?—of rego 7—of audio 1
What tenses of the active voice, indicative mood, are formed from the first root?
What axe the terminations of the present indicative active in each conjugation?

76

ACTIVE VOICE :

INDICATIVE MOOD, FIRST ROOT.

Repeat the present tense of amo, &c. What are the terminations of the imperfect
indicative active in each conjugation? Repeat the imperfect of amo, <fcc. What
are the terminations of the future indicative active in each conjugation? Repeat
the future of amo, «fee.
EXERCISE.

Repeat the English of moneo in the present—in the imperfect—in
the future. Do the same with rego and audio.
Write the conjugation of damno, tcrreo, scribo, and vestio, in the
same tenses.

L E S S O N

5 3 .

ACTIVE VOICE—INDICATIVE MOOD—FIRST ROOT.
FORMS OP SENTENCES.

There are four principal forms of sentences in the in
dicative and subjunctive moods.
1. Affirmative ; as, Avis volat, The bird flies.
2. Negative; as, Avis non volat, The bird does not
fly.
3. Interrogative ; as, Avisne volat ? Does the bird fly ?
4. Interrogative negative ; as, Nonne avis volat?
Does not the bird fly ?
QUESTIONS.—What are the four principal forms of sentences in the indicative
and subjunctive moods? Repeat the example of an. affirmative sentence—of a
negative—of an interrogative—of an interrogative-negative.
EXERCISES.

I. Translate into English the following affirmative sentences:
Tu amabis.
Milites te vulnerabunt.
Ille amat.
Pueri libros legebant.
Pater monet.
Habes amicum.
Pater filium monebat.
Habebo amicos.
Vos audietis.
Dux ducebat.
Mater audit.
Duces ducent.
Audiemus.
Vocabas.
Miles me vulnerat.
Finiebamus.
II. "Write each of the preceding sentences in the negative, inter­
rogative, and interrogative-negative forms, and translate those forms
into English.

ACTIVE VOICE I

I N D I C A T I V E MOOD, SECOND ROOT.

71

III. Write the sentences in the first exercise, substituting tht
plural for the singular, and the singular for the plural; as, Vol
wiabitis , &c., and translate them.
IV. Translate into Latin the following English sentences :—
Hast thou a book 1
Wilt thou be silent?
I have a book*
I am silent.
Will they punish?
Will you ( p i . ) read 3
They will punish.
We are reading.
The bee loves flowers.
The lion terrifies the boy.
The king was leading the soldiers.
The soldiers were not leading the king.
VOCABULARY.
NOTE.—The verbs in the preceding exercises, and in those which follow in the
conjugation of verbs, may be found in Lesson 50.
amicus, i, m.
dux, ducis, m. & f.
filius, i, m.
liber, bri, m.
mater, tris, f.
miles, itis, m. <fc f.
pater, tris, m.
puer, eri, m.

bee,
book,
boy,
city,
Jlower,
lion,
king
dier,

a friend.
a leader.
a son.
a book,
a mother,
a soldier,
afather.
a boy.

apis, is, f.
liber, bri, m.
puer, eri, m.
urbs, urbis, f.
flos, floris, m.
leo, onis, m.
rex, regis, m.
miles, Itis, m. & f.

QUESTIONS.—What are the four principal forms of sentences in the indicative
ind subjunctive moods'? Repeat the example of an affirmative sentence—of a
negative—of an interrogative—of an interrogative-negative.

LESSON 54
ACTIVE VOICE —INDICATIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED FROM THE SECOND ROOT.

Perfect, (definite,) have loved; (indefinite,) loved.
Term.—8. i, isti, it;

P. Imus, istis, erunt, or ere.

I have loved,

Thou hast loved,

S. 1. a-ma'-vi,
2. mon'-u-i,
3. rex'-i,
4. au-di'-vi,

am-a-vis'-ti,
mon-u-is'-ti,
rex-is'-ti,
au-di-vis'-ti,
7#

He has loved ;

a-ma'-vit;
mon'-u-it;
rex'-it j
au-di'-vit;

78

ACTIVE VOICE :

We have loved,
P. 1. a-mav'-i-mus,
2. mo-nu'-i-mus,
3. rex'-i-mus,
4. au-div'-i-inus,

INDICATIVE MOOD, SECOND ROOT.

Ye have loved,
am-a-vis'-tis,
moii-u-is'-tis,
rex-is'-tis,
au-di-vis'-tis,

They have loved.
am-a-ve'-runt, or -re.
mon-u-e'-runt, or -re.
rex-e'-runt, or -re.
au-di-ve'-runt. or re.

Pluperfect, had.
Term.—S. eram, eras, erat;

I had loved,
8. 1. a-mav'-e-ram,
2. mo-nu'-e-ram,
3. rex'-e-ram,
4. au-div'-e-ram,

P. eramus, eratis, erant.

Thou hadst loved,
a-mav'-e-ras,
mo-nu'-e-ras,
rex'-e-ras,
au-div'-e-ras,

We had loved,
Ye had loved,
P. 1. am-a-ve-ra'-mus, am-a-ve-ra'-tis,
2. mon-u-e-ra'-mus, mon-u-e-ra'-tis,
3. rex-e-ra'-mus,
rex-e-ra'-tis,
4. au-di-ve-ra'-mus, au-di-ve-ra'-tis,

He had loved ;
a-mav'-e-rat;
mo-nu-e-rat;
rex'-e-rat;
au-div'-e-rat;
They had loved.
a-mav'-e-rant.
mo-nu'-e-rant.
rex'-e-rant.
au-div'-e-rant.

Future-Perfect, shall or will have.
Term.—S. ero, eris, erit;

P. erfmus, erltis, erint.

I shall have loved, Thou wilt have loved, He will have loved ;
S. 1. a-mav'-e-ro,
a-mav'-e-ris,
a-mav'-e-rit;
2. mo-nu'-e-ro,
mo-tiu-e-ris,
mo-nu'-e-rit;
3. rex'-e-ro,
rex'-e-ris,
rex'-e-rit;
4. au-div'-e-ro,
au-div'-e-ris,
au-div'-e-rit;
We shall have loved, Ye will have loved, They will have loved.
P. 1. am-a-ver'-i-mus,
am-a-ver'-i-tis,
a-mav'-e-rint.
2. mon-u-er'-f-mus,
mon-u-er'-i-tis,
mo-nu'-e-rint.
3. rex-er'-i-mus,
rex-er-i-tis,
rex'-6-rint.
4. au-di-ver'-i-mus,
au-di-ver'-i-tis,
au-div'-e-rint.
QUESTIONS.—How is the second root formed 1 What is the second root of
amo?—ot'moneo ?—of rego 7—of audio ? What are th6 terminations of all verbs in
the active voice, indicative mood, perfect tense ?—pluperfect tense 7—future-perfect
tense I Repeat the perfect indicative active of amo—of moneo, «fcc.
NOTE.—In reciting the perfect tense, both forms of the third person plural should
be repeated; as am-a ve'-runt, or am-a-ve'-re.
EXERCISE.

Repeat the English of each verb in the paradigms, in the perfect,
pluperfect, and future perfect.
Write the conjugation of damno, ierreo, scribo, and vestio, in the
same tenses.

ACTIVE VOICE :

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, FIRST ROOT, 19

LESSON 55.
ACTIVE VOICE—INDICATIVE MOOD—SECOND ROOT.
EXERCISES.

I. Translate into English the following affirmative sentences:—
Amavisti.
Illi junxerant.
Pater monuerat.
Milites audiverunt. perf. def.
Monuerimus.
Duxistis.
Rexistis.
Pater filium puniverat.
Audivi.
Milites nos vulneravere. perf. inde
Pueri tacuerunt.
Leones pueros terruerant.
Tacueritis.
Tu scieris.*
Ille monuerit.
. Rex urbem muniverat.
" For scivZris from scio L. 49, R. 2.

II. Write each of the preceding sentences in the negative, inter­
rogative, and interrogative-negative forms, and translate those
forms.
III. Write the sentences in the first exercise, substituting the
plural for the singular, and the singular for the plural, as, Amavistis ; Paires monuerant, &c., and translate them.
IV. Translate into Latin the following English sentences:—
Wilt thou have prepared 1
I have not been silent.
I have prepared.
Hast thou read the book %
Thou hadst not prepared.
I have not read the book.
The king had led the soldiers. The father advised the son.
The kings punished the leaders. Thou wilt have finished.
I have advised thee.
He has freed his son.
Hast thou advised me 1
Had he deserved 1
Hast thou called the boy 1
The king has fortified the city.
We shall have called thee.
They have not known.

LESSON 56.
ACTIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED PROM THE FIRST ROOT.

Present, may or can.
f S. 1. em,
2. earn,
Term.
3. am,
4. iam,

es,
eas,
as,
ias,

et;
eat;
at;
iat;

P. emus,

eamus,
amus,
iamus,

etis,
eatis,
atis,
iatis,

ent.

eant.
ant.
iant

80

ACTIVE VOICE :

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, FIRST RUOT.

1 may love,
S. 1. a'-mem,
2. mo'-ne-am,
3. re'-gam,
4. au'-di-am,

Thou mayst love,
a'-mes,
mo'-ne-as,
re'-gas,
au'-di-as,

We may love,
P. 1. a-me'-mus,
2. mo-ne-a'-mus,
3. re-ga'-mus,
4. au-di-a'-mus,

Ye may love,
a-me'-tis,
mo-ne-a'-tis,
re-ga'-tis,
au-di-a'-tis,

He may love ;
a'-met j
mo'-ne-at;
re'-gat;
au'-di-at;
They may love.
a'-ment.
mo'-ne-ant.
re'-gant.
au'-di-ant.

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should.

{

S. 1. arem, ares, aret;
2. erem, eres, eret;
3. erem, eres, eret;
4. Irem, Ires, iret;

I would love,
S. 1. a-ma'-rem,
2. mo-ne'-reip,
3. reg'-e-rem,
4. au-di'-rem,

P. aremus, aretis, arent.
eremus, eretis, erent.
eremus, eretis, erent.
iremus, iretis, irent

Thou wouldsl love}
a-ma'-res,
mo-ne'-res,
reg'-e-res,
au-di'-res,

We would love,
P. 1. am-a-re'-mus,
2. mon-e-re'-mus,
3. reg-e-re'-mus,
4. au-di-re'-mus,

Ye would love,
am-a-re'-tis,
mon-e-re'-tis,
reg-e-re'-tis,
au-di-re'-tis,'

He would love;
a-ma'-ret;
mo-ne'-ret;
reg'-e-ret;
au-di'-ret;
They would love.
a-ma'-rent.
mo-ne'-rent.
reg'-e-rent.
au-di'-rent.

QUESTIONS.—What are the terminations of the active voice, subjunctive mood,
1

>resent tense,
the
conjugation 1~in the second!—in the third ?—in the
?in the fourththeinRepeatfirsttense in the first conj. 1—in the second&c.—the imperfect
ourth 7—of
imperfect
?—in the third?—
1
the present subjunctive active of amo,
eubjunctive active of amo, &c.

Repeat the English of each of the verbs in the present subjunc­
tive—in the imperfect. Write the conjugation of damno, terreo}
icribo, and vestio, in the same tenses.

ACTIVE VOICE :

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD, FIRST ROOT.

LESSON

81

57.

ACTIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD—FIRST ROOT.

1. In dependent sentences connected by ut, 4 that,
and other similar connectives, the present subjunctive is
often to be translated by may, sometimes by might,
could, would, or should, and sometimes by the indicative.
2. In independent sentences, the present subjunctive
is used to express a wish, an exhortation, a request, a
command, or a permission; as, a7??e£, may he love, 01
let him love.
EXERCISES.

I. Translate into English—
Ut puer amet.
Ut diceretis.
Ut pueri libros suos legant.
Ut milites bellum finirent.
Puer legat.
Ut librum legeretis.
Ut moneamus.
Illi non pararent.
Amicos moneamus.
Leones puerum teirerent.
Ut rex regat.
Pueri taceant.
Ut habeatis.
Rex regat.
II. Change the singular for the plural and the plural for the sin­
gular, in each of the preceding sentences, and translate them.

3. When the present subjunctive is used to express a
wish, an exhortation, &c., not is expressed by ne ; as,
Ne scribat, let him not write.
III. Translate into Latin—
That thou mayst know.
They would advise.
That he could lead.
That thou mayst have.
Let the boy have.
>
Let not the boy have.
Mayst thou hear.
I should" be silent.

Let us call.
Let us not be silent.
They would punish.
May I read.
Let me not hear.
Let them not wound.
That ye should love.
Shouldst® thou be silent.

a Should in the subjunctive mood implies supposition, not obligation.

QUESTIONS .—How is the present subjunctive translated in dependent sentencesl
How is the present subjunctive used in independent sentences? When the sub­
junctive is used to express a wish, <fcc., how is not expressed in Latin 7

82

ACTIVE VOICE :

9UBJUNCT. MOOD, SECOND ROOT.

LESSON 58.
ACTIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED FROM THE SECOND ROOT.

Perfect, may have.
Term.—& erim,

eris, erit;

P. erlmus, erftis, erint

I may have loved, Thou mayst have loved,
8. I. a-mav'-e-rim,
a-mav'-e-ris,
2. mo-nu'-e-rim,
mo-nu'-e-ris,
3. rex'-e-rim,
rex'-e-ris,
4. au-div'-e-rim,
au-div'-e-ris,
We may have loved,
P. 1. am-a-ver'-i-mus,
2. mon-u-er'-i-mus,
3. rex-er'-i-mus,
4. au-di-ver'-i-mus,

He may have loved j
a-mav'-e-rit ;
mo-nu'-e-rit;
rex'-e-rit;
au-div'-e-rit;

Ye fnay have loved, They may have loved*
am-a-ver'-i-tis,
a-mav'-e-rint;
mon-u-er'-i-tis,
mo-nu'-e-rint.
rex-er'-i-tis,
rex'-e-rint.
au-di-ver'-i-tis,
au-div'-e-rint.

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have.
Term.—& issem, isses, isset;

P. issemus, issetis, issent.

I would have loved, Thou wouldst have loved1 He would have loved /
S. 1. am-a-vis'-sem,
am-a-vis'-ses,
am-a-vis'-set;
2. mon-u-is'-sem,
mon-u-is'-ses,
mon-u-is'-set;
3. rex-is'-sem.
rex-is'-ses,
rex-is'-set;
4. au-di-vis'-sem,
au-di-vis'-ses,
au-di-vis'-set;
We would have loved, Ye would have loved, They would have loved,
P. 1. am-a-vis-se'-mus,
am-a-vis-se'-tis,
am-a-vis'-sent.
2. mon-u-is-se'-mus,
mon-u-is-se'-tis,
mon-u-is'-sent.
3. rex-is-se'-mus,
rex-is-se'-tis,
rex-is'-sent.
4. au-rdi-vis-se'-mus,
au-di-vis-se'-tis,
ai? di-vis'-sent.
QUESTIONS .—What are the terminations of the active voice, s ibjunctive mood,
)erfect tense?—pluperfect tense] What tenses of the subjunstive are formed
the second root? What tenses of the indicative are
wanting in the subjunctive? What is the first root of amo?—the second?—the
third ?—the first root of moneo?—the second ?—the third ?—the first root of rego 7
-the second?—the third?—the first root of audio 1—the second?—the third?
Repeat the perfect subjunctive active of amo, &c.—the pluperfect subjunctive
active of amo, «fee.

roni
! the first root?—from

EXERCISE.

Repeat the English of each of the preceding verbs in the perfect
and pluperfect subjunctive. Write the conjugation of damno, ter*
reoj scribo, and vestio, in the same tenses.

ACTIVE VOICE I—SUBJUNCT. MOOD, SECOND ROOT.

LESSON

83

59.

ACTIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD—SECOND ROOT.
EXERCISES.

I. Translate into EnglishUt amavisses.
Nonne amavissemus ]
Monueritis.
Ut rex rexisset.
Ut rex milites rexerit*
Ut duces audiverint.
Audivissetis.
Puer avem liberavisset.

Ut illi habuissent.
Habuissemus.
Ut oppidum muniveritis.
Ut vulneraverit.
Nonne tacuissetis.
Taeuissemus.
Ut puer librum legerit.
Finissem.®

(a) Vi is often omitted in the third root.

Less. 49, R. 2.

II. Change the plural for the singular and the singular
for the plural in each of the preceding sentences, ana
translate them.
III. Translate into La*in—
Shouldst thou have prepared 1
I may have advised.
Ye may have had the book.
Would he not have loved me?
He would have loved me.
Thou wouldst have finished.
Wouldst thou have finished ?
Would he not have finished?
Ho may have led the army.

May he not have led the army 1
Ye might have called.
Thou wouldst have been silent.
He would have joined the hands,
They would have known.
Thou wouldst have wounded th*
bird.
Ye might have read.
They might have advised.

LESSON

60.

ACTIVE VOICE—IMPERATIVE MOOD.

(

S. 1. a or ato,
2. e or eto,
3. e or Ito,
4. i or Ito,

ato;
eto;
Ito;
Ito;

Love or love thou,
S. 1. a'-ma or a-ma/-to,
2. mo'-ne or mo-ne'-to,
3. re'-ge or reg'-i-to,
4. au'-di or au-di'-to,

P. ate or atote,
ete or etote,
Ite or itote,
Ite or itote,

anto:
en to.
unto.
iunta

Let him love ;

a-ma/-to;
mo-ne'-to
reg'-i-to;
au-di'-to;

84

ACTIVE VOICE :

IMPER., INFIN., PARTICIPLES.

Love or love ye,
P. 1. a-ma'-te or am-a-to'-te,
2. mo-ne'-te or mon-e-td'-te,
3. reg'-I^te or reg-i-to'-te,
4. au-di'-te or au-di-to'-te,

Let them love.
a-man'-to.
mo-nen'-to.
re-gun'-to.
au-di-un'-to

ACTIVE VOICE—INFINITIVE MOOD.

Present.
To love or
to be loving.
1. a-ma'-re,
2.
o mo-ne'-re,
6. reg'-e-re,
4. au-di'-re,

Term.
are.
ere.
ere.
Ire.

Perfect.

Future.

To have loved. Term.
am-a-vis'-se,"|
mon-u-is'-se, I>isse.
. „
.,
rex-is'-se, » f
au-di-vis'-se, J

To be about or
going to love.
am-a-tu'-rus
es'-s<,
mon-i-tu'-rus es'-se.
rec-tu'-rus
es'-se.
au-di-tu'-rus
es'-se.

QUESTIONS.—From which root is the imperative formed 1 What are the termi­
nations of the active voice, imperative mood, in the first conjugation 1—in the sec­
ond)—in the third 1—in the fourth? What person is wanting in the Latin impera­
tive 1 Repeat the present imperative active of amo, &c. From which root is the
present infinitive active formed 1 What is its termination in the first conj. 7—iu
the second 1—in the third 1—in the fourth ? From which root is the perfect infini­
tive active formed 1 What is its termination 1 From which root is the future in
finitive active formed 1
NOTE.—Esse (to be) in the future infinitive is from the verb sum. See Less. 62.i

Translate—
Mone.
Dicite.
Sciunto.
I. Amanto.
Tacete.
Audi.
Finito.
Parate.
Let the lion terrify.
II. Call thou. '
Let him call.
Finish thou.
Let him be silent.
Let him say.
Let the soldiers have.
Let them punish.
Prepare thou.
Lead ye.
Write the imperative and infinitive active of damno) lerreot scribo
and vestio.

LESSON

61.

PARTICIPLES.

Present.
Loving.
Term.
1. a'-mans,
ans.
2. mo'-nens,
ens.
3. re'-gens,
ens.
4. au'-di-ens, iens.

Future.
About or going to love. Tfrm,
1. am-a-tu'-rus, "]
2. mon-i-tu'-rus, I
3. rec-tu'-rus,
f
4. au-di-tu'-rus, J

ACTIVE VOICE I

GERUND, SUPINE.

GERUND.
Gen. of loving. Dat. to or for loving. Acc. loving.
1. a-man'-di,
a-man'-do,
a-man'-dum,
2. mo-nen'-di,
mo-nen'-do,
mo-nen'-dum,
3. re-gen'-di,
re-gen'-do,
re-gen'-dum,
4. au-di-en'-di,
au-di-en'-do,
au-di-en'-dum,

SUM.

85

Abl. by loving
a-man'-do.
mo-nen'-do.
re-gen'-do.
au-di-en'-do.

FORMER SUPINE.
1. a-raa'-tum, to love.
3. rec'-tum, to rule.
Term.
2. mon'-i-tum, to advise.
4. au-di'-tum, to hear. um.
QUESTIONS.—From which root is the present participle formed ? What is ita
termination in the first conjugation ?—in the second ?—in the third ?—in the fourth ?
Repeat the present participle of amo, «fee.—the future active participle of amo, &c.
Decline amans, (see Less 37.) From which root is the future active participle
formed ? What is its termination? Decline amaturus, (see Less. 29.) From
which root is the gerund formed? Of which declension is the gerund? What
cases of the gerund are wanting ? Of which number is the gerund? From which
root is the former supine formed ? What is its termination ? What is the third
root of amo 7—of moneo 7—of rego 7—of audio1
EXERCISES.

Translate—
I. Liberans,
muniens,
tacens.
liberaturus,
muniturus,
taciturus
habens,
vulnerans,
legens.
habiturus,
vulneraturus,
lecturus.
Puer librum legens.
Pater fiiium moniturus.
II. The father loving the son.
The king ruling the kingdom.
The boy about-to-read.
The mother about-to-advise.
For-the-boy reading.
To-the-soldiers about-to-wound.

L E S S O N

6 2 .

SUM.

1. Sum, 41 am,' when connected with a participle, is
called an auxiliary verb ; when used without a partici­
ple, it is called the substantive verb.
2. Sum is irregular in the parts derived from the first root es, but
regular in those derived from the second root fu} and the third root
fut.
PRINCIPAL PARTS.
Pres. Indie.
Pres. Infin.
Perf. Indie.
Fut. Part.
Sum,
es'-se,
fu'-i,
fu-tu'-rus.

96

SUM I

INDICATIVE MOOD, FIRST ROOT.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED PROM THE FIRST ROOT.

Present.
Plural.
su'-mus, we are,
es'-tis, ye are,
sunt, they are.

Singular.
sum, I am,
es, thou art,
est, he is;

Imperfect.
e'-ram, I was,
e'-ras, thou wast,
e'-rat, he was;

e-ra'-mus, we were,
e-ra'-tis, ye were,
errant, they were.

Future, sAaZZ or will.
e'-ro, / shall be,
e'-ris, thou wilt be,
e'-rit, Ae wiZZ ;

er'-i-mus, we shall bey
er'-i-tis, ye will be,
e'-runt, they will be.

REMARK .—The imperfect of the indicative of sum is the same as the termination
of the pluperfect of other verbs, and the future is the same as the termination of
the future perfect of other verbs, except in the third person plural, where it has u
instead of i.
QUESTIONS .—When is sum an auxiliary verb"?—when a substantive verb? In
what parts is sum irregular 1 What are its roots 1—its principal parts? Repeat
Its present tense—its imperfect, &c. What does its imperfect indicative resem­
ble 1—its pluperfect?—its future-perfect?
EXERCISES.

Translate—
I. Corvus est niger.
Nostri milites erant fortes.
Nix est alba.
Boni homines erunt fellces.
Tempus est breve.
Nos eramus miserrimi.
Meus canis est fidus.
Tu es incolumis.
II. Change the plural for the singular and the singular for the
plural in each of the preceding sentences, and translate them.
III. We are happy.
The lions were fierce.
Ye are free.
Good kings are merciful.
The way was difficult.
Ye will be very-great.
I \yas happy.
Nero was very-cruel.
Thou wast happier.
The soldier was very-brave.
LATIN VOCABULARY.
albus, a, um. .
arbor, oris, i. .
benignus, . .
bonus, a, um, . ,
brevis, e, . . .
canis, is, m. & f.
corvus, i, m. . .

white,
a tree,
kind,
good,
short,
a dog.
a raven.

crudelis, e, .
.
dilTgens, tis,
.
felix, icis, .
.
fidus, a, um,
.
fortis, e, .
.
homo, Inis, m. & f.
incolumis, e, .

cruel.
diligent.
happy.
faithful.
brave.
a man.
safe.

SUM :

INDICATIVE MOOD, FIRST ROOT.

man us, us, t.
meus, a, um,
miles, Ids, m. & f.
miser, a, um,
mitis, . . .
niger, gra, grum, ,

a hand.
my.
a soldier,
miserable,
mild,
black.

nix, nivis, . .
noster, tra, trum,
plenus, a um, .
prudens, tis, .
puer, i, m. . .
tempus, bris, n.

87

8710 W
.

our.
full,
prudent,
a boy.
time.

ENGLISH VOCAByLARY.
black, . .
brave, . .
very-brave,
cruel, . .
very cruel,.
difficult,. .
dog, . . .
free, . . .
faithful, . .
fierce, •. .
good, . . .
great, . . .
very-great, .
happy, . .

nigei, gi a, grum.
J'ortis. s.
fortissimus.
crudelis. e.
crudelissJmus.
difficTlis, e.
canis, i,i, m. fyf
liber, a, um.
Jidus, a, um.
ferox, ocis.
bonus, a, um.
magnus, a, um.
maxlmus, a,um.
felix, ids.

happier, . . . felicior^us.
very-happy, . , felicissimus, a,um.
king, . . . , rex, regis, m.
leo, dnis, m.
lion,. . . .
man, . . .
homo, Inis, m. § f .
merciful, . . , clemens, tis.
%
miser,\ a, um.
miserable,
very-miserable, miserrlmus, a,um.
Nero, . . .
Nero, dnis, m.
raven, . . .
corvus,i, m.
short, . . .
brevis, e.
soldier,. . .
miles, I tis, m.
time, . . .
tempus, tins, n.
way, . . .
via, <»,/.

L E S S O N

63.

INDICATIVE MOOD. (Continued.)
TENSES DERIVED PROM THE SECOND ROOT.

Perfect, (definite,) have been; (indefinite,) was.
Singular.

Plural.

fu'-i, I have been,
fu-is'-ti, thou hast been,
fu'-it, he has been;

fu'-i-mus, we have been,
fu-is'-tis, ye have been,
fu-e'-runt or -re, they have been.

Pluperfect, had.
fu'-e-rara, I had been,
fu'-e-ras, thou hadst been,
fu'-e-rat, he had been ;

fu-e-ra'-mus, we had been,
fu-e-ra'-tis, ye had been,
fu'-e-rant,
had been.

Future-Perfect, shall or will have.
fu'-e-ro, I shall have been,
fu-er'-I-mus. we shall have been,
fu'-e-ris, thou wilt have been, fu-er'-i-tis, ye will have been,
lu'-e-rit, he will have been;
fu'-e-rint, they will have been.
QUESTIONS.—What is the second root of sum? What tenses of the indicative
mood are derived from the second root? What are the terminations of the perfect
&c. 1 Repeat the perfect, <fcc. What is the English of this verb in the perfect defi­
nite 7—in the perfect indefinite 7 Repeat the English of the pluperfect without th«
Latin—of the future-perfect.

88

SUM :

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

EXERCISES.

Translate—
Milltes crudeles fuerunt.
I. Fuisti fidus.
Meae manus plenae fuere.
Puer diligens fiiit.
Fueramus.
Ille homo fuit prudentissimus.
Nos incolumes fuerimus.
Felices fuerlmus.
Vos feliciores fuerftis.
Fidi fueramus.
II. Change the plural for the singular and the singular for th«
plural in each of the preceding sentences, and translate them.
Ye have been happier.
III. The ravens were black.
The dogs had been faithful.
Thou wast very-happy.
The time will have been short. I had been very-miserable.
The soldiers had been brave.
The good king was merciful.
The men had been free.
We have been happy.

LESSON 64.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED PROM THE FIRST ROOT.

Present, may.
Singular.
sim, I may be,
sis, thou mayst be,
sit, he may be;

Plural.
si'-mus, we may bet
si'-tis, ye may be,
sint, they may be.

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should.
es'-sem, I might be,
es'-ses, thou mightst bet
es'-set, he might be;

es-se'-mus, we might be,
es-se'-tis, ye might be,
es'-sent, they might be.

TENSES DERIVED PROM THE SECOND ROOT.

Perfect, may have.
fu'-e-rim, I may have been,
fu-er'-i-mus, we may have been,
fu'e-ris, thou mayst have been, fu'-er'-i-tis, ye may have been,
fu'-e-rit, he may have been;
fu'-e-rint, they may have been.

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have.
fu-is'-sem, I might have been,
fu-is-se'-m us, we might have been
fu-is'-ses thou mightst have been, fu-is-se'-tis, ye might have been,
fu-is'-set, he might have been;
fu-is'-sent, they might have been.

SUM!

IMPERATIVE, INFINITIVE, PARTICIPIE.

89

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
es or es'-to, be or be thou,
es'-te o-r es-to'-te, be ox be ye.
es'-to, let him be;
sun'-to, let them be,
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present, es'-se, to be.
Perfect, fu-is'-se, to have been*
Future. fu-tu'-rus es'-se, to be about to be,

Present. —

PARTICIPLE.
Future, fu-tu'-rus, about t? be.

NOTE.—The subjunctive in wishes, &c., may be translated thus
Pres. May I be, &c.
Imperf. Might I be, &c.
Perf. May I have been, &c. Pluperf. Might I have been, &c.
QUESTIONS.—Which tenses of the subjunctive mood are derived from the first
root 1—from the second ? From which root is the imperative formed 1—the pres­
ent infinitive 1—the perfect infinitive 1—the future infinitive ?—the future partici­
ple1 Repeat the subjunctive present, &c. How may this verb be translated in
wishes, &c. 1

EXERCISES.

Translate—
I. Sis felix."
Estate benignae.
Puer sit bonus «
Pueri sunto diligentiores.
Sint pueri feliciores.®
Essemus prudentiores.
Leones fuissent crudeliores.
Fuerltis incolumes.
Este boni.
Fuisses mitior.
II. Change the plural for the singular and the singular for the
plural in each of the preceding sentences, and translate them.
III. He may be happier.
Be thou merciful.
May he be happier.®
Be ye merciful.
He might have been better.
Let the soldiers be brave.
They may have been prudent.
Let the boy be diligent.
The lions would be very-cruel.
Let us be" good."
(a) The subjunctive used to express a wish, «fee. Less. 57, Remark.

8*

90

PASSIVE VOICE :

PRINCIPAL PARTS.

LESSON 66.
PASSIVE VOICE.

1. The principal parts in the passive voice are, the
present indicative, the present infinitive, and the perfeet participle.
2. The second root is not found in the passive voice.
3. Those tenses which, in the active voice, are derived
from the second root, are, in the passive, compounded
of the perfect participle and the auxiliary sum.
PRINCIPAL PARTS.

Pres. Indie.
1. A'-inor,
2. Mo'-ne-or,
3. Re'-gor,
4. Au'-di-or,

Pres. Injin.
a-ma'-ri,
mo-ne'-ri,
re'-gi,
au-di'-ri,

Perf, Part,
a-ma'-tus,
mon'-i-tus,
rec'-tus, .
au-di'-tus,

(to be loved.)
{to be advised.)
(to be ruled.)
(to be heard.)

4. In the passive voice the conjugations may be dis­
tinguished from each other by the termination of the
present infinitive. See Less. 48.
The first conjugation ends in dri.
The second "
"
eri.
The third
"
"
i.
The fourth "
"
iru
5. The perfect participle is formed from the third root
by adding us ; as, amat-, amatus; monit-, monitus;
red-, rectus; audit-, auditus.
QUESTIONS .—What are the principal parts in the passive voice 1 "What root is
not found in the passive voice 1 How are those tenses formed in the passive voice
which in the active are formed from the second root 1 Repeat the principal parts
of amo in the passive voice—of moneo, &c. How may the conjugations be distin­
guished from each other in the passive voice 1 How does the first conjugation
end ?—&c. How is the perfect participle formed 1
EXERCISE.

Write down the principal parts of the following verbs, in both
voices:—first conjugation, accuso, to accuse; cestimo, to value;
celebro, to celebrate ; faro, to prepare:—in the second conj., habeo,
to have; moneo, to admonish; terreo, to terrify:—in the third conj.,
carpo% to pluck; dico, to say; jungo, to join; acuo, to sharpen:—in
the fourth, finio, to finish.

PASSIVE VOICE:—INDICATIVE MOOD. tflRSt

ROOT. 91

LESSON 66.
PASSIVE VOICE—INDICATIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED PROM THE FIRST ROOT.

Present, am.
S. 1. or, aris or are,
2. eor, eris or ere,
Term.
3. or, eris or ere,
4. ior, -Iris or ire,

I am loved,
S. 1. a'-mor,
2. mo'-ne-or,
3. re'-gor,
4. au'-di-or,
We are loved,
P. 1. a-ma'-mur,
2. mo-ne'-mur,
3. reg'-I-mur,
4. au-di'-mur,

atur;
etur;
Itur ;
itur;

P. amur,
emur,
Imur,
Imur,

amfrii, antur.
emlni, entur.
imlni, untur.
imlni, iuntur.

Thou art loved,
a-ma'-ris or -re,"
mo-ne'-ris or -re,
reg'-e-ris or -re,
au-di'-ris or -re,

He is loved ;
a-ma'-tur;
mo-ne'-tur;
reg'-i-tur;
au-di'-tur;

Ye are loved,
a-mam'-i-ni,
mo-nem'-i-ni,
re-gim'-i-ni,
au-dim'-i-ni,

They are loved.
a-man'-tur.
mo-nen'-tur.
re-gun'-tur.
au-di-un'-tur.

Imperfect, was.
8. 1. abar, abaris or abare, abatur; P abamur, abamfcri, abantur
2. ebar, ebaris or ebare, ebatur;
ebamur, ebamtni, ebantyr
Term.
3. ebar, ebaris or ebare, ebatur;
ebamur, ebamlni, ebantur
4. iebar, iebarisor iebare, iebatur;
iebamur, iebamlni, iebantur

I was loved,
S. 1. a-ma'-bar,
2. mo-ne'-bar,
3. re-ge'-bar,
4. au-di-e'-bar,
We were loved,
P. 1. am-a-ba'-mur,
2. mon-e-ba'-mur,
3. reg-e-ba'-mur,
4. au-di-e-ba'-mur,

Thou wast loved,
am-a-ba'-ris or -re,°
mon-e-ba/-ris or -re,
reg-e-ba'-ris or -re,
au-di-e-ba'-ris or -re,

He was loved;
am-a-ba'-tur;
mon-e-ba'-tur;
reg-e-ba'-tur;
au-di-e-b&'-tur;

Ye were loved,
am-a-bam'-I-ni,
mon-e-bam'-I-ni,
reg-e-bam'-i-ni,
au-di-e-bam'-i-ni,

They were loved.
am-a-ban'-tur.
mon-e-ban'-tur.
reg-e-ban'-tur.
au-di-e-ban'-tur.

Future, shall or will be.
S. 1. abor,
2. ebor,
Term.
3. ar,
4. iar,

aberis or abere,
eberis or ebere,
eris or ere,
ieris or iere,

abTtur; P. ablmur, abimlni,
ebltur;
eblmur, ebimlni,
etur;
emur,
emlni,
ietur;
iemur, iemini,

abuntur.
ebuntur
entur.
ientur

92

PASSIVE VOICE : — i n d i c . m o o d , f i r s t r o o t .

I shall be loved,
S. 1. a-ma'-bor,
2. mo-ne'-bor,
3. re'-gar,
4. au'-di-ar,

T/lou wilt be loved,
a-mab'-e-ris or -re,a
mo-neb'-e-ris or -re,
re-ge'-ris or -re,
au-di-e'-ris or -re,

He will be loved /
a-mab'-i-tur;
mo-neb'-i-tur j
re-ge'-tur;
au-di-e'-tur;

Tkey will be loved.
Ye will be loved,
We shaU be loved,
am-a-bun'-tur.
am-a-bim'-i-ni,
P. 1. a-mab'-i-mur,
m^n-e-bun'-tur.
mon-e-bim'-i-ni,
2. mo-neb'-l-mur,
re-gen'-tur.
re-gem'-i-ni,
3. re-ge'-mur,
au-di-en'-tur.
au-di-em'-i-ni,
4. au-di-e'-mur,
(a) Both forms of the second person singular should be repeated ; as, amaris or
amare, &c.
QUESTIONS .—What is the first root of amo7—of moneo 1—of rego ?—of audio?
What are the terminations of the passive voice, indicative mood, present tense, in
the first conjugation 7—in the second7—in the third 7—in the fourth7—of the imper­

fect tense in the first conj. 7—in the second?—in the third.'?—in the fourth?—of the
future tense in the first conj. 7—in the second 7—in the third 7—in the fourth? Re­
peat the present indicative passive of amo, &c.—the imperfect—the future.
EXERCISE.

Repeat the English of each of the preceding verbs in the present,
imperfect, and future indicative passive. Write the conjugation
of damno, terreo, scribo, and vestioi in the same tenses.

LESSON 67.
PASSIVE VOICE—INDICATIVE MOOD—FIRST ROOT.
FORMS.

Affirmative, Puer amatur, The boy is loved.
Negative, Puer non amatur, The boy is not loved.
Interrogative, Puerne amatur ? Is the boy loved ?
Interrogative-negative, Nonne puer amatur ? Is not
the boy loved ?
EXERCISES.

L Translate into English the following affirmative sentences:—
Punimini.
Ille amabitur.
Terreberis.
Tu moneris.
Milites nostri terrebantur.
Vos regebamlni.
Puer puniebatur.
Illi audiuntur.
Miles vulneratur.
Nos liberabimur,
Urbs munietur.
Liberaris.
Parabaris,
Paraberis.

PASSIVE VOICE :

INDIC. MOOD, THIRD ROOT.

93

II. Write each of the preceding sentences in the negative, inter­
rogative, and interrogative-negative forms, and translate those
forms into English.
III. Change the singular for the plural, and the plural for the
singular, in each sentence in the first exercise, and translate them.
IV. Translate into Latin the following English sentences:—
The soldier is not wounded.
Are you (pi.) prepared 1
We are prepared.
W ill they be prepared 7
Wilt thou be terrified 1
We shall not be prepared.
I shall not be terrified.
Am I not advised 1
Were not the soldiers led?
Robbers6 will be punished.
The soldiers were led.
Will not a robber be punished 1
The books® are read.
The hands were joined.
Is the soldier wounded %
He was called.
(a) A book, liber, bri, m.
Cb) A robber, latro, dnis, m.

L E S S O N

6 8 .

PASSIVE VOICE—INDICATIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED PROM THE THIRD ROOT.

Perfect, (definite,) have been; (indefinite,) was.
7Vm.-S.
p

|,us> J-£ |.us, jf*»
• S sumus or I . 5 estis w I i S sunt< fuerunt,
"' { fulmus, | ' ( fuistis, j ' f or fuere.

1 have been loved^
S. a-ma'-tus,
|

Thou hast been loved,

2 mon'-i-tus, hum or
3 rec'-tus,
j fu'-i,
4 au-di'-tus, J
We have been loved,
P. a-ma'-ti, "j

He has been loved ;

a-ma'-tus, 1
mon'-i-tus, I es or
rec'-tus,
[ fu-is'-ti,
au-di'-tus, J
Ye have been lovedi

a-ma'-tus,
mon'-i-tus,
rec'-tus,
au-di'-tus,

]
i est or
(fu'-it;
J

They have been loved.

a-ma'-ti, ]
a-ma'-ti, ")
f f
2. mon'-i-ti, I su'-mus or mon'-i-ti, I es'-tis or mon'-i-ti, (
' f "
3. rec'-ti,
ffu'-i-mus, req'-ti,
f fu-is'-tis, rec'-ti, | f* s '
fu"e "re4. au-di'-ti, J
au-di'-ti, J
au-di'-ti, J

Pluperfect, had been.
TVr™ « „e $ eram or
Term. &. -us,^fu6ram)
p

I
| -m, $ eras or
] fu6raS)

• $ eramus or I
'' ^ fueramus, j

5

$ eratis or
' } fueratis,

I
|

$ erat or

j
I

. $ erant or
' ( fuerant

F*F

PASSIVE VOICE :

I had been loved,
SL a-ma'-tus, \
2. mon'-i-tus, I e'-ram or
3. rec'-tus,
f fu'-e-ram,
4. au-di'-tus, J
We had been loved,
P. a-ma'-ti, 1 „
„
us
2. mon'-i-ti, I
f
3. rec'-tl,
> " fu"era'-mus,
4. au-di'-ti,

INWC. MOOD, THIRD ROOT.

Thou kadst been loved,
a-ma'-tus,
mon'-i-tus, e'-ras or
rec'-tus,
fu'-e-ras,
au-di'-tus,
Ye had been loved,
a-ma'-ti, e-ra'-tis
mon'-i-tij or fu-erec'-ti,
au-di'-ti, ra'-tis,

He had been toved;
a-ma'-tus, ] e'-rat
mon'-x-tuS)

rec'-tus,
au-di'-tus,

fu-erat;

They had been loved.
a-ma'-ti, 1
mon'-i-ti, I e'-rant or
rec'-ti, | fu'-e-rant.
au-di'-ti, J

Future-Perfect, shall or will have been.
Term-S. -us,) ^
P.

• ^ erlmus or
'' ( fuerfmus,

\ eris or
J fueris,
• $ erltis or
' ( fuerltis,

us'

I shall have been loved, Thou wilt have been,
S. a-ma'-tus,
a-ma'-tus,
2. mon'-l-tus, I e'-ro or mon'-i-tus, e'-ns or
3. rec'-tus,
[ fu'-e-ro, rec'-tus,
fu'-e-ris,
au-dl'-tus,
4. au-di'-tus,

I
I
I
I

Sent or
' } fuerit j
. $ erirot or
' ( fuerint

MO

He will have been, fyc.
a-ma'-tus, |
mon'-f-tus, e'-rit or
rec'-tus,
fu'-e-rit
au-di'-tus, I

We shall have been,
Ye will have been,
, They will have been, if*c.
P. a-ma'-ti, \ er'-i-mus a-ma'-ti, ]
2. mon'-i-ti, I
or
mon'-i-ti, ( er'-i-tis or mon -i-ti, ) e'-runt
f
f /
3. rec'-ti, | fu-er'-T- rec'-ti,
j fu-er'-i-tis,: rec'-ti,
f ."
4. au-di'-ti, J mus,
au-di'-ti, J
au-di'-ti, J
QUESTIONS.—How is the perfect passive formed 1 (Answer. By means of the
perfect participle and thepresent and perfect of sum.)—the pluperfect ]—the futureperfect 1 Repeat the perfect indicative passive of amo, &c.
EXERCISE.

Repeat the English of the preceding verbs in the perfect, pluper­
fect, and future-perfect. Write the conjugation of damno, terreo,
scribo, and vestio, in the same tenses.

L E S S O N

6 9 .

PASSIVE VOICE—INDICATIVE MOOD—THIRD ROOT.

Affirmative, Puer amatus est.
w~T>
Negative, Puer non amatus est. /Wv
<yv i&p
Interrogative, Puerne amatus estT
^,
Interrogative-negative, Nonne puer amatus est ?

PASSIVE VOICE :

SUBJUNCT. MOOD, FIRST ROOT.

95

EXERCISES.

1 Translate into English—
Vocatus eras.
Illi moniti fuerint.
Moniti eratis.
Rectus eris.
Milites recti erant.
Auditus fuero.
Auditi estis.
Ducti eramus.
Agmen" ductum est.

Miles ductus fuit.
Puer pnnftus fuerat.
Illi puniti fuere.
Avesb territae fuere.
Territi eratis.
Domus parata fuSrat.
Vocatus fueris.
Puellac amata fuerit.
Agmina ducta erant.

(a) Agmen, Tm's, n. an army. (6) Avis, is, f. a bird, (c) Puella, <2, f. a girl.

II. Write each of the preceding sentences in the other three
torms and translate them into English.
III. Change the numbers of the nouns, pronouns, and verbs ill
each sentence of the first exercise, and translate them.
IV. Translate into Latin—
I shall have been called.
Were ye not terrified 1
Wilt not thou have been called 1 We were terrified.
The girls had been terrified.
The bird will have been freed.
The soldiers were not terrified.
The city had been fortified.
Ye will not have been advised.
The books were read.
Had the book been read %
Were the robbers punished I
The book will have been read.
The robbers were punished.
The girl had been called.
The army was prepared.

LESSON 70.
PASSIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED FROM THE FIRST ROOT.

Present, may or can be.
Term

I may be loved,
1. a'-mer,
2. mo'-ne-ar,
3. re'-gar,
4. au'-ii-ar,

P. emur,
eamur,
amur,
iamur,

Thou mayst be loved,
a-me'-ris or -re,
mo-ne-a'-ris or -re,
re-ga'-ris or -re,
au-di-a'-ris or -re,

emlni,
eamlni,
amlni,
iaml'ni,

entur.
eantur,
antur.
iantur.

He may be loved ;
a-me'-tur;
mo-ne-a'-tur;
re-ga'-tur;
au-di-a'-tur;

96 PASSIVE VOICE :—SUBJUNCT. MOOD, FIRST ROOT.
We may be loved,

Ye may be loved,

P. 1. a-me'-mur,
2. mo-ne-a'-mur,
3. re-ga'-mur,
4. au-di-a'-mur,

They may be loved.

a-mem'-i-ni,
mo-ne-am'-i-ni,
re-gam'-i-ni,
au-di-am'-i-ni,

a-men'-tur.
mo-ne-an'-tur.
re-gan'-tur.
au-di-an'-tur.

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should be.
f 8.1- arer, areris or arere, aretur; P. aremur, aremtni, arentur
rer

TWmj J
jerm. <
^

® 5 ereris or erere, eretur;
g erer, ereris or erere, eretur;
4. irer, ireris or irere, iretur;

I would be loved,
S. 1. a-ma'-rer,

2. mo-ne'-rer,
3. reg'-e-rer,
4. au-di'-rer,

eremur, eremini, erentur
eremur, eremini, ereutur
iremur, iremlni, irentur.

Thou wouldst be loved,
am-a-re'-ris or -re,
mon-e-re'-ris or -re,
reg-e-re'-ris or -re,
au-di-re'-ris or -re,

He would be loved;

am-a-re'-tur;
mon-e-re'-tur,
reg-e-re'-tur;
au-di-re'-tur;

We would be loved% Ye would be loved, They would be loved.
P. 1. am-a-re'-mur,
am-a-rem'-i-ni,
am-a-ren'-tur.

2. mon-e-re'-mur,
3. reg-e-re'-mur,
4. au-di-re'-mur,

mon-e-rem'-i-ni,
reg-e-rem'-i-ni,
au-di-rem'-i-ni,

mon-e-ren'-tur.
reg-e-ren'-tur.
au-di-ren'-tur.

QUESTIONS.—What are the terminations of the passive voice, subjunctive mood,
present tense, in the first c.onj. 1—in the second?—in the third'/—in the fourth 1
—of the imperfect tense in the first conj. 1—in the second 7—in the third 1—in the
fourth 1 Repeat the present subjunctive passive of amo, <fcc.—the imperfect, &c.
EXERCISE.

Repeat the English of each of the preceding verbs in the present
and imperfect tenses. Write damno, terreo) scribo, and vestio, in
the same tenses.

L E S S O N

7 1 .

PASSIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD—FIRST ROOT
EXERCISES.

(See Lesson 57, N. 1,2, and 3.)

I. Translate into English—
Ut populus regatur.
Vos amemini. (Less. 57. 2.)
Non audireris.
Ut vos amemini.
Audiamur.
Ut ille ametur.
Ut agmen ducatur.
Puer moneatur.
Agmen ne ducatur. (Leas. fV7.
Ut moneremini.

PASSIVE VOICE :

SUBJUNCT. MOOD, THIRD ROOT.

9?

Ut liberaremur.
Liber non legatur.
Puer non terreretur.
Ut puer moneretur.
Ut latrOnes punirentur.
Ut libereris.
Ut tu pareris.
Avis liberetur.
Liber legatur.
Puer ne puniatur.
II. Change the numbers of the nouns, pronouns and verbs in
each of the preceding sentences, and translate them.
III. Translate into Latin—
That the boy may be loved.
That the army may be led.
Let the boy be loved.
That the book should be reaa.
He would be advised.
Let us be prepared.
The city could be fortifi^l.
That he may be called.
Could not the city be fortified 1 Let the book be read.
Can the kingdom be ruled 1
Ye might be wounded.
The lion would not be terrified. The bird might be freed.
That the robber should be punished.
That we might be heard.

LESSON 72.
PASSIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
TENSES DERIVED FROM THE THIRD ROOT.

Perfect, may have been.
Term,—S.

n

*•

, \ sim or
''} fiierim,
, $ simus or

"M j fnorYmno

5 sis or
fueris,
sj $ sitis or
S
5 fuerltis,
' 5( fnorYtio

us' ?

I
I

I

I

S sit of
? fuerit;
j S s'nt» ^

J fucriflt.

I may have been loved, Thou mayest have been, tyc. He may have been, cf*c,

a-ma'-tus,
a-ma'-tus, ) .
mon'-i-tus^l sis or
mon'-i-tus, L££
rec'-tus,
j fu'-e-ris, rec'-tus,
f .
au-di'-tus, J
au-di'-tus, J u*
We may have been, <f*c. Ye may have been, tpc. They may have been, <f»c.
a-ma'-ti,
a-maP. a-ma'-ti,
i
i:
mon'
2. mon'-i-ti, or'-mus mon'-i-ti, si'-tis,or
fu-er'- rec'-ti,
fu-er'-i-tis, rec'-ti,
3. rec'-ti,
i-mus, au-di'-ti,
rint.
4. au-di'-ti,
au-di-ti,

S. a-ma'-tus, *1
2. mon'-i-tus, I sim or
3. rec'-tus,
f fu'-e-rim,
4. au-di'-tus, J

A Irr

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have been,
„„ S esses or
I „„ $ esset or
' ( fuisses,
I
' } fuisset;
j $ essemus or I . $ essetis or I . $ essent or
' t fuissemus, | ' ^ fuissetie, | ' ( fuissent.

Term -S. -us,
P.

9

98

PASSIVE VOICE :—SUBJUNCT. MOOD, THIRD VIOOT.

I would have been loved, Thou wouldst have been, ($*c. He would have,
a-ma'-tus,
a-ma'-tus,
S. a-ma'-tus,
2. mon'-l-tus, les'-sem or mon'-i-tus, es-ses mon'-i-tus, es'-set
or fuor fu- rec'-tus,
3. rec'-tus,
[fu-is'-sem, rec'-tus,
4. au-dl'-tus,
au-di'-tus, is'-ses, au-di'-tus, is'-set
We would have been,
Ye would have been, <$»c. They would have, cf*c.
a-ma'-ti,
P. a-ma'-ti,
e3 8Cnt
mon -i-ti, I
2. mon'-i-ti, es-se-mus mon'-i-ti, es-se'-tis mSf•'-% 1 '" f
or fu-isor fu-is- rec -ti, f. ,
rec'-ti,
3. rec'-ti,
„
xj
se'-mus. au-di'-ti, se'-tis, au-di/-ti, JI is -sent,
4. au-di'-ti,
QUESTIONS .—What tenses of the passive voice, subjunctive mood, are formed
from the first root 1—from the third root 7 What tenses of sum are joined to the
perfect participle, to form the passive voice, subj«nctive mood, perfect tense 1—plu­
perfect tense 1 Repeat the perfect subjunctive passive of arm, dec.
EXERCISE.

Repeat the English of the preceding- verbs in the perfect and plu­
perfect tenses. Write damno, terreo, scribo, and vestio, in the same
tenses.

LESSON 73.
PASSIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD—THIRD ROOT.
EXERCISES.

I. Translate into English—
Amatus fueris.
Ut territus sim.
Aves liberatae essent.
Ut parati essetis.
Ut ille monitus sit.
Miles non paratus fuisset.
Ut moniti fuissemus.
Ut illi vulnerati sint.
Ut agraen due turn esset.
Ille auditus fuisset.
Non auditi essetis.
Vox audita fuisset.
Latrones puniti fuerint.
Ut vocati essemus.
Non territi essetis.
Auditi esselis.
II. Change the numbers of the nouns, pronouns, and verbs, ii
pach of the preceding sentences, and translate them
III. Translate into Latin—
Thou shouldst have been freed.
He should not have been terrified.
Would not the book have been finished 1
The book would have been finished.
The soldier may have been wounded.
The army may have been led.
The city might have been fortified.
The girl may have been called.

PASSIVE VOICE :

IMPERAT., INFIN., PARTICIPLES.

LESSON

99

74.

PASSIVE VOICE—IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Term.

8.1. are or ator, ator;
2. ere or etor, etor;
3. ere or itor,
4. ire or itor,

P. amlni,

antor.
emini, entor.
imlni, untor.
imini, iuntor.

Itor;
itor;

Be thou loved, Let him be loved;
1. a-ma'-re or a-ma'-tor, a-ma'-tor;
2. mo-ne'-re or mo-ne'-tor, mo-ne'-tor ;
3. reg'-e-re or reg'-i-tor,
reg'-i-tor;
4. au-di'-re or au-di'-tor, au-di'-tor;

Be ye loved, Let them be loved
a-mam'-i-ni, a-man'-tor.
mo-nem'-i-ni, *mo-nen'-tor.
re-gimM-ni, re-gun'-tor.
au-dim'-i-ni, au-di-un'-tor.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Perfect.

Present.
To be loved. Term.
an.
1. a-ma'-ri,
2. mo-ne'-rij erL
3. re'-gi,
i.
4. au-di'-ri, Iri.

Future.

To be about to be loved.
To have been loved.
a-ma'-tum,
a-ma'-tus,
mon'-i-tum, i'-ri.
-se or
man'-l-tus,
ree'-tum,
fu-is'-se.
rec'-tus,
au-di'-tum,
au-di'-tus,

PARTICIPLES.

Perfect.
Loved or having been loved.
a-ma'-tus, a, um.
mon'-i-tus, a, um.
.rec'-tus, a, um.
au-di'-tus, a, um.

Future.
To be loved.
a-man'-dus, a, um.
mo-nen'-dus, a, um.
re-gen'-dus, a, um.
au-di-en'-dus, a, um.

SUPINE.

Latter.
To be loved.
a-ma'-tu.
mon'-i-tu.
rec'-tu.
au-di'-tu.

NOTE 1. —Yerbs in io of the third conjugation have two vowels
in the beginning of the termination, wherever they occur in the
fourth conjugation, and they are the same in both conjugations j as,
capioy ere;—capiunt. capiebam, capiuntur, capiebar, &c.
NOTE 2. —The future infinitive passive consists of the former
supine and iri, the present infinitive passive of eo, to go. L. 80.
QUESTIONS.—Prom which root is the imperative formed ? What are the termi­
nations of the imperative passive, im the first conj. ?—in the second ?—in the third 1
—in the fourth ? * Repeat, <fcc.
Prom which root is the present infinitive passive formed ? What is its termina­
tion in the first conj. ?—in the second ?—in the third I—in the fourth ? Of what is
the perfect infinitive passive compounded? Repeat, &c. How is the future infin­
itive passive formed i Repeat, &c.
From which-root is the perfect participle derived? What is its termination?
From which root is the future passive participle derived ? What is its termination
in the first conj. ?—in the,second ?—in the third ?—in the fourth1 How is the iattel
supine formed 1 Repeat the perfect participle, <fcc.

100

PASSIVE IMPERATIVE

DEPONENT VERBS.

EXERCISES.

PASSIVE IMPERATIVE.
. Parare.
Monenruni.
Libri leguntor.
Puer vocator.
Jungimini.
Fures® puniuntor.
Homines liberantor. Parator. (3d pers.)
Vox auditor.
II. Let him be freed.
Let them be prepared.
Let the boy be advised.
Let the boy be called.
Let them be ruled.
Be thou ruled.
Let the city be fortified.
Be ye prepared.
Let the soldiers be led.
Let the books be finished.
(a) Fur, Juris, m. a thief.

LESSON 75.
DEPONENT VERBS.

I. Deponent verbs are conjugated like the passive
voice of active verbs, but they have also the participles,
gerunds, and supine of the active voice.
EXAMPLES.

Miror, mirari, miratus sum,
Criminor, criminari, criminatus sum,
Polliceor, polliceri, pollicitus sum,
Vereor, vereri, veritus sum,
Loquor, loqui, locutus sum,
Utor, uti, usus sum, (Less. 49, N. 2,)
Mentior, mentiri, mentitus sum,
Partior, partiri, partitus sum,

to admire,
to accuse.
to promise.
to fear.
to speak.
to use.
to lie.
to divide.

NOTE.—Some deponent verbs in the second, third, and fourth conjugations are
irregular.
EXERCISES.

I. Ille miratus est.
Veremur vos.
Me criminaris.
Illi locuti sunt.
Miramur.
Illi usi erant.
Polliclti eramus.
Ille mentitur.
II. Change the numbers of the pronouns and verbs in the pre
ceding sentences, and translate them.
III. We have divided.
We will promise.
They might use.
Ye will have spoken.
Speak thou.
They have lied.
Let him fear.
Ye were accusing me.

IRREGULAR VERBS :

POSSUM.

101

FREQUENTATIVES, &c.

2. Frequentatives denote the repetition, inceptives the
beginning, and diminutives a small degree of the action
denoted by their primitive verbs ; as,
Clamxto, to cry frequently; calesco, to grow hot; and cantillo, to
sing a little; from clamo, to cry; caleo, to be hot; and canto, to sing.
IRREGULAR VERBS.

3. The principal irregular verbs are sum, volo; fero,
jio, eo, and their compounds.
4. The compounds of sum, except prosum and pos­
sum, are conjugated like the simple verb. (Less. 62, &c.)
5. Prosum, to be profitable, has d after pro, when the
simple verb begins with e ; as,
Ind. Pres. Pro'-sum, prod'-es, prod'-est, &c.
— lmperf. prod'-e-rani, prod'-e-ras, prod'-e-rat.
QUESTIONS.—What is a deponent verb 7 Less. 46j 7. How are deponent verbs
conjugated 1 Repeat the principal parts of miror, dec. What are frequentative
verbs?—inceptives 1—diminutives? What are the principal irregular verbs'? How
are the compounds of sum conjugated ? What peculiarity has prosum 1
EXERCISE.

Write down the principal parts of adsum, to be present. Conjd«
gate prosum in the indicative future—in the future-perfect—in the
present infinitive.

LESSON

76.

POSSUM.

Possum, I can, or I am able, is compounded of potis y
able, and sum.
When compounded, both parts undergo some change:—
1. Potis becomes pot, and before s is changed to pos.
2. Es is dropped in esse, essem, &c., derived from the first root
of sum.
3. F is dropped in the second root j as, potui for potfui.
PRINCIPAL PARTS.
Pres. Ind.
Pos'-sum,

Pres. Inf.
pos'rse,

9*

Per/. Ind.
pot'-u-i.

103

IRREGULAR VERBS I

VOLO, NOLO, MALO.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
can or am able. S. pos'-sum,
pot'-es,
pot'-es t;
P. pos'-su-mus, pot-es'-tis, pos'-sunt.
Imperf. could, or was able, pot'-e-ram, pot'-e-ras, pot'-e-rat, &c.
Put.
shall or will be, <f«c. pot'-e-ro,
pot'-e-ris, pot'-e-rit, &c.
Perf. could, or have, <f-c. pot'-u-i,
pot'-u-is'-ti, pot'-u-it, &c.
Plup. had been able,
pot-u'-e-ram, pot-u'-e-ras, pot-u'-e-rat, &c
F. Perf. shall or will haverfc.pot-u'-e-ro, pot-u'-e-ris, pot-u'-e-rit, &c.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Pres. may be able,
pos'-sim, pos'-sis, &c.
Imp. might,
be able,
pos'-sem, pos'-ses, «fee.
Perf. ?nay /iare 6een able,
pot-u'-e-rim, &c.
Plup. might, <^c., Aave 6ee?i a&Ze, pot-u-is'-sem, &c.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. pos'-se.
Per/*, pot-u-is'-se.
The rest is wanting.
Pres.

QUESTIONS.—Of what \spossum compounded 7 What changes does potis under­
go 1 What changes occur in the first root of sum ?—in the secondroot 1 What are
the principal parts of possum ? Repeat the indicative mood present tense, <fco.—
the subjunctive mood present tense, &c.—the infinitive mood present tense, 4bc.
EXERCISES.

I. Possumus.
Leones possunt.
PotuSras.
II. We could, {perf.)
Ye might have been able.
They may be able.

Possitis.
Homines possent.
Potuissetis.
He can.
Thou couldst. (imperf.)
Ye had been able.

LESSON 77.
Nolo is compounded of non and volo ; Malo of magis
and volo.
PRINCIPAL PARTS.
Pres. Indie. Pres. Infin. Perf. Indie.
VoMo,
vel'-le,
vol'-u-i, to be willing or to wish.
No'-lo,
nolMe,
nol'-u-i, to be unwilling.
Ma'-lo,
mal'-le,
mal'-u-i, to be more willing, to choose rather.
INDICATIVE.
Present.
»9. VoMo, vis,
vult;
P. vol'-u-mus, vul'-tis,
vo'-lunt.
No'-lo, non vis, non vult;
nor-u-mus, non vultis, no'-lunt.
Ma'-lo, ma'-vis, ma'-vult;
mal'-u-mus, ma-vul'-tis, raa'-lunt.

IRREGULAR VERBS:

Imp.
vo-Ie'-bam.
Put.
vo'-lam, es, &c.
Perf.
vol'-u-i.
Plup.
vo-lu'-e-ram,
Put. Perf. vo-lu'-e-ro.

S. veMim,
no'-lim,
ma'-lim,

FERO.

no-ie'-bam.
no'-lam.
nol'-u-i.
no-lu'-6-ram.
no-lu'-e-ro.

no-li'-mus,
ma-li'-mus,

ve-ir-tis, yeMint.
no-li'-tis, no'-lint.
ma-ll'-tis, ma'-liut

Imperfect.
P. vel-le'-mus,
nol'-les, nol'-let;
nol-le'-mus,
mal'-les, mar-let;
mal-le'-mus,
vo-lu'-e-rim.
no-lu'-e-rim.
vol-u-is'-sem.
nol-u-is'-sem.

vel-le'-tis, vel'-lent.
nol-le'-tis, nol'-lent.
mal-le'-tis, mal'-lent.
ma-lu'-e-rim.
mal-u-is'-sem.

no'-lit;
ma'-lit;

S. vel'-lem, velMes, vel'-let;
nol'-Jem,
mai'-lem,

Perf.
Plup.

ma-le'-bam.
ma'-lam.
mal'-u-i.
ma-Iu'-e-ram.
ma-lu'-e-ro

SUBJUNCTIVE.
Present.
ve'-lit;
P. ve-li'-mus,

ve'-lis,
no'-Iis,
ma Mis,

103

IMPERATIVE.
S. no'-li or no-ll'-to ;
P. no-K'-te or nol-i-to'-te.
INFINITIVE.
Pres. velMe.
nol'-le.
mal'-le.
Perf. vol-n-is'-se.
nol-u-is'-se.
mal-u-is'-se.
PARTICIPLE.
Pres. vo/-lens.
no'-lens.
QUESTIONS.—Of what is nolo compounded ?—malo 7 What root is wanting in
volo, nolo and malo ? Give the principal parts of each. Repeat each in the present,
&c. Which of these verbs want the imperative1 Which, the present participle 1
What parts are wanting in all these verbs1

Repeat the English of volo in the sense " to wish," in all the
moods and tenses.

LESSON 78.
* Fero, to bear, is thus conjugated:—
ACTIVE,

Pres. Indie.
Pres. Injin.
Perf. Indie,
Supine.

PASSIVE.
PRINCIPAL PARTS.
Fe'-ro,
fer'-re,
tu'-li,
la'-tum.

Pres. Indie. Fe'-ror,
Pres. Injin. fer'-ri,
Perf. Part. la'-tus.

104

IRREGULAR VERBS :

FIO.

INDICATIVE.
Present.
S. fe'-ro,
fers,
fert;
S. fe'-ror,
fer'-ris or-re, fei'-turj
P. fer'-i-mus, fer'-tis, fe'-runt. P. fer'-!-mur, fe-rim'-f-ni, fe-run'-tul
Imp.
fe-re'-bam.
Imp.
fe-re'-bar.
Fut.
fe'-ram, -res, &c. Fut.
fe'-rar, -re'-ris, or -re'-re, &c.
Per/.
tu'-li.
Per/.
la'-tus sum, or fu'-i.
Plup.
tu'-le-ram.
Plup.
la'-tus e/-ram or fu'-e-ram.
Fui. Perf. tu'-le-ro.
F. Per/, la'-tus e'-ro or fu'-e-ro.
Pres.
Imp.
Perf.
Plup.

SUBJUNCTIVE.
fe'-ram, -ras, &c.
Pres. fe'-rar, -ra'-risor-ra'-re, &c.
fer'-rem, -res, &c.
Imp. fer'-rer, -re'-ris!or-re'-re, &c.
tu'-le-rirn.
Per/, la'-tus sim or fu'-e-rim.
tu-lis'-sem.
Plup. la'-tus es'-sem or fu-is'-sem.

IMPERATIVE.
fer, or fer'-to, fer'-to;
<S. fer'-re or fer'-tor, fer'-tor;
P. fer'-te or fer-to-te, fe-run'-to.
P. fe-rim'-i-ni, fe-run'-tor.
INFINITIVE.
Pres. fer'-re.
Pres. fer'-ri.
Perf. tu-lis'-se.
Perf. la'-tus es'-se or fu-is'-se.
Fut
la-tu'-rus es'-se.
Fut. la'-tum i'-ri.
PARTICIPLE.
Pres. fe'-rens.
Perf
Fut. la-tu'-rus.
Fut.

la'-tus.
fe-ren'-dus.

GERUND.
fe-ren'-di, &c.
SUPINES.
Former, la'-tum.
Latter. la'-tu.
4 •fESTiONS. —What are the principal parts of fe.ro in the active voice 1—in the
ve 1 What is the first root 1—the second 1—the third 1 Repeat the present
indicative active, &c.

LESSON 79.
Fio is used as the passive of facio, to make.
thus conjugated:—
PRINCIPAL PARTS.
Pres. Iridic. Pres. Injin. Perf. Part.
fi'-o, fi'-e-ri,
fac -tus, to be made or to become»

It is

IRREGULAR VERBS :

ior?

EO.

INDICATIVE.
Pres. S. fi'-o, fis, fit;
P. fi'-mus, fi'-tis, fi'-unt.
Imp. fi-e'-bam.
'
Plup.
fac'-tus e'-ram, <fec.
Fut. fi'-am, -es, &c.
Fut. Perf. fac'-tus e'-ro, &c.
Perf. fac'-tus sum or fu'-i.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Pres. fi'-am, -as, &c.
Perf. fac'-tus sim, <fec.
Plup. fac'-tus es'-sem, <fcc.
Imp. fi'-e-rem.
IMPERATIVE.
S. fi or fi'-to, fi'-to;
P. fi'-te or fi-td'-te, fi-un'-to.
PARTICIPLES.
Perf. fac'-tus.
Fut. fa-ci-en'-dus.

INFINITIVE.
Pres. fi'-e-ri.
Perf. fac'-tus es'-se or fu-is'-se.
Fut. fac'-tum i'-ri.
SUPINE.
hatter, fac'-tu.

NOTE.— Audeo, gaudeo and soteo of thesecond conjugation, and fido with its com­
pounds of the third, are called neuter-passive verbs. Like j?o, in the tenses usually
Formed from the second root, they have the passive form.
QUESTIONS.—Of what verb is fio used as the passive? What are its principal
parts1—its roots? Repeat the indicative present, «fee. What verbs are called neu­
ter passives % In what respect do they differ from other verbs 1

LESSON 80.
JEo, to go, is thus conjugated:—
PRINCIPAL PARTS.
Pres. Indie.
E'-o.

Pres. Inftn.
i'-re.

Perf. Indie.
i'-vi.

INDICATIVE.
Pres. S. e'-o,
is,
it;
P. i'-mus,
• Imp. S. i'-bam, i'-bas, i'-bat;
P. i'-ba-mus,
' Fut. S. i'-bo,
i'-bis, i'-bit;
P. ib'-i-mus,
Perf. i'-vi.
Plup. iv'-e-ram.
Fut.
Pres.
Imp.

Perf. Part.
i'-tum.
i'-tis,
e'-unt.
i-ba'-tis, i'-bant.
ib'-i-tis, i'-bunt.
PerJ. iv'-e-ro.

SUBJUNCTIVE.
S. e'-am, e'-as, e'-at;
P. e-a'-mus, e -a'-tis, e'-ant.
S. i'-rem, i'-res, i'-ret;
P. i-re'-mus, i-re'-tis, i'-rent,
Perf. iv'-e-rim.
Plup. i-vis'-sem

106

DEFECTIVE VERBS.'

IMPERATIVE.
& i or i'-to, i'-to;
P. i'-te or i-to'-te, e-un'-to.

INFINITIVE.
Pres. i'-re.
Perf. i-vis'-se.
Fut. i-tu'-rus es'-a

PARTICIPLES.
Pres. i'-ens, (gen. e-un'-tis.)
Put. i-tu'-rus.

GERUND,
e-un'-di, &c.

NOTE 1.— Eo has no first root.
NOTE 2.—The compounds of eo generally omit v in the second root; as, abea,
abire, abiU to go away.
QUESTIONS.— What are the principal parts of eo ? What are its second and third
roots? Repeat the indicative present, &c. What is said of the compounds of eo 7

L E S S O N

8 1 .

DEFECTIVE VERBS.

1. Defective verbs are those which are not used in
certain tenses, numbers, or persons.
2. The following verbs are defective in several of the tenses, viz.:
Odi,
I hate.
Aio,
> Coepi,
I have begun.
Inquam, $
Memlni, I remember.
Fore,
to be about to be.
3. Odi, ccepi, and memini, want all the tenses' derived from the
first root.
Exo.—Memlni has in the imperative memento and mement5te.

4. Odi and memlni have in the perfect, pluperfect, and futureperfect, the sense of the present, imperfect, and future.
5. Fore is thus conjugated:—
Sub. Imperf S. Fo'-rem, fo'-res, fo'-ret;
P. —, —•, fo'-rent.
Inf- Pres.
fo'-re.
Forem has the same meaning as essem.
QUESTIONS.— What are defective verbs 1 Which are the principal defective
verbs 1 What tenses are wanting in odi, ccepi, and memini 7 In what sense are
idi and memini used in the perfect, pluperfect, and future-perfect 7 How is fore
conjugated 1 What meaning hasforem 1

Among defective verbs are to be reckoned impersonal or thirdpersonal verbs.

IMPERSONAL VERBS.

107

IMPERSONAL VERBS.

6. Impersonal verbs are those which are used oniy in
the third person singular, and do not admit of a personal
subject; as,
Licet, it is lawful.

7 Impersonal verbs are of two kinds, according as
tliey have the active or the passive form.
8. For the most part in the active, and sometimes in
the passive form, the subject is an infinitive or subjunc­
tive clause ; as,
Me delectat scribere. To write delights me.

9. In English the pronoun it commonly stands before the
active form, and sometimes also before the passive form,
representing the clause which forms the real subject; as,
It delights me to -write.

10. Most neuter and many active verbs may be used
impersonally in the passive form, by changing the per­
sonal subject of the active voice into an ablative with a
or ab; as,
Mi pugnant, or Pugn&tur ab iUis, They fight. Itti qucerunt, or
quaritur ab illis, They ask, or, The inquiry is made by them.
NOTE 1.—When the impersonal verb consists of the participle in
diis with sum, the agent is in the dative. L. 112. 2.

11. In the passive form the agent with a or ab is very
often omitted, and is to be supplied as the connection re­
quires. It is commonly nobis, illis, hominibus, militvbus, <fec.
12. In English the subject of the passive form is com­
monly either the agent, expressed or understood, ©r an
abstract noun formed from the verb; as,
Pugnatum est, Wc, they, &c., fought; or, The battle was fought.
Concurritur, The people run together, or, There is a concourse,
Moriendum est, We must die, or, Death is inevitable.
NOTE 2.—Sometimes the English subject in both forms o. the
impersonal is an oblique case following the verb in Latin • as,
Miseret me, I pity. Favetwr mihi, I am favored.

13. In the passive form, of the impersonal verb the
participle is always in the neuter gender.

108

PARTICLES.

QUESTIONS. —What arc impersonal verbs ? Of how many kinds are impersonal
verbs1 In the active form, what is the subject 1 What English pronoun represents
the subjective clause ? How may most neuter verbs be used in the passive form 1
In what case is the agent of a participle in dus with sum 1 What is often omitted
in the passive form 1 What words may be supplied 1 What is the subject of tho
assive form in English 1 What other word is sometimes the subject in English 1
i what gender is the participle in the passive form 7

E

LESSON

82.

PARTICLES.

1. Particles are of four kinds—adverbs, prepositions,
conjunctions, and interjections.
ADVERBS.

2. An adverb is a particle used to modify or limit the
meaning of a verb, an adjective, or another adverb ; as,
Bene dixit, He spoke well.

3. Some adverbs, especially those derived from adjec­
tives, are compared.
4. Adverbs are compared like the adjectives from
which they are derived.
5. Comparatives end in ius, superlatives in issimd or
ime; as,
Dure, (hardly,) durius, durissime ; bene (well,) melius, optime.
6. Adverbs are divided into various classes, according to their
significations; as, Adverbs of place, order, time, manner, quality,
negation, interrogation, likeness, &c.
PREPOSITIONS.

7. A preposition is a particle which expresses the re­
lation between the noun or pronoun, before which ii
stands, and some preceding word; as,
Venit ad urbem, He came to the city.
In this sentence ad, to, expresses the relation in which urbem, the city, stands to
venit, came.
CONJUNCTIONS.

8. A conjunction is a particle which connects words or
sentences.

SENTENCES.

109

Conjunctions are divided into various classes; as,
(1.) Copulatives; as, ac, atque, et, etiam, -que, quoque, and ncque
or nec.
(2.) Disjunctives ; as, ant, seu, sive, -ve, vel, and neve or neu.
(3.) Adversatives; as, at, atqui, sed, iamen, vero, &c.
(4.) Enclitics; as, -ne, -que, -ve, which are always annexed to
another word ; as, homines, puerlque, men and boys; audisne ? dost
thou hear %
INTERJECTIONS.

8. An interjection is a particle used in exclamation,
and expressing some emotion; as ecce! lo ! behold !
eheu ! alas!
QUESTIONS.—How are particles divided? What is an adverb 1 Are adverbs
compared 1 How are they compared 1 How do comparatives end1—superlatives 7
• Compare dure—bene. What is a preposition 7 What is a conjunction7 What are
the four classes of conjunctions mentioned in this lesson 7 What are the enclitic
conjunctions 7 How are they used 1 What is an inteijection1

L E S S O N

83.

OF SENTENCES.

1. A sentence is a thought expressed in words
2. Sentences are either simple or compound.
3. A simple sentence or proposition consists ot two
parts,—a subject and a predicate.
4. The subject is that of which something is affirmed.
5. The predicate is that which is affirmed of the sub­
ject.
Thus in the simple sentence, Ccesar conquered Gaul, Cce^a? is me
subject, and conquered Gaul the predicate. In the sentence, Gaul
was conquered by Ccesar, Gaul is the subject, and was conquered by
Ccesar is the predicate.
NOTE.—When the sentence is interrogative, conditional, or im­
perative, the subject is that concerning which the question is asked
or the supposition made, or the person to whom the command is
given; the predicate is that which is asked, supposed, or commanded.
Thus, in the simple interrogative sentence, Has the messenger
arrived ? the messenger is the subject, and has arrived the predicate.
QUESTIONS.—What is a sentence 7 Into what two classesare sentences divisible 1

Of what does a simple sentence consist7 What is the subject of a sentence I—the
predicate 7

10

no

SUBJECTS AND PREDICATES.

EXERCISE.
Point out the subject and the predicate in each of the following
sentences:—
John writes.
Have you read the letter %
We are reading.
If he should come.
Hear thou my request.
We have been admonished.
Rome was founded by Romulus and his brother Remus, sons of
Rhea Silvia, the daughter of Numitor.

LESSON

84.

DIVISION OF SUBJECTS AND PREDICATES.

1. Subjects and predicates are either grammatical or
logical, simple or compound.
GRAMMATICAL SUBJECT AND PREDICATE.

2. A grammatical subject consists of one word only—
a noun, either singular or plural, or some word standing
for a noun.
3. A grammatical predicate consists of a verb alone, or
of the verb to be, followed by a noun, pronoun, adjective,
or participle, referring to the subject.
The following are examples of grammatical subjects and predi­
cates :—
John writes.
You have been commended.
We are reading.
Cicero was eloquent.
He is a'dmired.
Kings are men.
Go thou.
Should he come.
Will he go 1
May he live!
NOTE.—In English the auxiliaries are considered as constituting
a part of their verb. In the preceding examples therefore the predi­
cates, " are reading," " is admired," " will go," " have been com­
mended," &c., are considered as single verbs.
QUESTIONS.—How are subjects am', predicates divided 1 Of what does a gram­
matical subject consist 7—a grammatical predicate 1 How are the English auxilia­
ries considered I

EXERCISE.
Write ten English sentences containing grammatical subjects
and predicates.

LOGICAL SUBJECT AND PREDICATE.

LESS0N

I'll

85.

LOGICAL SUBJECT AND PREDICATE.

1. A grammatical subject or predicate, with one or
more words joined with it to explain or modify it, is call­
ed the logical subject or the logical predicate.
( a ) The sentence, Birds fly. contains only a grammatical subject
and predicate.
(&) In the sentence, Sortie birds fly swiftly, the grammatical sub­
ject and predicate are both modified, the former by some, and the
latter by swiftly.
(c) In the sentenoe, Some large birds fly very swiftly, the gram­
matical subject and predicate are still further modified, the lormer
by large, and the latter by very.
f
( d ) In the sentence, Some large birds of prey, inhabiting the woods
and mountains, fly very swiftly, when jmrsuing other birds, the subject
and predicate are still further extended, and additions may in all
cases be made to each, until it expresses precisely that idea which
is present to the mind of the writer or speaker.
QUESTIONS.—What is a logical subject 7—a logical predicate 1
EXERCISES.

I. Point out, first, the grammatical subject in each of the follow­
ing sentences; secondly, the logical subject; thirdly, the gram­
matical predicate ; fourthly, the logical predicate:—
The horse started suddenly.
Many fishes are swimming in the sea.
An apple fell from the tree.
The east wind has continued many days without interruption.
The tallest man present was chosen king.
Great men are not always wise.
II. Write a sentence containing only a grammatical subject anJ
predicate. Convert these into a logical subject and predicate by the
addition of one or more explanatory or restrictive words to each.

LESSON

86.

SIMPLE AND COMPOUND SUBJECTS AND PREDICATES.

1. When a sentence contains but a single subject,
whether it be grammatical or logical, it is called a simple
subject.

112

ANALYSIS.

2. A compound subject consists of two or moie simple
subjects, having but one predicate.
In the sentences, Man is mortal, All men are mortal, the subjects
are simple.
In the sentences, The moon and stars were shining, Grammar and
music were united, the subjects are compound.

3. When a sentence contains but a single predicate,
whether it be grammatical or logical, it is called a simple
predicate.
4. A compound predicate consists of two or more sim­
ple predicates belonging to the same subject; as,
He reads and writes.
They are neither loved nor trusted.
The cities and villages of the enemy were plundered and burnt.
QUESTIONS.—What is a simple subject 1—a simple predicate ?—a logical subject 7
—a logical predicate 1—a compound subject 7—a compound predicate 7
EXERCISE.

Write four sentences having compound subjects but simple predi­
cates; four having compound predicates but simple subjects; and
four whose subjects and predicates shall both be compound.

LESSON 87.
I. ANALYSIS.

The analysis of a proposition or simple sentence con­
sists in distinguishing the subject from the predicate and
noting their several modifications.
GENERAL RULES FOR T H E ANALYSIS OF A SIMPLE
SENTENCE.

1. Divide it into two parts—the subject and the predi­
cate.
2. Point out the grammatical subject and the word or
words directly modifying it.
3. Point out successively the words which modify the
direct modifiers of the grammatical subject, and those
tfhich modify them, and so on.

113

ADVERBS.

4. Point out the grammatical predicate and the word
or words directly modifying it.
5. Point out successively the words which modify the
direct modifiers of the grammatical predicate, and those
which modify them, and so on.
II. PARSING.

Parsing consists in resolving a sentence into the parts
of speech of which it is composed, tracing each word to
its root, and giving the rules of formation and construc­
tion applicable to it.
GENERAL RULES OF PARSING.

1. Name the part of speech, including the subdivision,
to which it belongs.
2. If it is an inflected word, name its root, decline, cop pare, or conjugate it.
3. Point out its agreement, or the word on which its
case depends.
4. If it is a conjunction, tell what it connects.
5. If it is an adverb, tell what it qualifies.
6. Give the rule of formation or construction applica­
ble in each case.
NOTE 1.—The words constituting a sentence are most conveni­
ently parsed in that order in which they are arranged in analysis.
NOTE 2.—For examples of Analysis and Parsing, see Less.-90, &c.
QUESTIONS.—What is meant by the analysis of a proposition1 What is the first
general rule of analysis 1—the second 1—the third 1—the fourth1—the fifth 1 What
is parsing7 What is the first general rule of parsing? If it is an inflected word
what is next to be done1? What is to be done after naming its root, declining, com­
paring or conjugating it 1 If it is a conjunction, what is to be told respecting it 1 If
an adverb, what 1 What is the last rule for parsing 1

LESSON

88.

I. ADVERBS.

1. Adverbs modify or limit the meaning of verbs, ad­
jectives, and sometimes of other adverbs ; as,
Bene mones, You advise well.
Valdebene, Very well.
Longe dissimilis, Very unlike.
10*

114

APPOSITION.

REMARK 1.—Adverbs sometimes also modify nOuns, adjective
pronouns, and prepositions.
REMARK 2.—An adverb is usually placed immediately before the
word which it modifies.
II. CONJUNCTIONS.

2. Copulative and disjunctive conjunctions, and some
others, connect words which are in the same construc­
tion.
REMARK 1.—Hence conjunctions connect—
1. Nouns or pronouns which are in the same case.
2. Adjectives agreeing with the same noun or pronoun.
3. Verbs in the same mood.
4. Adverbs and prepositions relating to the same words.
REMARK 2.—The same conjunctions connect sentences also, whose
construction is the same.
REMARK 3.—Conjunctions are often omitted.
QUESTIONS.—What is the general rule for the construction of adverbs 1 What

other parts of speech are sometimes modified by adverbs 1 What is the usual po­
sition of an adverb 1 What is the general rule for the construction of copulative
and disjunctive conjunctions} How does this rule apply to nouns 1—to adjectives 1
—to verbs 1—to adverbs and prepositions 1 What besides single words do the same
conjunctions connect 1 Are conjunctions always expressed1

NOTE.—Sentences illustrating the construction of adverbs and
conjunctions will be found in the subsequent lessons.

L E S S O N

89.

APPOSITION.

1. A noun annexed to another noun or to a pronoun,
and denoting the same person or thing, is put in the same
case.
2. A noun in apposition to two or more nouns is usually
plural.
3. A whole is sometimes denoted by the former noun,
and its parts, by nouns or pronouns in apposition to it.
REMARK.—In cases of apposition the annexed noun is generally
added for the sake of explanation or description, but sometimes foi
the purpose of denoting character or purpose, or the time, cause, rea­
son, &c., of an action.

SUBJECT-NOMINATIVE.

115

EXERCISES.

Translate into English—
Cicero orator.
Nos consules.
Cicerdnis oratoris.
Nostrum consilium.
Ciceroni oratori.
Nobis consulibus.
Marcus Antonius et Caius Cassius, tribuni plebis.
In fluminibus Rheno et Danubio.
Translate into Latin—
For-Cato the-Censor.
Of-Ovid the-poet.
By-Cato the-Censor.
Ovid the-poet. (acc.)
To-Brutus the-leader.
Of-Brutus and Cassius, leaders.
For-Brutus and Cassius, leaders.
Brutus, leader, (wc.)
To-Romulus and Remus, brothers.
By-Brutus the-leader.
Romulus and Remus,
Marcus Tullius Cicero, (voc.)
Alexander (when) a boy.
brothers, (voc.)
The names of-the-brothers, Anapus and Amphinomus.
VOCABULARY.
Anapus, i.
Amphinbmus, i.
Alexander, dri.
Cato, onjs.
Censor, oris.
Brutus, i.
Cassius, i.
Marcus, i.
Tullius, i.

Leader, dux, duds.
Broth fer,/rater, iris.
Poet, poeta, a.
Friend, amicus, i..
And, et.
Ovid, Ovidius, i.
Name, nomen, nomlnis.
Boy, puer, hi.

L E S S O N 90.
SUBJECT-NOMINATIVE.

1. The noun or pronoun, which is the subject of a fi­
nite verb, is put in the nominative.
NOTE 1.—(a) A verb in any mood, except the infinitive, is called
a finite verb.
(£) In historical writing the nominative is sometimes found
with the infinitive instead of the imperfect indicative.

2. A verb agrees with its subject-nominative in num­
ber and person.
NOTE 2.—The nominatives ego, nos, tu, and vos, are commonly

omitted.
NOTE 3.—The verb, especially the verb sum, is sometimes omife

ted.

116

SUBJECT-NOMINATIVE.

3. When the subject is compound, the verb is con jmonly plural.
REMARK 1.—If the nominatives, of which a compound subject is
composed, are of different persons, the verb agrees with the first
person rather than the second, and with the second rather than the
third.
REMARK 2.—Sometimes when the subject is compound, the verb
agrees with the nearest nominative.

4. A collective noun in the singular has sometimes a
plural verb, especially when the noun is not expressed in
the same clause, but in a preceding one.
5. An infinitive, or one or more clauses may be the
subject, and the verb will then be in the singular.
6. Sometimes the subject, and sometimes the verb are
to be supplied.
QUESTIONS.—In what case is the subject of a finite verb 1 What is a finite verb 7
What is the rule for the agreement of a verb with its subject-nominative 1 What
nominatives are commonly omitted? Why? (see L. 51, Rem. 4.) Of what num­
ber is the verb, when the subject is compound 1 What is the rule for the verb,
when the compound subject is of different persons 1 With what does the verb
sometimes agree, when the subject is compound 1 What is the rule for the verb of a
collective noun 1—for the verb whose subject is an infinitive, or one ormore claus­
es 1 What are sometimes to be supplied 1
EXERCISES.

I. Avis volat.
Curris.
Arbor floret.
Aves volant.
Curritis.
Arbores florent.
Dormio. (N. 2.)
Leo rugit.
Hirundines migrant.
Dormimus.
Leones rugiunt. Amabimini.
II. Pater eta Alius amantur.
Tu et Caius scribetis.
Ego atquea tu una6 eramus.
Yos et senatus jussit.
Turba ruunt.
Pars monent.
(a) Less. 88, 2.

(d) Less. 88, 1, & R. 2.

III. Write a Latin translation of the following English sentences
The boy weeps. Puer Jieo.
Thou wast sleeping.
The boys weep.
I have heard. Audio.
The horse runs. Equus curro. Ye will advise. Moneo.
We shall run.
The crowd come and go. TwrYou and I are warm. Caleo.
ba venio eoque.
Ye sleep. Dormio.
The horses were running.
IV, Swallows fly.
I have been advising.6
The lion sleeps.
The father was weeping.
The horse and the lion will run. I have been advised.
A part sleep.
Caius had heard.
Caius® and I have written.
We,the consuls, have commanded,
(a) See the order of the subjects in Exercise 2.

(6) Lesson 47, N. 1.

In the exercises contained in this and the subsequent lessons,

ADJECTIVES.

117

esch sentence is to be first translated, secondly, analyk od } and
thirdly, parsed: e. g.

Avis volat, The bird flies.
ANALYSIS.— Avis is the subject. Volat is the predicate.
Q. Why is avis the subject ? A. Because something is affirmed respecting it
and "The subject is that of which something is affirmed." Less. 83, 4.—Q,. Why
is volat the predicate 1 A. Because " The predicate is that which is affirmed of
the subject." Less. 83, 5.
PARSING.— Avis is a common noun, Nom. and Yoc. avis, Gen.

avis, of the third declension, feminine gender; it is fjund in the
singular number third person, and is nominative to volat. Less.
90, 1. (The passages referred to are to be repeated.)
Q,. Why is avis a noun ? A. Because it is a name, and " A noun is,"&c. Less.
5, I.—Q. Why is it a common noun ? A. Because it is the name of a class of ob­
jects, and "A common noun is," &c. Less. 5, 3.—Q. Why is avis of the third
declension ? A. Because its genitive singular ends in is,and " The termination of
the genitive singular," &c. Less. 7, 4.—Q. Why is it of the feminine gender ?
A. Because its nominative ends in is, and " Nouns not increasing in e-s&c.
Less. 15, 1.—Q,. Why is it in the singular number 1 A. Because, "The singular
number denotes," &c. Less. 5, 10.—Q. Why is it of the third person ? A. Be­
cause it denotes a thing spoken of, and " Nouns and pronouns," &c. Less. 6, 9.

Volat is a neuter verb, from volo} volar e, voldvi, voldtum, of the
first conjugation. It is found in the active voice, indicative mood,
present tense, (volo, volas, volat,) in the third person singular, agree­
ing with avis. " A verb agrees," &c. Less. 90, 2.
Q. Why is volo a verb 1 A. Because it expresses the action of its subject, avis,
and " A verb is a word," «fee. Less. 46,1. Why a neuter verb? A. Because it
makes complete sense with its subject, and "A neuter verb is one," &c. Less. 46,
4.—Q. Why is it of the first conjugation? A. Because it has a long before re in
the infinitive, and " The conjugations may be distinguished," &c. Less. 48, 3.—
Q. What are its roots ? A. vol, volav, volat.—Q. Why is it in the indicative mood ?
A. Because "The indicative asserts an action." Less. 47, 2.—Q. Why in the
present tense? A. Because "The present tense represents," &c. Less. 47? 6.—
Q. Why is it in the third person ? A. Because its form denotes that its subject is
of the third person, and "Person in verbs is," &c. Less. 47, 12.—Q. Why is it ir
the singular number ? A. Because its form denotes that its subject is of the singu
lar number, and " Number in verbs is," <fcc. Less. 47, 14.
NOTE .—After a little experience in parsing, it will in general be
found unnecessary to mention the person of a noun, except in the
few cases in which it is of the first or second person.

LESSON

91.

ADJECTIVES.

1. Adjectives, adjective pronouns, and participles, agree
with their nouns in gender, number, and case.
NOTE 1.—Adjectives are sometimes used as epithets; as, The
blue sky: and sometimes as attributes; as,. The sky is blue.

118

ADJECTIVES.

2. An adjective belonging to two or more nouns is
in the plural.
NOTE 2. —If the nouns are of different genders, and denote things
having life, the adjective is masculine rather than feminine ; but
ii they denote things without life, the adjective is generally neuter.
NOTE 3. —The adjective often agrees with the nearest noun.

3. An adjective qualifying a collective noun in the sin­
gular is often put in the plural, taking the gender of the
individuals which the noun denotes ; as,
Supplex turba erant tuti. The suppliant crowd were safe.

4. An adjective in the masculine gender often agrees
with some case of homo or of its plural homines under­
stood ; as>
Boni sunt ra.ri, Good (men) are scarce.
NOTE 4. —With the possessive adjective pronouns the noun to

be supplied is often amlci, friends j milites, soldiers; or cives, fel­
low-citizens or countrymen.

5. An adjective in the neuter gender, without a noun,
is often used substantively, the word thing or things be­
ing supplied in English ; as,
Labor omnia vincity Labor overcomes all (things.)

6. The possessive adjective pronouns are often under­
stood in Latin, where they must be supplied in English;
as,
Ego et pater, (My) father and I.

7. An adjective may agree with an infinitive or a clause
used substantively, and is then put in the neuter gender;
as,
Nunquam est utile peccare, To do wrong is never useful.

8. Adjectives signifying first, last, highest, lowest, ex­
treme, middle, innermost, outermost, and a few others,
may often be translated the first jpart, &c., as Summa ar­
bor, The highest part, or, The top of the tree.
9. An adjective agreeing with a noun may sometimes
be translated by an adverb qualifying a verb, as, Ver pri­
mus veniet,, Spring will come first.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the agreement of adjectives 1 What are the
two ways in which an adjective may be used 1 Of what number is an adjective be­
longing to two or more nouns 1 What is the rule for the gender of an adjective be­
longing to two <jr more nouns 1 With what does the adjective in such case often

119

ADJECTIVES.

agree1 What is the rule for an adjective qualifying a collectivenoun 7 With what
word understood does a masculine adjective often agree 1 What is often to be supplied with possessive adjective pronouns1 How is a neuter adjective without a
noun often used 1 What adjectives are often understood in Latin1 In what gender
is an adjective which agrees with an infinitive or a clause 1 How may adjective®
signifying/irsJ, last., &c. often be translated 1 Like what other part of speech may
an adjective sometimes be translated1

EXERCISES.

To be translated, analyzed, and parsed.
I. Voluptas nimia nocet.
II. Supremi montes visi sunt.
Anima immortalis est.
Dies fuisset serena.
Mora non est tuta.
Bonus puer discit.
Frigida" nox fait.
Timidi lepores fugiunt.
Iter tutum non fuit.
Veloces canes sequuntur.
Dulcis est libertas.
Fessus viator sedebat.
iEstas torrida venerat.
Meus equus valde fatigalur.
Media nox erat.
Superbi homines cadunt.
(a) A predicate adjective with awn, dcc., often stands before its noun.
III. Altae turres cadent.
Mors est certa.
Tui fratres laudati sunt.
Humlles casae stabunt.
Avarus nunquam est contentus. Celer equus vincet.
Caesar suos& misit.
Dulcia delectant.
(6) See Lesson 96, 1.

IV. Men are mortal.
Homo sum mortalis.
My friends are dear.
Meus amicus sum carus.
My eyes are deceived.
Meys oculus fallo.
Our gardens are pleasant.
Noster hortus sum amoenus.
The war was destructive.
Bellum exitiosus sum.
The ripe apples fell.
Mitis pomum cado.
The great pine is shaken.
Agito ingens pinus.
(My) father and mother are dead. Pater et mater sum mortuus.
V. All® men are mortal.
The timid have fled.
I love (my) friends.
May the day bed serene.
The weary6 will sit.
Was4 the journey safe.
The good will be happy,c
Is not/ liberty sweet.
The great pines will fall.
All are content.
The swift dog followed.
(My) brother and sister are dear.
Our house and garden are pleasant.
(a) Omnia. (6) Less. 91, 4.
(/) Less. 53. 4.

(c) Felix.

(rf). Less. 64, N.

(e) Less. 53,a

EXAMPLE OP ANALYSIS AND PARSING.

Mora non est tuta, Delay is not safe.
ANALYSIS.—Mora is the subject: Less. 83, 4.

Non est tuta is the
logical predicate: Less. 85, 1. The grammatical predicate is esl
Uria: (Less. 84, 3:) this is modified by non.

120

PREDICATE-NOMINATIVE.

PARSING.—Mora is a common noun; N. and V.mora, G.mora,

of the first declension, feminine gender; it is found in the singular

number, and is nominative to est: "The noun or pronoun," &c.
Less. 90, 1.
QUESTIONS.—Why is mora a noun ? Why a common noun 7 Why of the first
declension ? A. Because its genitive singular ends in «, and " The termination of
the genitive singular," &c. Less. 7, 4.—Why feminine? A. Because it is of the
first declension, and "Latin nouns of the first declension," &c. Less. 8, 1.

Est is the substantive verb, from sum, esse, fui, futurus. It is
found in the indicative mood, present tense. (sum, es, est,) in the
third person singular, agreeing with mora; "A verb agrees," &c.
Less. 90, 2.
QUESTIONS.—Why is est a verb? A. Because it expresses the being of mora,
aud " A verb is a word," &c.—Why the substantive verb? A. Because k ' Sum, I
am, when connected with," &c. Less. 62, 1.—Why in the indicative mood ? Why
in the present tense 1 What is the first root of sum ?—the second ?—the third ?

Non is an adverb modifying est; " Adverbs modify or limit," &e.
Less. 88, 1.
Titia is an adjective from tutus, tuta, tutum, of the first and second'declensions, feminine gender, (N. and V. tuta, G. tutcc,) found
in the singular number, nominative case, agreeing with mora;
" Adjectives, adjective pronouns," &c. Less. 91, 1.
QUESTIONS.—Why is tuta an adjective ? A. Because it qualifies mora, and " AD
adjective is a word," <fcc. Less 28, 1.—Is tuta here used as an epithet or as an attri­
bute? A. As an attribute ; "Adjectives are sometimes used," &c.—Why is it of
the first and second declensions ? A. Its masculine ends in its, its feminine in a,
and its neuter in um, and "The masculine gender of adjectives," &c. Less. 29,1.
—Why was it put in the feminine gender, singular number, and nominative case 1
A. Because its noun is of that gender, number, and case, and " Adjectives, adjec­
tive pronouns," &c. Less. 91,^.

LESSON 92.
PREDICATE-NOMINATIVE.

1. A noun in the predicate, after a verb neuter or pas­
sive, is put in the same case as the subject, when it de­
notes the same person or thing.
2. Predicate adjectives follow the same verbs as predi­
cate nouns.
REMARK 1.—To this rule belong especially:—
(a) Sum and neuter verbs denoting position or motion.
(b) The passive of verbs signifying to name, or call, to choose
render, or constitute, to esteem or reckon.
REMARK 2.—As the subject of the infinitive mood is put in the
accusative, (Less. 95, 3,) the noun in the predicate, denoting the
same pera <n of thing, is also put in the accusative.

PREDICATE-NOMINATIVE.

121

QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the predicate-nominative 1—for predicate.ad >
jectives 7 What verbs belong especially to this rule1 When the verb is in the in­
finitive, in what case is the predicate noun agreeing with the subject?
EXERCISES.

I. Inertia est vitium.
Virtus est sua merces.
Non sum pastor.
Es judex.
Ille est prudens.
II. Europe is a peninsula.
The boy becomes a man.
Drunkenness is madness.
The tree has been a twig.
The earth is the great parent.

Tu fies poeta.
Fames est optimus coquus.
Ego Caius vocor.
Ira furor brevis est.
Caius visus erat timidus.
Europa sum peninsula.
Puer fio homo.
Ebrietas insania sum.
Arbor virga sum.
Magnus parens (fem.) terra
sum.
A true friend is a great treas­ Amicus verus sum thesaurus
magnus.
ure.
III. Ye are judges.
Marcus Antonius and Caius
Cassius were chosen tribunes.6
They will never become poets.
Europe and Africa are peninsulas. Romulus and Remus were bro­
thers.
The twig has become a tree.
Caius was innocent.®
The boys had become men.
They were shepherds.
Cicero was chosen® consul.
(a) To choose, creo.

(6) Tribunus.

(c) Innocent.

ANALYSIS AND PARSING

Tujies poeta, Thou wilt become a poet.
ANALYSIS.—Tu is the subject. Fies poeta is the predicate.
QUESTION.—Is the predicate grammatical or logical 7 Less. 84, 3.
PARSING.—Tu is a substantive pronoun, of the second person:
Nom. and Voc. tu, Gen. tui. It is found in the singular number,
and is nominative to fies. " The noun or pronoun," &c. Less 90, 1.
QUESTIONS.—Why is tu a pronoun 1 A. Because " A pronoun is a word," &c.
Less. 41, 1.—Why a substantive pronoun 1 A. Because " The substantive pro

nouns are," &c. Less 41, 3.—Why of the second person? A. Because it denotes
the person spoken to, and " Nouns and pronouns have three persons," <fcc. Less.
6, 9.—Why of the singular number1 A. Because u The singular number denotes
one object." Less. 5, 9.

Fies is an active verb from facio, facere, feci, factum, of the third
conjugation ; it is found in the passive voice, where it is irregular:
Less. 79 and 75, 2, (fio. fieri, factus sum,) in the indicative mood,
future tense,* second person, singular number, agreeing with its
nominative tu; " A verb agrees,' &c. Less. 90, 2.
QUESTIONS.—Why is /ies a verb 1 Why an active verb 1 A. Because " An ac­
tive verb is," &c. Less. 46, 3,—Wh^ of the third conjugation 1 A. Because it has
e short before re in the present infinitive active, and The conjugations may be dis­
tinguished," <fcc. Less. 48, 3.—What are the roots of the active voice? A.fac,fec,
11

122

COMPOUND SENTENCES.

and fact.—What does the first root become in the passive ? A. fi.— Why iri the pas
sive voice? A. Because the object of the verb is made its subject, ami u The pas­
sive voice is that," &c. Less. 46, 9.—Why in the indicative mood ? Why in the fu
ture tense 1 A. Because it represents the action as future, and '• The future repre­
sents," &c. Less. 47, 8.—Why in the second person 1 A. Because its form denotes
that its subject is of the second person, and " Person in verbs is the form," &c.
Less. 47, 12.—Why of the singular number? A. Because its form denotes that its
subject is singular. Less. 47,14.

Poeta is a common noun, of the second person ; N. and V. poeta,
G. poetce ; of the first declension, masculine gender, singular num­
ber, and is nominative after fies. " A noun in the predicate," &c.
Less. 91, 1.
QUESTIONS.—Why is poeta a noun? Why a common noun? Why in the sec­
ond person? A. Because it denotes the person spoken to, and " Nouns," &c. Less.
6,9 —Why of the first declension ? Why masculine ? A. Because it is a name ap­
plied to males only, and "The names of all male beings," &c. Less. 5, 1.—Why in
the singular number ? Why is it the nominative after fies ? A. Because it follows
fies a passive verb, and denotes the same person as its subject tu, and A noun in
the predicate," &c. Less. 92,1.

NOTE.—In the subsequent exercises in parsing, the questions are
generally omitted, but the teacher will of course supply them.

LESSON 93.
COMPOUND SENTENCES.

X. A compound sentence consists of two or more sim­
ple sentences.
2. The members or clauses of a compound sentence
are the simple sentences of which it is composed.
3. The clauses of a compound sentence are either in­
dependent or dependent.
4. An independent clause is one which makes complete
sense by itself.
5. A dependent clause is one which makes complete
sense only in connection with another clause.
Thus in the compound sentence, " Phocion was always poor,
though he might have been very rich," the former clause is independant, the latter dependent.

6. A member of a compound sentence on which another
member depends, is called the leading clause ; its sub­
ject, th^leading subject; and its verb, the leading verb
7. (a) The leading verb is usually either in the indica
tive or the imperative mood.

RELATIVES.

123

( b ) The verb of a dependent clause may be either in
llie indicative, the subjunctive, or the infinitive mood.
8, The members of a compound sentence may be con­
nected by relative words, conjunctions, or adverbs, but
an infinitive clause requires no connective.
QUESTIONS.—What is a compound sentence1 What is a simple sentence 'I Less.
83, 1. What are the members or clauses of a compound sentence 1 What is an in­
dependent clause 1—a dependent clause 1—a leading clause 1—a leading subject?—
a leading verb 1 In which of the moods is the leading verb commonly found 1 In
what mood is the verb of a dependent clause 1 How may the members of a com*
pound sentence be connected 1 What clauses require no connective 1

EXERCISE.

Point out the several clauses in the following compound senten­
ces, and the nature of each clause as being independent or depend­
ent :—
The wicked flee, when no man pursueth.
If sinners entice thee, consent thou not.
I have been young, and now am old.
Go to the ant, thou sluggard, consider her ways, and be wise.
Blessed is he that considereth the poor.
I would punish you, if I were not angry.

LESSON 94.
RELATIVES.

1. Sentences are often compounded by means of relative words j
as, qui, quantum, qualis, &c.

2. The relative qui, qua, quod, agrees with its antece­
dent in gender, number, and person; as,
Tu qui audis, Thou who hearest.
Aves qua canunt, The birds which- sing.
Puer qui legtbab, The boy who was reading.
Nos qui adsumus, We who are present.
NOTE 1.—In parsing the relative, the same rules are to be given
for its cases, as for those of nouns.
NOTE 2.—The antecedent may be one or more clauses, and the
relative is then in the neuter gender.

3. Sometimes the relative agrees with a noun follow­
ing it, when the latter noun is explanatory of the antece­
dent, or signifies the same thing ; as,

124

RELATIVES.

Ante comitia, quod lempus haud longe aberat, Before the election,
which time was not far off. Animal, qui vocdtur homo, The animal,
which is called man.
REMARK.—In the preceding sentences, therelatives, instead of agreeing with theil
antecedents comitia and animal, agree with the subsequent nouns, tempus ant
homo.

4. A relative referring to two or more antecedents is
commonly plural.
REMARK .—If the antecedents are of different genders, and denote
things having life, the relative is masculine rather than feminine;
but if they denote things without life, the relative is generally neu­
ter; as,
Piter et puella, qui legunt, The boy and girl, who read.
spectantur, The tree and fruit, which are seen.

Arbos et fructus, qua

5. Qui at the beginning of a sentence is often transla­
ted like hie or ille ; as,
Qua cum ita sint, Since these things are so.

6. The relative is commonly placed after its antecedent
and as near to it as possible.
7. The pronoun is, as an antecedent, is often to be sup­
plied. So tantus, talis, &c., before quantus, qualis, &c.
8. The relative is sometimes attracted into the case of
the antecedent, or the antecedent into that of the relative.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the agreement of the relative1 What rules are
to be given for the case of the relative 1 Of what gender is a relative when its an­
tecedent is a clause or clauses 1 With what word does the relativesometimes agree,
instead of agreeing with its antecedent If What is the rule for a relative referring
to two or more antecedents1 What is the rule for the gender of the relative, when
its antecedents are of different genders 1 How may qui often be translated at the
beginning of a sentence1 What is the rule for the position of a relative1 What an­
tecedent is often to be supplied1 What is the rule for the attraction of the relative
and antecedent1
EXERCISES.

I. Avis, quae nuper canebat, nunc tacet.
Nulla est natio, quae pertimescitur.
Meus frater, qui seger fuit, nunc convalescit.
Omnes causae, quae commemorantur, justissimae sunt.
II. Translate into Latin:—
The tree, which was then standing, has lately fallen, Arbos qui
t/wm, sto, nuper cado.
All the men, who had been condemned, were put to death, Omnis
homo, qui condemno, occldo.
We, who now live, shall soon die, Ego, quinunc vivo, citomorior.

Avis, qua nuper canebat, nunc tacet, The bird, which
was lately singing, is now silent.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

125

.ANALYSIS.—This is a compound sentence consisting of an ante­
cedent clause, avis nunc tacet, and a relative clause, qua nuper ca*
nebat; the former being an independent, the latter a dependent clause.
Avis is the subject of the leading clause, and tacet its grammati­
cal predicate, which is modified by nunc.
Qua is the subject of the dependent clause, and canebat its gram­
matical predicate, which is modified by nuper.
PARSING.—Avis is a common noun, N. and Y. avis, G. avisy of the
third declension, feminine gender; it is found in the singular num­
ber, and is nominative to tacet; " The noun or pronoun," &c. Less.
90, 1.
Tacet is a neuter verb from iaceo, tacere, tacui, taciturn, of the
second conjugation; it is found in the active voice, indicative mood,
present tense, (taceo, taces, tacet,) third person singular, agreeing
with its nominative avis; " A verb agrees," &c. Less. 90, 2.
Nunc is an adverb, modifying tacet; " Adverbs modify or limit,"
&c. Less. 88, 1.
Qua is a relative pronoun, from qui, qua, quod ; it is found in the
feminine gender, (N. qua, G. cujus,) singular number, third person,
agreeing with its antecedent avis, " The relative qui, qua, quod,
agrees," &c. Less. 94, 2; and is nominative to canibat," The noon
or pronoun," &c.
Canebat is an active verb, from cano, canere, cecini, cantum, of the
third conjugation; it is found in the active voice, indicative mood,
imperfect tense, (canebam, canebas, canebat,) third person singular,
agreeing with qua ; " A verb agrees," &c.
Nuper is an adverb, modifying canebat; "Adverbs modify or limit,71
&c.

LESSON 95.
INFINITIVE MOOD.

1. The tense of the infinitive is present, pastor future,
in reference to that of the verb with which it is connect
ed; as,
Videor audire, I seem to hear. Visus sum audire, I seemed to hear.
Videbor audire, I shall seem to hear. Visus eram audire, I had seemed
to hear.
In all these examples the action of hearing is represented as present at the time
denoted by the principal verbs, videor, videbor, &c.

Videor audivisse, I seem to have heard. Visus sum audivisse, I
seemed to have heard.
In these examples the action of hearing is represented as past, at the time denoted
by the principal verbs.

li*

126

INFINITIVE MOOD.

% The infinitive may be considered either as a verb, or as an ab­
stract noun.
As a verb, the following rule is to be observed respecting its sub*
ject.

3. The subject of the infinitive mood is putin the accu­
sative ; as,
Miror te non scribere, I wonder that you do not write.
Here /e, the subject of scribere, is put in the accusative.

NOTE 1.—The particle that is commonly to be supplied in English
before the subject of the infinitive, and the same is to be omitted in
translating from English into Latin.
NOTE 2.—As a noun, the infinitive may be either the subject or
the object of a verb, according to the following rules.

4. The infinitive, either with or without a subject-accu­
sative, may be the subject of a verb ; as,
Homines interlre necesse est, That men should die is unavoidable.
Bene dicere hand absurdum est, To speak well is not unbecoming.
The grammatical subject in the first sentence is interlre, the logical subject is
homines interire. In the second sentence the grammatical subject is dicere, the
logical subject is bene dicere.

NOTE 3.—The infinitive with the accusative is sometimes trans­
lated by a similar form, but more commonly by the indicative or
potential with that.

5. The infinitive, either with or without a subject-accu­
sative, may be the object of a verb ; as,
Spero te valere, I hope that you are well. Poetce delectare volunt,
The poets wish to please.
In the former of these sentences, the infinitive with its subject te depends on
apero ; in the latter, the infinitive delectare depends on volunt.

NOTE 4.—The infinitive with a subject-accusative follows verbs of
saying, thinking, knowing, perceiving, and the like.
REMARK.—Among verbs of saying, those of requesting, demanding,
admonishing, advising, encouraging, commanding, and the like, (except
jubeo and veto,) usually take after them the subjunctive with ut or ne.
NOTE 5.—The infinitive without a subject-accusative, follows
verbs denoting desire, ability, intention, endeavor, and some others.
NOTE 6.—The present infinitive after verbs of sense mayfrequently
be translated by a present participle; as, surgere videt lunam, He
sees the moon rising.

6. The infinitive without a subject sometimes depends
upon an adjective ; as,
llle erat dignus amdri, He was worthy to be loved.

7. Infinitives usually precede the verbs on which they
depend.
QUESTIONS.—To what do the tenses of the infinitive refer? With what parts of
8r»eech may the infinitive be classed 1 Considered as a verb in what case is its sub

ACCUSATIVE AFTER ACTIVE VERBS.

127

ject ? What particle is to be supplied ill English before the subject of an infinitive1
Considered as a noun in what two ways may the infinitive be used 1 What is the
rule for the infinitive when it is the subject of a verb 1 How is the infinitive with
the accusative to be translated 1 What is the rule for an infinitive, when it is the
object of a verb 1 What classes of verbs does the infinitive with the accusative fol­
low 1 What classes of verbs does the infinitive without the accusative follow 1
Upon what other part of speech may the infinitive depend 7 What is the rule for
the position of the infinitive when depending on another word 1

EXERCISE.

Sepulcrum Cyria aperiri6 Alexander jussit.
Miror tuura fratrem non scripsisse.
Nemo sec avarum esse intelligit
Intelligere non possum.
Alexander metui volebat.
Milites requiescere non poterant.
(a.) Less. 100. (b.) To be opened, or that it should be opened,
(c.) Se, that he (N. 1) esse, is.
ANALYSIS AND PARSING.

Spero te valere, I hope that you are well.
ANALYSIS.—This is a compound sentence. The leading clause
is spero, the dependent clause is te valere.
The subject of the first clause is ego, understood, (Less. 90, N. 2.)
its predicate is spero.
The subject of the second clause is te, its verb is vaUre.
PARSING.—Spero is an active verb, from spero, sperdref sperdvi,
speratum, of the first conjugation; found in the active voice, indica­
tive mood, present, spero, speras, sperat, in the first person singular
number, agreeing with its nominative ego, understood j " A verb
agrees," &i. Less. 90, 2.
Te is a substantive pronoun, of the second person, from tu: N.
and V. tu, G. tui, D. tibi, Ac. and Ab. te ; it is found in the singular
number, accusative case, and is the subject of the infinitive valere ;
" The subject of the infinitive mood," &c. Less. 95, 3.
Valere is a neuter verb, from valeo, valere, valui, of the second
conjugation; found in the active voice, infinitive mood, present
tense, depending on the leading verb spero ; " The infinitive with a
subject accusative follows verbs of saying," &c. Less. 95, N. 4.

LESSON

96.

ACCUSATIVE AFTER ACTIVE VERBS.

1. The object of an active verb in the active voice is
put in the accusative.
NOTE 1.—The object of an active verb in the passive voice is pu*
in the nominative. Less. 46, 9.

128

ACCUSATIVE AFTER ACTIVE VERBS.

NOTE 2.—The object of an active deponent verb is also put in the
accusative.
NOTE 3.—Sometimes the accusative is omitted, and sometimes
the verb.

2. Verbs signifying to name or call, to choose, render,
or constitute, to esteem or reckon, are followed by two
accusatives denoting the same person or thing.
NOTE 4.—A second accusative is added to many active verbs by
way of apposition, to denote a purpose, time, character, &c.
NOTE 5.—A predicate adjective often supplies the place of the sec­
ond accusative after verbs of naming, &c.

3. Verbs of asking, demanding, teaching and celo, (to
conceal,) are followed by two accusatives, one of a per­
son, the other of a thing.
NOTE 6.—Instead of the accusative of the person, verbs of asking
and demanding often take the ablative with ab or ex ; and for the ac­
cusative of the thing, an ablative with de, or a dependent clause.
REMARKS.

1. The passive of verbs of asking, demanding, teaching, and of
celo, cingo, induo, and exuo, retains the accusative of the thing.
2. An infinitive, or one or more clauses, may be the object of an
active verb. Less. 95, 5.
3. Some neuter verbs are followed by an accusative of kindred
signification ; as, Ire iter, To go a journey.
4. Oblique cases generally precede the words on which they de­
pend, but they follow prepositions.
NOTE 7.—A verb on which no other word depends is said to be
used absolutely.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rale for tne object of anactive verb in the active voice ?
—in the passive voice 7—for the object of anactive deponent verb 7 What are some
times omitted 7 What is the'rule for verbs signifying to name or call, &c. 7 In
what way is a second accusative sometimes added to an active verb 7 What often
supplies the place of the second accusative after verbs of naming, <fcc. 7 What ia
the rule for verbs of asking, &c. 7 What sometimes supplies the place of one of
the accusatives 7 What is the rule for the passive of verbs of asking, <fcc. 7 Whal
may supply the place of the accusative after an active verb 7 By what kind of ac«
cusative may some neuter verbs be followed 7 Where do oblique cases generally
stand 7 When is a verb said to be used absolutely 7

EXERCISES.

1. Africa cervos non gignit.
Lucem fugit blatta:
Maximos elephantosfert India.
Pinus picem gignit.
Ceti pulmdnem habent.
Poena scelus sequitur.
Aves nocturaae uncos ungues habent.
Lapillos pretiosos gemmas vocamus.
Corsicam Graeci Cyrnum appellavere.

ACCUSATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS.

129

Ciceronem universa civitas consulem declaravit.
Poeni Hamilcarem imperatdrem fecerunt.
Silvius Procas duos filios habuit, Numitorem et Amuli
um. Less. 89, 3.
II. Rogo te nummos.—Istam pugnam pugnabo.
Pamphilus Apellem picturam docuit.
Dolabella nummos Sicyonium magistratum poposcit.
Hunc sermonem te non celabo.
Jugurtha pacem Metellum rogavit.
Te hanc artem docebo.
llle rogatus est sententiam.
Ilia atras vestes induitur.
III.
The hyaena imitates human Hyaena sermo humanus assimspeech.
ulo.
Ignavia egestas sequor.
Poverty follows sloth.
Accipio epistola tuus.
I have received your letter.
Truth often produces hatred.
Veritas odium saepe pario.
Read (plur.) good books.
Lego bonus liber.
The Greeks called Africa Libya. Africa Graecus Libya appello.
Antonius called his flight vic­ Antonius fuga suus victoria voco.
tory.
The people made Ancus Marcius Ancus Marcius rex populus creo.
king.
IV.
Thou demandest money of me.
Rogo ego pecunia.
We taught you (plur.) this art.
Doceo tu hie ars.
Eupompus had taught Pamphi­ Eupompus Pamphilus pictura
lus the art of painting.
doceo.
I ask you (sing.) your opinion.
Rogo tu sententia tuus.
He has gone a long journey.
Proficiscor magnum iter.
I have sworn a very true oath.
Juro verus jusjurandum.

LESSON

97.

ACCUSATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS.

1. Twenty-six prepositions are followed by the accuative.
NOTE.—The prepositions followed by the accusative are:—
Ad,
Adversum^ [
Ante,
Apud,
Circa o r )
Circum \

/o, at.

against, towards.
before
af, amongst.
S °f time> place, and person.
aoout, j Qf place
person.

130

ACCUSATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS.
Circfter,
Cis or Citra,
Contra,
Erga,
Extra,
Infra,
Inter,
Intra,
Jiucta,
Ob,
Penes,
Per,
Pong,
Post,
Praeter,
Prope,
Propter,
Secundum,
Supra,
Trans,
Ultra,

about, near.
on this side of, within.
against, over against.
towards, after words denoting actions or feelings.
without, out of.
beneath, below.
between, among.
within.
near to, by.
on account of for.
with, in the power of.
through, by, by means of.
behind.
after.
besides, beyond.
near to, hard by.
near, ow account of .
near, after, according to.
above, over.
beyond, on the farther side of over.
beyond.

2. The prepositions, in, super, clam, subter, and swS,
are followed sometimes by the accusative and sometimes
by the ablative.
Clam,
j
'
Sub,
Subter,
Super,

without the knowledge of.
^ (with acc.) into, towards, againstrrespecting.
? (with abl.) tn, wpo», among.
wider.
under.
over, on, above.

3. In and sub, denoting tendency, are followed by the
accusative; denoting situation, they are followed by the
ablative.
4. The preposition on which an accusative depends is
sometimes compounded with a verb ; as,
TVanslreflumen,

To pass over a river.

5. Nihil, neuter pronouns, and adjectives of quantity,
with verbs either active or neuter, are often put in the ac­
cusative without a preposition.
QUESTIONS.—How many prepositions are followed by the accusative? How
many and what prepositions are followed by either the accusative or the ablative ]
What is the special rule for in and sub ? What are the usual meanings of in with
the accusative!—with the ablative 1 What is the rule for the accusative alter a
verb compounded with a preposition 1—for the accusative of nihil, See.
EXERCISES.

I. Pauci ad senectutem veniunt.
Rosae fulgent inter lilia.
Est lucus prope amnem.
Ille ad mare infra oppldum exspectavit.
Post me erat iEgina.

ACCUSATIVE OF TIME AND SPACE.

131

Est deus in nobis.
in Italiam migramus.
A lpes a nemo unquam cum exercitu ante Hannibalem transitrat.
Vulcan us tenuit insulas prope Siciliam.
Post mortem hanc terram relinquimus.
Caelum transcurrit nimbus.
Ego tea manum6 injiciam.
( a ) Less. 97, 4. ( 6 ) Less. 96,1.

II. Hannibal sent ambassadors to Hannibal ad senatus Romanus
the Roman senate.
legatus mitto.
Beyond the Rhine dwell the Ger­ Trans Rhenus incolo German us.
mans.
The way is dangerous on ac­ Via sum periculosus propter ancount of the defiles.
gustise.
Hercules sailed among the Argo­ Hercules navigo inter Argonauts.
nauta.
The slaves were in the power of
Servus penes accusator sum.
the prosecutor.
Megara was before me.
Ante ego sum Megara.
1 hold a letter in (my) hands.
In manus epistola teneo.
Mount Jura is between the Se- Mons Jura sum inter Sequani et
quani and the Helvetii.
Helvetii.
We will do nothing against your Contra voluntas tuus nihil facio.
will.
He passed over the Euphrates.
Ille transeo Euphrates.

LESSON

98.

ACCUSATIVE OP TIME AND SPACE.

Nouns denoting duration of time or extent of space are
put, after other nouns and verbs, in the accusative, and
Bometimes after verbs, in the ablative.
EXERCISES.

I. Romulus septem et triginta annos regnavit.
Ager multos annos quievit.—Vixi annos triginta.
Gtuaedam bestiolae unum diem vivunt.
Tredecim annis Alexander regnavit.
Mulieres Romanae Brutum annum luxerunt.
Saguntini aggerem duxerunt trecentos pedes longum.
Aliquantum viae progress us erat.

132

ABLATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS.

il. I was there two days.
Appius was blind many years.
We have followed you (sing.)
night {plur.) and day, (plur.)
We discoursed whole days.
He extended two ditches fifteen
feet broad.
We proceeded a hundred fur­
longs.

Biduum ibi sum.
Appius csBcus multus annus sum
Tu sequor nox diesque.
Dies totus dissero.
Duo fossa quindecim pes latu*
perduco.
Stadium centum procedo.

LESSON 99.
ABLATIVE AFTER PREPOSITIONS.

Eleven prepositions are followed by the ablative :
Absque, a, (ab, abs,) and de,
Coram, palam, cum, ex, (e,)
Sine, tenus, pro, and prae.
REMARKS.

1. A and e are used only before consonants, ab and ex before either
vowels or consonants.
2. Cum is annexed to the ablatives of the substantive pronouns,
and sometimes to those of qui and quis; as, mecum, with me.
3. Tenus always stands after its noun, and sometimes takes a
genitive plural.
4. The preposition on which an ablative depends is .sometimes
compounded with a verb; as, Abesse urbe, To be absent from the
city : or with a verbal noun ; as, Omnibus portis eruptidne facta, A
sally having been made from all the gates.
NOTE.—The following are the more common significations of the
preceding prepositions:—
A, ab, or abs, from,—by, (before the doer of an action.)
Absque, without, (little used.)
Coram, before, in the presence of.
Cum, with.
De, concerning, about, of.
E or ex, out of from.
Palam, before, in the presence of.
Prae, before, in comparison with, by reason of.
Pro,for.
Sine, without.
Tenus, as far as.
QUESTIONS.—How many and what prepositions are followed by the ablative 7
What is the distinction in the use of a and ab, e and ex ? To what words is cuman­
nexed? What is said of the position of tenus 1 What is the rule for the ablative
after a verb compounded with a preposition 1 Where does a or ab signify by 1

GENITIVE AFTER NOUNS.

133

EXERCISES.
[. Ex urbe aufugio.
Omnia meaa porto mecum.
Pras moerore loqui non possum.
Socrates de immortalitate disseruit.
Caius ab amicis laudatur.
Alexander omnia oceano tenus vicit.
Navitae detrudunt naves scopulo.
Ex vita discedo tanquam ex hospitio non tanquam ex domo.
Timoleon Dionysium tot& Sicilia depulit.
Athletae vino abstinuerunt.
Milites Romani prcelio excesserunt.
Me domo mea expulistis.
(a) All my things, all my property. Less. 91, t>.

If. The shepherd drives (his)
sheep before him.
Plants cannot grow without air.

Pastor prae sui ovis ago.

Sine aer planta cresco non pos­
sum.
No one has lived without grief. Nemo sine dolor, sine gaudium
(no one) without joy.
vivo.
You (plur.) are safe, if God is Tutus sum, si Deus tu-cum sum.
with you.
Hannibal passed over the Alps Hannibal Alpes cum exercftus
with an army.
transeo.
The Gauls retired fromthe battle. Gallus prcelium excedo.
The hen broods (her) chickens Gallina pullus sub ala foveo.
. under (hfcr) wings.

LESSON 100.
GENITIVE AFTER NOUNS.

A noun which limits the meaning of another noun, de­
noting a different person or thing, is put in the genitive.
REMARK 1.—A pronoun limiting the meaning of a noun is put in
the genitive j as, Pars tui, A part of thee.
REMARK 2.—The genitive is subjective when it denotes the subect of the action, feeling, &c., implied in the limited noun; as,
unonis ira. The anger of Juno. It is objective when it denotes the
object of such action, feeling, &c.; as, Amor virtutis, The love of
virtue.

3

NOTE 1.—The genitive commonly stands before the word which it limits, unless
the latter is emphatic.
NOTE 2,—When a noun is limited by an adjective and a genitive, the adjective
stands first; as, Omnis comJtum ordo, All the train of attendants

12

134

GENITIVE AFTER NOUNS.

QUESTIONS.—What are the terminations of the genitive singular in the severa.
declensions]—of the genitive plural? What is the rule for the genitive after a
noun? Where does the genitive commonly stand? What is the general rule for
the position of oblique cases ? When a noun is limited by an adjective and a geni
tive, which stands first ? What is the rule for a pronoun limiting a noun ? When
is the genitive subjective 1 When is it objective ?

EXERCISES.

I. Deus est mundi creator.
Honor est praemium virtutis.
Lusciniarum cantus delectat.
Roma totius orbis caput fuit.
India oriental is pavonis patria est.
Inopia est artium inventrix.
Plato Soeratis auditor fuit.
Effigies dedrum erant sacrae.
Sapientia est rerum divinarum et humanarum scientia.
Caput est omnium sensuum sedes.
II. The punishment of a mur- Supplicium homicida justus
derer is just.
sum.
The mind of the wise man will Animus sapiens sum serenus.
be tranquil.
Apollo was the god of medicine. Apollo sum medicina deus.
Mercury was the messenger of Mercurius sum deus nuntius.
. the gods.
The temples of the Greeks and Ro- Templum Graeeus et Romanus
mans were sacred.
sum (imperf.) sacer.
Greece was the native-country of Grasciasum patria multus homo
many illustrious men.
illustris.
Philosophy is the love of wisdom. Philosophia sum sapientia
amor.
Hannibal was the son of Hamilcar, Hannibal sum Alius Hamilcar,
a general of the Carthaginians.
dux Carthaginiensis.
Romulus was the grandson of Nu- Romulus sum Numitor nepos,
mitor and the son of Rhea Silvia.
et Rhea Silvia filius.
EXAMPLE OP ANALYSIS AND PARSING.

Honor est pramium virtutis, Honor is the reward of
virtue.
! ANALYSIS.—This is a simple sentence, having a grammatical
subject and a logical predicate. Its subject is honor, its grammati­
cal predicate is est prcemium ; Less. 84, 3 : prcemium, which by itself
denotes a reward of any kind, is limited by virtutis to a particular
kind of reward, viz. that bestowed on account of virtue.
PARSING.—Honor is an abstract noun, N. and V. honor, G. hono­
ris : of the third declension, masculine gender; it is found in the
singular number, and is nominative to est; "The noun or pro.
noun," &c.

GENITIVE OR ABLATIVE OF QUALITY,

125

QUESTIONS.—Why Is honor a noun 1 Why an abstract noun 7 Why of the third
declension 7 Why of the masculine gender 7 A. " Nouns ine r,o r,o," &c. Less.
12. 1. Why singular number 7

Est. See Less. 91.
Prcemium is a common noun, N. Ac. and Y. prcemium, G. pramii; of the second declension, neuter gender; it is found in the sin­
gular number, and is nominative, after est; " A noun in the predi­
cate," &c.
Virtutis is an abstract noun, N. and V. virtus, G. virtutis; of the
third declension, feminine gender ; it is found in the singular num­
ber, genitive case, limiting prcemium; "A noun which limits iho
meaning of another noun," &c. Less. 100.
QUESTIONS —Why is virtus a noun 7 Why an abstract noun ? Why of the thin}
declension 7 Why feminine gender 7 A. " Nouns, not increasing in e s<fce. Less.
15, 1. Why in the singular number 7

LESSON

101.

GENITIVE OR ABLATIVE OF QUALITY.

When a noun limiting the meaning of another noun de­
notes a property, character, or quality, it has an adjec­
tive agreeing with it, and is put either in the genitive or
the ablative.
REMARKS.

1. With nouns of time or number the genitive of quality is always
used.
2. When the quality is an essential one the genitive is commonly
used ; as, Vir summce prudentice, A man of the greatest prudence.
3. In the predicate of a sentence after sum or jio, the ablative of
quality is more common than the genitive.
NOTE.—With the ablative of quality sum is often translated to
have or to possess.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for thegenitive or ablative of quality ? With what
nouns is the genitive always used? When the quality is an essential one, w!i.t<
case is commonly used 7 Which is commonly used in the predicate after sum ot
Jio 1 How is sum often translated with the ablative of quality.

EXERCISES.

I. Homo maximi ingenii.—Homines suramee virtutis.
HBBC est res magni laboris.—Fecit iter unius diei.
Cato filium summo ingenio summaque virtute amisit.
Hector erat insigni virtute.—Fossa pedum trium.
Incredibili sollicitudine sum de valetudine tuS
Vulgus ingenio mobili erat.

136

GENITIVE OR ABLATIVE OF QUALITY.

II. Lysander was (a man) of the Lysander sum summus virtus.
greatest bravery.
Catiline was (a man) of great in­ Catilina sum magnus inconstanconstancy.
tia.
An armistice of thirty days has Indutiae triginta dies fio.
been made.
A thanksgiving of twenty-two Supplicatio viginti duo dies de«
days was decreed.
cerno.
I have great hope.
Sum magnus spes.
Pompey and Caesar had not the Pompeius et Caesar non sum
same mind.
idem mens.
All (men) have peculiar good Omnis sum singularis benevolenwill towards you.
tia in tu.
The pyramid was of eight hun­ Pyramis sum octingenti pes.
dred feet (i. e. was eight hun­
dred feet high.)
Be of good courage.
Sum bonus animus.
Cato possessed singular saga­ Cato singularis sum piudentia
city and industry.
et industria.
EXAMPLES OF ANALYSIS AND PAUSING.

Incredibili sollicitudine sum de valetudine tud, I have
incredible anxiety concerning your health.
ANALYSIS.—This is a simple sentence. Its subject is ego under­
stood, Less. 90, N. 2; its grammatical predicate is sum with homo
or the like understood, Less. 101; which is limited by sollicitudine,
and this is limited both by the adjective incredibili and by de valetudine, and valetudine by tud.
PARSING.— Sum

is the substantive verb, (conjugate it, &c.)
Incredibili is an adjective from incredibilis, incredibile,—of the
third declension, and two terminations; it is found in the feminine
gender, singular number, N. and V. incredibilis, G. incredibilis, D.
and Ab. incredibili, Ac. incredibilem, in the ablative case, agreeing
with sollicitudirie s " Adjectives, adjective pronouns," &c.
• Sollicitudine is an abstract noun, N. and V. sollicitudo} G. sollicitudiniSy &c.; it is found in the singular number, ablative case;
" When a noun limiting," &c. Less. 101.
Deis a preposition followed by the ablative.
Valetudine is an abstract noun, from valetudo, N. and V. i"iletudo,
G. valetudinis, &c.; of the third declension, feminine gender, singu­
lar number; it is found in the ablative case; "Eleven preposi­
tions," &c.
Tua is a possessive adjective pronoun, from tuus, tua, tuumt of
the first and second declensions; it is found in the feminine gender,
N. and V. tua, G. and D. tuce, Ac. tuam, Abl. tud, singular num»
ber, ablative case, agreeing with valetudine; " Adjectives," &c.

GENITIVE WITH SUM.

L E S*S O N

137

10 2.

GENITIVE WITH SUM.

1. The noun on which the genitive depends is often
wanting in the predicate after sum.
REMARK 1.—In translating the genitive after sum, the word man,
person, or animal, is sometimes to be supplied, and sometimes part,)
property, nature, characteristic, duty, mark, sign, proof, custom, or the
like.
REMARK 2. —In this construction, when part, property, &c., are to
be supplied, an infinitive is often the subject of the verb.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the genitive with sum? IA translating the
genitive after sum, what is to be supplied 7 What is often the subject of the verb,
when part, property, <fcc., are to be supplied %

EXERCISES.
I. Prudentia est senectutis.
Pauperis® est6 numerarepecus.
Cujusvis hominis est errare.
Insipientis" est* in errore perseverare.
Estc sapientis rustlci supervacuas frondes vitis decerpSre.'
Estc magistrates malorum homlnum temeritatid resistere.
Estc nobilis naturae semper sperare.
Claudius somni brevissimi erat.
Formica est magni laboris.
IL It is a mark of avarice to de- Sum avaritia nimius (neut.) de­
sire too much.
sidero.
It is the duty of men to pity the Sum homo misereor infelix.«-*
unfortunate.
To strive in vain is a proof of the Frustra nitor extremus dementia
greatest folly.
sum.c
It is a mark of a temperate man Sum contmens® non nimius
not to desire too much.
(neut.) desidero.
(a) Less. 91,4. (6) Numerate is the grammatical subject, and numerate pecua
the logical subject, (c) What is the grammatical, and what the logical subject of
.'lis verb 1 id) What is the rule for this dative 1 (e) Less. 107.

LESSON

103.

GENITIVE AFTER PARTITIVES. '

1. Nouns, adjectives, adjective pronouns, and adverbs,
denoting a part, are followed by a genitive denoting the
whole.

12#

138

GENITIVE AFTER PARTITIVES.

2. Nihil, a neuter adjective of quantity, or a neuter
pronoun, followed by a partitivE genitive, is often to be
translated by an adjective agreeing with its noun ; as,
Nihil prcemii, No reward. Tantum Jidei, So much fidelity. Id ternporis, That time.

3. The partitive genitive after nihil and neuter adjec­
tives and pronouns, is sometimes a neuter adjective of the
second declension, used as a noun ; as,
Nihil sinceri, No sincerity. Tantum boni, So much good. Si quid
kabes novi, If you have any thing new.
NOTE 1.—The English signs of the partitive genitive are of or
NOTE 2.—Instead of a genitive after partitives, the ablative or the
accusative with a preposition often occurs; as, Units ex multis, One
of many.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the partitive genitive ?—for the translation of
nihil, &c., when followed by a partitive genitive 1 What sometimes supplies the
place of a noun in the partitive genitive after nihil, &c. 1 What are the English
signs of the partitive genitive ? What other construction may follow partitives 1

I. Vulpes omnium bestiarum callidissima est.
Tarquinius omnium regum Romanorum postremus fuit.
Indus est omnium fluiiiinum maximus.
Cicero erat oratorum Romanorum eloquentissimus,
Socrates fuit philosophorum Graecorum sapientissimus.
Catilina satis« eloquentiae, parum® sapientiae habuit.
In eo6 plus mali quam boni fuit.
(a) An indeclinable neuter adjective of quantity, used substantively, the object
of habuit. (fi) In eo, " in him." Less. 42, 2.

II. The Belgians are the bravest
of all the Gauls.
Syracuse was the largest of the
Grecian cities.
This was the most grateful of all
triumphs.
There is no one of the sisters.
. I have this consolation. T2.}
I give the same advice. (2.)
No news has been brought to
us. (3.)
There is much evil in example.
Crassus had sufficient severity.

Gallus omnis fortis sum Belgoe.
Syracuse (plur.) sum magnus
Grascus urbs.
Hie sum omnis triumphus grat us.
Nullus sum soror.
Hie consolatio habeo.
Idem consilium do.
Nihil novus ad ego affero.
Sum multus malum in exemplum.
Crassus habeo severitas satis.

GENITIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES.

139

LESSON 104.
GENITIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES.

Adjectives which in English are followed by of or in
respect of\ are in Latin followed by a genitive.
REMARK 1.—This rule includes especially verbals in ax, participials in ns, and a few in tus, and adjectives denoting an affection
of the mind.
REMARK 2.—Many adjectives included in this rule, instead of the
genitive, are sometimes construed with the infinitive or a clause, or
with the accusative or the ablative, either with or without a prepo­
sition.
REMARK 3.—Adjectives of plenty or want, and some others, are fol­
lowed by either the genitive or the ablative.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the genitive after adjectives1 What does this
rule include? What other constructions sometimes follow these adjectives?
What is the rule for adjectives of plenty or want 1

EXERCISES.
Veteres Romani erant laudis avidi, pecuniae libera]es.
Italia plena erat Graecarum coloniarum.
Pisistratus erat artium et litterarum amantissimus.
Pompeius Magnus erat potestatis cupidissimus.
Conon rei militaris prudens fuit.
Soli sunt cantare periti Arcades.
Ille erat avidus in pecuniis.
Amor et melle et felle est fecundissimus.
Gallia frugum hominumque fertilis fuit.
Pyrrhus belli peri tus fuit, et perpetui imperii cupldus.
Homo solus est particeps rationis.
Pompeius pasne omnium vitiorum expers erat.
II. The ancient Germans were Priscus Germanus non sum
not fond of letters.
(imperf.) amans litter®.
My mind is conscious of recti­ Meus mens sum rectum conscius.
tude.
Caius was unmindful of a favor. Caius sum immemor beneficium.
Sum timor plenus.
I am full of fear.
Wild beasts are destitute of rea­ Fera sum expers ratio et sermo.
son and speech.
The harbor is full of ships.
Portus sum navis plenus'.
Cato was very patient of inju­ Cato sum patiens injuria.
ries.
The ancient Germans were pa­ Antiquus Germanus sum patiens
tent of thirst, cold, and labor.
sitis, frigus, et labor, (plur.}

140

GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.

LESSON

105.

GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.

I. The person or thing which one remembers or for­
gets, is put either ir* the genitive or the accusative.
2 The thing of which one is admonished, is put in the
genitive, or in the ablative with de.
3. The crime of which one is accused, convicted,
condemned, or acquitted, is put in the genitive, and some­
times in the ablative with or without a preposition.
4. The punishment to which one is condemned is put
in the genitive, the ablative, or the accusative with ad or
in.
NOTE.—Verbs of remembering and forgetting are, recordor, meminiy reminiscor and obliviscor:—of admonishing, moneot and its
compounds.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for verbs of remembering and forgetting ?—of
admonishing 1—of accusing, &c. 7 In what case is the word denoting the punish­
ment, after verbs of condemning? Name the verbs of remembering, &c.—of ad­
monishing.

EXERCISES.

I. Recordamur prasteritorum «
Tua merita recordor.
Injuri&rura obliviscamur.
Caius injurias oblitus est.
Caius me.egestatis6 admonuit.
.Memlni constantiae tuae.
Ille damnatus est longi laboris.

Cassar pristine virtutis Helvetiorum rerniniscltur.
Amicos nostros reminiscor.
Caius ad metalla condemnaius
est.
Judices Caium capitis damnaverunt.
(a) Less. 91,5.
(6) sc. meo&.z Less. 91, 6.
II. I call to mind that day.
Recordor ille dies.
Thou forgettest injuries, but re- Obliviscor injuria, sed recordot
memberest favors.
beneficium.
Thou remindest me of (my) Ego promissum moneo.
promise.
I remember your friend.
Memini amicus tuus.
I am reminded of your constancy. Moneo de tuus constantia.
Caius was condemned to death.® Caius caput damno.
Thou hast accused me of theft.
Ego furtum acctiso.
Thou hast been convicted of Convinco proditio.
treachery.
(a) abl.

GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.

LESSON

141

106.

GENITIVE AFTER VERBS—(CONTINUED.)

1. Sum , and verbs of valuing , are followed by a geni
tive denoting degree of estimation ; as,
Est magni, It is of great value. Virtutem magni cestimat, He val­
ues virtue highly, or at a high price.

2. Refert and interest are followed by a genitive of
the person or thing, whose concern or interest they
denote.
REMARKS.

1. After sum and verbs of valuing, the degree of value is com­
monly expressed by the genitive of a neuter adjective of quantity.
2. After refert and interest, the degree of interest or importance is
expressed by the genitive of a neuter adjective, as tanti, quanti, &c.,
by a corresponding adverb, or a neuter noun or pronoun in the ac­
cusative.
3. The subject which interests or concerns one is expressed by an
infinitive or a subjunctive clause.
4. Instead of the genitive of the substantive pronouns, after refert
ana interest, the possessive adjective pronouns mea^ tua% sua, nostra,
and vestra,, are used.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for sum and verbs of valuing?—for refert and
interest ? By what part of speech is the degree of value commonly expressed 7
How is degree of interest, <fcc., expressed after refert and interest? How is the
subject which interests, <fcc., expressed 1 Is the genitive of the substantive pro­
nouns used after refert and interest ?

EXERCISES.

I. Caius virtfttem parvi sestlmat. Mea multum interest hoc scire.
GLuanti est aestimanda virtus 1
Q,uid mea interest 1
Interest omnium recte facere.
Interest nostra, ut vos hoc accuHumanitatis refert.
rate sciatis.
Tua nihil refert.
Tua magni interest hoc videre.
II. That you (sing.) live happily Tu beate vivo (R. 3) mea mulgreatly concerns me.
turn interest.
It is important for us, that I Refert nostra, ego adsum. R. 3.
should be present.
It more concerns the state than Magis respublica interest quam
me.
.
Caius valued my labor very Caius meus labor magnus aestihighly. (sup.)
mo.
The field is of very-little value.
Ager est parvus.

142

GENITIVE AFTER VERBS.

LESSON 107.
GENITIVE AFTER VERBS—(CONTINUED.)

1. Misereor and miseresco, to pity, are followed by
the genitive.
2. The impersonate miseret, panitet, pudet, tcedet, and
piget, take a genitive of the object, and an accusative of
the person whose feeling they denote.
REMARK .—An infinitive or a clause sometimes supplies the place
of the genitive.
NOTE .—The accusative after these impersonals is generally to be
translated as if it were the subject; as, Edrum nos miseret, We pity

them.
3. Verbs which usually take the ablative, including such
as denote an affection of the mind, those which signify to
Jill, to abound, and to want, with potior, to gain posses
sion, sometimes take the genitive.

QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for misereor and miseresco 7—for the impersotials miseret &c. 7 How is the place of the genitive sometimes supplied 1 How is
the accusative to be translated after these impersonals 1 What other verbs some­
times take the genitive 1
EXERCISES.

I. Miserem!ni° sociorum.
Eorum nos miseret.
Eos ineptiarum poenltet,
Miserescite regis.
Tui me miseret.
Eget aeris Cappadocum rex.

Fratris me pudet pigetque.
Me civitatis morum piget taedeU
que.
Angor animi.
Ejus justitiae miror.
Harum rerum abundftmus.

(a) Imperative.

II. I pity (my) countrymen.
We pity the unfortunate soldiers.
I pity you° and (your) friends.
You6 repent of your negligence.
You° are weary of this labor.
I repent of having done this.c
[ need counsel.
He obtains the kingdom.
He filled me with fear.
These things make me weary
of life
(a) plur.

Misereor civis.
Miseresco infelix miles.
Miseret ego tu et amicus.
Tu poenitet negligentia.
Tu taedet hie labor.
Ego hie facio (/?.) poenitet
Egeo consilium.
Potior regnum.
Ille ego formido compleo.
Hie res vita ego saturo

(6) sing.

(c) neut.

GEN., ACC., AND ABLA'liVE OF PLACE.

LESSON

143

108.

GENITIVE, ACCUSATIVE, AND ABLATIVE OF PLACE.

1. The name of the town at or in which any thing is
said to be or to be done, if of the first or second declen­
sion and singular number, is put in the genitive ; if of the
third declension or plural number, it is put in the abla­
tive.
2. After verbs of motion, the preposition is omitted
before the name of the town to or from which the motion
proceeds—the name of the former is put in the accusa­
tive—of the latter, in the ablative.
REMARK 1.—Domus and rus, and in the genitive militia, belli, and
humi, are construed like names of towns.
REMARK 2.—The ablative of place, even when it is not the name
of a town, is often used without a preposition.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the name of the town at or in which 7—foi
the name of the town to or from which? What other words are construed like
names of towns? What is said of the ablative of place when it is not the name
of a town 1

EXERCISES.
1. Dionysius Corinthi pueros docebat.
Quid Romae faciem1
Hercules Tyri maxlme colebatur.
Olim Athenis Alcibiades potens
fuit.

Cicero Syracusis quaestor fuit.
Publius Ovidius" Sulmdnenatus
est.
Archias6 poetaa Antiochiee natus
est.
Post Codrum nemo Athenis regnavit.

(a) Less. 89.
(b) A Greek noun of the first declension. See Less. 8, R. 2.

II. Hannibal tres modios annulorum aureorum Carthaginem
misit.
Cassar Romam profectus est.
Caesar Tarracdne discedit, et Narbonem pervenit.
Dionysius Platonem Athenis arcessivit.
Meus pater rure jam rediit.
Caius tenuit se dorni.—Ite domum.
Ille domi nostras vixdt.—Rure hue advenit.
Galli domos abierant.—Rus ibo.
Consul "Agrigentum legiones duxit.

144

DATIVE.

III.

There was a very celebrated tem­
ple of Apollo at Delphi.
At* Alexandria and Pergamus
there were formerly very great
libraries.
The fountain Arethusa was at
Syracuse.
I seem to be at Rome.
I was waiting for letters at Thessalonica.
Demaratus fled from Tarquinii
to Corinth.
I am banished from home.

Delphi clarus Apollo fanum sum.
Alexandria et Pergamum olim
magnus bibliotheca sum.
Fons Arethusa Syracusas sum.
Roma videor sum.
Litterse exspecto Thessalonica.
Demaratus fugio Tarquinii Co.
rinthus.
Domus exsulo.

LESSON

109.

DATIVE.

Adjectives and verbs, (except verbs of motion,) when
followed in English by to or for, take the dative in Latin.
REMARKS.

1. Nouns also and particles, when followed in English by to or
for, sometimes take a dative.
2. The dative is sometimes used like a possessive genitive; as,
Qui corpus porrigitur, Whose body is extended.

3. Some adjectives compounded with con, and verbals in bUis, are
followed by a dative.
4. Similis, dissimUis, par, proprius, superstes, and some other ad­
jectives, instead of a dative sometimes take the genitive.
5. Some adjectives having in English the sign to or for, are fol­
lowed by the prepositions ad, in, erga, or adversus, with the accusa­
tive.
6. Some adjectives and verbs which take the dative, are followed
in English by with or some other preposition instead of to or for.
QUESTIONS.—What is the general rule for the dative in Latin after adjectives
and verbs ? What other parts of speech sometimes take a dative 1 For what other
case is the dative sometimes used 1 What is the rule for adjectives compounded
with con and verbals in bilis ? What is said of similis, «fee. 1 How are some
adjectives having the sign to or for sometimes construed 1 What other preposi­
tion is sometimes used instead of to or for ?
EXERCISES.

I. Hie labor nobis nonest difiicilis.
[lie locus insidiis est aptus.

Hoc consilium reipublicae estpericulosum.
Atticus mihi est amicissimus.

DATIVE WITHOUT TO OR FOR.

Ocas omnium saluti providet.
Senatus populi saluti diligenter
consuluit.
Nihil unquam mihi fuit jucundius.
II. These labors are easy for us.
These plans are dangerous to the
state.
We have always beer; very
friendly to you. (plur.)
You will provide lor our safety.
The senate consulted for their
own safety.
Thou sowest for thyself,thou wilt
reap for thyself.
1 am called a brother to you.
{sing.)
He will always be to me a god.
We live agreebly to nature.
[t is unknown to me.

145

Nox est somno opportuna.
Laus virtuti debetur.
Non nobis solum nati sumus.
Mea domus tibi patet.
Hie labor ego facllis sum.
(See above.)
Ego semper sum tu amicus.
Tu noster salus provideo.
(Their own, suus.)
Tu sero, tu meto.
Dico tu frater.
Sum ille ego semper deus.
Vivo congruenter natura.
Ego clam sum.

LESSON 11 0.
THE DATIVE WITHOUT TO OR FOR.

1. Verbs signifying,
To favor, serve, command, assist,
Spa?^, trust, distrust, obey, resist,
To hurt, heal, marry,* envy, threaten,
Persuade, be angry, please, and pardon,
take the dative without the sign to or for.
• Nubo, which is used only of the bride.

2. After adjectives of likeness, which govern a dative, to is com«
monly omitted.
3. Many active verbs omit to before the dative of the person when
it immediately follows the verb; as, Give me the book; otherwise
they retain it; as, Give the book to roe.
4. The adverb obviam takes a dative without to or for.
QUESTIONS.—What do those verbs signify after which the dative is used with­
out to or/or 7 After what adjectives is the sign to commonly omitted 1 When do
many active verbs omit to before the dative of the person 1 What adverb takes ?
dative without to or for ?

146

DATIVE WITHOUT TO OR FOR.

EXERCISES.

Medici gravibus morbis medentur.
Homines paribus suis invident.
Julia Pompeio nupserat.
Mors nulli parcit.
Boni homines aliis non invident.
Non irascor amicis meis.
Cui persuasisti ? Nemo tibi credit.
Improbus homo patriae leglbus non parebit
Mihi ignosce. Ilia mihi placet.
Reipubllcae semper favi, et dignitati ac glori® tu«.
Haec civitas ceteris gentibus imperat.
Nemo invideo.
II. I envy no one.
The soldiers spared the house of Miles Pindarus domus parco.
Pindar.
Portia nubo Caius.
Portia will marry Caius.
Ego non persuadeo.
You will not persuade me.
Nemo malus homo credo.
Nobody will trust bad men.
Pauper dives invideo.
The poor envy the rich.
Romulus was angry with his Romulos irascor frater Remus,
brother Remus.
Ego minor ?
Dost thou threaten us?
My consulship does not please Meus consulatus Antonius non
Antonius.
placeo.
Caius pater similis sum.
Caius is like (his) father.

LESSON

111.

DATIVE WITHOUT TO OR .FO/2—(CONTINUED.)

Verbs compounded with
Ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob,
Post, prae, and super, pro, and sub,
commonly take the dative without the sign to or for.
NOTE 1.—The preposition in composition is often translated as it
would be if separate, and standing immediately before the word
which depends upon it; as, Exercitum exercitui comparavit, He com­
pared army with army; as if it had been, Exercitum cum exercitu
compar&vU.
NOTE 2.—Some verbs of spelling and taking away, and compounds
of aZ>, de, ex, circum, dis, and contra, sometimes take the dative.
NOTE 3.—Verbs compounded with prepositions, instead of the da­
tive, often take the case of the preposition, which is sometimes re­
pealed before its case, or a preposition of similar import is employed

DATIVE WITHOUT TO OR FOR.

147

QUESTIONS.—What is the rule foi the dative after verbs compounded with
prepositions 1 How is the preposition often translated 1 What other compounds
and classes of verbs sometimes take a dative without to orfor 1
EXERCISES.

I. Nihil semper floret; aetas aetati succedit.
Nobis bell urn a te infertur.
Xerxes Graecis bellum intulit.
Omnibus his prceliis adfuit Dolabella.
Csesar Galliae Brutum praefecit.
Demosthenes magnis oratoribus successit.
Gluintus huic convivio non interfuit.
Milo Clodio mortem intulit.
Romanis equitibus litterae afferuntur.
Caesari diadema imponere voluit Antonius.
Conferte hanc pacfcin cum illo bello.
II. The Romans made war upon RomanusCarthaginiensis bellum
the Carthaginians.
infero.
Sloth is hurtful to the mind.
Inertia mens obsum.
Numa succeeded Romulus.
Numa Romulus succSdo.
Aristides was present at the na- Aristidesintersumpugnanavalis.
val battle.
You {sing.) oppose my interests. Meus commodum obsto.
(He) imposed laws on the state. Lex civitas impono.
(He) came suddenly upon the Repente supervenio hostis.
enemy.
They shall not take thee from me. Non ego tu eripio.
A frugal (man) differs from an Parcus avarus discordo.
avaricious (one.)

LESSON 112.
DATIVE WITHOUT TO OR FOR^{C ONTJNUED.)

1. Verbs compounded with sails, bene, and male are
followed by the dative.
2. The participle in dus is followed by a dative of the
agent.
REMARKS.

( a ) The dative o f the agent is sometimes wanting, when a gen­
eral truth is intended to be expressed, or the application is obvious.
In such cases, tibi, vobis, nobis, hominibus, or the like, is to be sup­
plied.
(b) In English the preposition by is used before the word denot­
ing th« agent.

148

DATIVE WITH EST.

(e) The participle in dus, with the verb sum is translated
(1) By the present infinitive passive either with or without must
or ought.
(2) By the present infinitive active with must or ought, the dative
being translated as the subject, and the subject, if any, as the object
of the verb; as,
Adhibenda est nobis diligentia, Diligence is to be used, or must be used by us:
-or, We must use diligence.

3. Verbs of motion, and of calling, inciting, <fcc., are
followed by the accusative with ad or in, and rarely by
the dative.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for verbs compounded with satis, &c. 7—for the
participle in dus ? When may the dative of the agent be omitted 1 What words
may in such cases be supplied! What preposition is used in English before the
word denoting the agent 1 How is the participle in dus with sum to be translated 1
What is the rule lor verbs of motion, &c. J

EXERCISE.

Tibi dii benefaciant omnes.
Ceteris satisfacio, mihi ipsi nunquam satisfacio.
Adhibenda est nobis diligentia.
Semel calcanda est via leti. R. (e.)
Hie, milites, vincendum aut moriendum est.
Si vis me flere, dolendum est primum ipsi tibi. R. (c) (2.)
Legendus mihi saBpe est ille liber.
Moriendum certe est. R. (a) and (e )
Illae ad templum Palladis lbant.
Ille ad praetorem homines traxit.
Clamor it coelo.

L E S S O N 1 1 3 .
DATIVE WITH EST.

Est is followed by a dative denoting a possessor;—
the thing possessed being the subject of the verb.
NOTE.— Est, when thus used, may generally be translated by the
verb to have, with the dative as its subject, and the nominative as
its object; as, Est mihi liber:—m/ihi, I, est, have, liberbook.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for est with the dative 1 How is est with its da
five and subject to be translated 7

TWO DATIVES.

149

EXERCISES.

I. Ledni est praecipua generosftas.
Castori pilus est mollissimus.
Elephanto est proboscis eximiae longitudfnis.
Multis serpentibus exitiale virus est.
Chameleonti figura est lacertae.
Branchiae non sunt balaenis nec delphinis.
lnsectis omnibus sunt seni pedes.
Longae regibus sunt manus.
Est homini sirnilitudo quaedam cum Deo.
II. Each has his own way.
[ also have friends.
I have a father at home.
We have mellow apples.
Spiders and scorpions have eight
feet.
The fig, the vine, and the planetree have very broad leaves.
The myrtle, the pomegranate,
and the olive have narrow
leaves.

Suns quisque mos sum.
Sum et ego amicus.
Sum ego domus pater.
Sum ego mitis pomum.
Aranea et scorpio octo pes sum,
Latus folium sum ficus, vitis, et
platanus.
Angustus foliumsum myrtus,punica, et olea.

L E S S O N

1 1 4 .

TWO DATIVES.

Sum, and many other verbs, take two datives, denoting
respectively the object to which, and the end for which
any thing is, or is done.
NOTE 1.—In this connection sum may be translated is, brings, gives,
affords, causes, serves as or for, conduces or contributes to, &c.
NOTE 2.—The dative of the end is often found without the dative
of the object.
NOTE 3.—The dative of the end with sum, &c., may often be trans­
lated like a predicate nominative; as, Est voluptdti, It is a pleasure.
NOTE 4.—The dative of the person is often expressed in English
by a posstssive adjective, agreeing with the dative of the end, or by
a possessive case.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for two datives1 How may sum in this connection be translated 1 Which of these datives is found without the other"? How
may the dative of the end with sum often be translated 7 How is the dative of the
person oftt i expressed in English 1

13*

160

VOCATIVE.

EXERCISES.

I. Hoc nobis est honori.
Tua valetudo nobis est magnae sollicitudini.
Ampla domus saepe domino est dedecori.
Id tibi honori habetur. N. 3.
Mihi librum donoa pater dedit.
Maturavit consuli venire auxilio. N. 4.
Divitiae multis fuerunt exitio. N. 3 and 4.
Exitio est avidis mare nautis.
(a) As a present.

II. Sedition almost caused ruin
to the city.
This is thought an honor to us.
This conduces to your® advan­
tage.
This contributed to CaesarV
honor.
It is a very great care to me.
Tiie ant serves for an example.*
(A) N. 4.

Seditio prope urbs excidium sura,
Hie honor duco ego.
Hie tu sum commodum.
Hie Caesar honor sum.
Ego magnus sum cura.
Exemplum sum formica.
(b) N. 3.

LESSON

115.

VOCATIVE.

The vocative is used, either with or without an inter­
jection, in addressing a person or thing.
NOTE.—The vocative, like the interjection, forms no part of a
proposition, but shows to whom the discourse is addressed.
INTERJECTIONS.

Most of the interjections may be followed.by the vocative.
En, ecce, O, and pro, may be followed by the nominative, and eny
ecce, O, heu, and pro, by the accusative.
Hei and vcz ara followed by the dative.
QUESTIONS.—How is the vocative used ? What is the use of the vocative 1
What is an inteijection 1 What case may follow most inteijections 7 What inter*
iections may be followed by a nominative 1—by an accusative?—by a dative?

EXERCISES.

I. Mercuri,® facunde nepos6 Atlantis.
O navis. referent in mare te novi lluctus.
Dianam tenerae dicite virglnes.

ABLATIVE AFTER NOUNS, ADJECTIVES, E'IC.

161

O diva, gratum quae regis Antium.
Eheu! fugaces, Posthume, Posthume, labuntur anni.
O vir tortis atque amicus.
En quatuor aras !—Heu me infellcem!
O praeclarum custodem i
Hei mihi I—Vae victis!
II. Whither, Bacchus, dost thou
hurry me 1
O happy thou (acc.) Bollanus!

duo ego, Bacchus, rapio.

Septimius about-to-go with me to
Cadiz.
Friend, whence comest thou ?
O immortal gods! (nom.)
Ah me miserable! (acc.)

Septimius* Gadesc adeo* eg«
cum.
Amicus, unde venio 1
Pro deus immortalis!
Heu ego miser!

( voc .)

O tu, Bollanus, felix!

(a) Less. 9, Exc. 2. (6) Less. 39. (c) Less. 97, 4.

L E S S O N

( d ) Future active participle.

1 1 6 .

ABLATIVE AFTER NOUNS, ADJECTIVES, &c.

1. Opus and usus, signifying need, are usally limited
by the ablative.
REMARK 1.— Opus and usus are sometimes construed with the nom­
inative, the genitive, or the accusative.

2. Dignus, indignus, contentus, prxditus, and fretus,
are followed by the ablative.
REMARK 2.—These adjectives often take an infinitive, or a clause,
and dignus and indignus sometimes take a genitive.
REMARK 3.—Dignor and digne derivatives of dignus, are likewise
construed with the ablative.

3. Perfect participles denoting origin, often take an
ablative of the source without a preposition.
NOTE .—Pa#iciples

denoting origin are natus, solus, ortus, edifa

genltus, and the like.

4. Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their com­
pounds, are followed by the ablative.
REMARK 4.— Ulor, &c., sometimes take an accusative, and polio*
is also found with the genitive. Less. 107, 3.

152

ABLATIVE AFTER NOUNS, ADJECTIVES, ETC.

5. Verbs signifying to rejoice, glory or confide in, rely
or depend upon, exchange for, mingle with, feast or
upon, consist of and some others, often take an ablative
without a preposition.
QUESTIONS .—What is the construction of opus and usus ? What is the rule
respecting dignus, &c. 7—respecting perfect participles denoting origin? What
words are included in this rule 7 What is the construction of utor, &c. ?—of
words signifying to rejoice in, &c. 1
EXERCISES.

Corp5ria cibo ac potione opus est.
Nunc animis opus est, nunc pectore firmo.
Nunc viribus usus est, nunc manibus rapidis.
Pauca memoria digna evenere.
Romulus imperio potitus est.
Epicurus confirmat deosft membris humanis esse praeditos
Pisces pinnis veluti r©mise utuntur.
O pueri, casulis et collibus yivlte contenti.
Numidae plerumque lacte et ferina came vescebantur.
Elephantus probuscide ceu rostro^' longo utitur.
Curio vobis fretus hoc fecit.
Multae bestiae aliis vescuntur.
Orte Saturno, tibi cura magni Caesaris data est.
(«) Less. 113.
(A) Less. 95, 3.
(c) Remis is connected to pinnis by the adverb veluti. Less. 93,8.
(d) Connected to proboscide by ceu. Less. 93, 8.

II. There is need of magistrates.
There is need of examples.
We enjoy the plains and mountains.
We are not deserving of censure.
The life which we enjoy is short.
With these(things) I am content.
Many men abuse their leisure.
Curio is possessed of the highest
talents.
Exert (sins.) all (your) powers.
Learn {sing.) to be content with
little.
Augustus possessed alone the
Roman government.
'
Trusting to my own opinion I
have erred.
I rejoice in your dignity.
He glories in his victory.
I rely on his advice.
He exchanged sheep for horses.
They trusted in bodily strength.
They live upon flesh.

Magistratus opus sum.
Exemplum opus sum.
Ego campus et mons fruor.
Non sum dignus reprehensio.
Vita, qui fruor, brevis sum.
Hie sum contentus.
Multus homo otium suus abtitor.
Curio summus ingenium praeditus sum.
Utor vistotus.
Disco parvus (?&ew2.)sum contentus.
Augustus imperium Romanusi
solus potior.
Meus opinio fretus erro.
Laetor tuus dignltas.
Suus victoria glorior.
Is consilium nitor.
Ovis muto equus.
Conf ido corpus {gen.) firmitas,
Carovivo.

ABLATIVE OF CAUSE, ETC.

LESSON

153

117.

ABLATIVE OF CAUSE, &c.

1. Nouns denoting the cause, manner, means, and
instrument, after adjectives and verbs, are put in the
ablative without a preposition.
NOTE 1.—The voluntary agent of a verb in the passive voice, is
put in the ablative with a or ab. Less. 124.

2. Verbs which in English are followed by with, com­
monly take the ablative in Latin without a preposition.
NOTE 2.—With the ablative of accompaniment, cum is usually ex­
pressed; as, C&sar cum omnibus copiis sequitur, Caesar follows with
all (his) forces.
NOTE 3. —The ablative without a preposition is often used to de­
note that in accordance with which any thing is, or is done; as,
Nostro more, According to our custom.

3. Verbs signifying to abound, and to be destitute,
take the ablative without a preposition. See L. 107, 3.
4. A noun denoting that of which any thing is depriv­
ed, or from which it is freed, removed or separated, is
often put in the ablative without a preposition.
5. A noun, adjective, or verb, may be followed by the
ablative, denoting in what respect their signification is
taken ; as,
Pietate Jilius, A son in affection.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rale for nouns denoting the cause, «fee. 1—for the vol­
untary agent of a verb in the passive voice?—for verbs which in English are fol­
lowed by with!—for the ablative of accompaniment?—for that in accordance with
which any thing is, or is done?—for verbs signifying to abound, <fcc. ?—for a noun
denoting that of which any thing is deprived, &c. ?—for the noun denoting in
ichat respect the signification of a noun, adjective, or verb is taken 1

EXERCISES.

I. Canis custodiae causa alitur.
Apollo imprudens Narcissum disco peremit.
Mortuum mare ventis non movetur.
Ancus Marcius Latinos bello domuit.
Tarquinius Superbus cognomen suum moribus" meruit.
Differunt rosae multitudine foliorum, colore, et odore.
Hirundines nidos luto construunt.
Struthiocamelus non a terra pennis tollitur.
Lepus auribus longis et pedum celeritate est notus.
Omnibus modis miser sum.
haaaaw
(a) Less. 91, 6.

io4

ABLATIVE OF PRICE AND TIME.

II. Terra se gramine vestit.
Terrore impletur Africa.
Tyrii naves onerant auro.
Urbs redundat militlbus.
Villa abundat lacte, easeo, et melle.
Nudantur arbores foliis.
Me possessionibus meis pepulisti.
Clodium diligo, et a Clodio diligor.
Cimbri et Teutoni a C. Mario pulsisunt.
Corona a populo data est.
II !e e concilio multis cum millibus ibat.
Caesar cum omnibus copiis Helvetios sequi coepit.
[II. Some insects are armed with Aliquis insectum aculeus arma
stings.
The walnut is protected by a Nux juglans geminus operimendouble covering.
turn protego.
Magpies are distinguished by a Pica longus insignis cauda sum.
long tail.
The cock announces the coming Gallus dies veniens cantus nunday by crowing.
tio.
The house of Tullus Hostilius Domus Tullus Hostilius fulmen
was struck by lightning.
ico.
Aer homo careo non possum.
Men cannot do-without air.
The king was vanquished in war. Rex bellum vinco.
Our garden abounds in flowers. Hortus noster flos abundo.
Themistocles was banished from Themistocles populus suffragium Athenae«ejicio.
Athens by the votes of the peo­
ple.
Carthage was destroyed by Carthago a Scipio deleo.
Scipio.
Agrigentum a city of Sicily, was Agrigentum, Sicilia urbs, a Carthaginiensis diruo.
destroyed by the Carthagini. ans.
Deiotarus was called king by the Deiotarus rex a senatus appello.
senate.
(a) Less. 108. 2.

L E S S O N 1 1 8 .
ABLATIVE OF PRICE AND TIME.

1. The price of a thing is putin the ablative.
Exc.—The geniti ves tanti. quanti, and their compounds, and also
pluris and minoris, are used to denote a price.
REMARK 1. —The ablative of price is often an adjective of quantity
or value without a noun j as, magna, parvo, vili, &c

ABLATIVE OF PRICE AND TIME.

155

2. A noun denoting the time at or within which any
thing is said to be, or to be done, is put in the ablative
without a preposition.
REMARK 2.—A precise time is often denoted by ante, post, or ab­
hinc with the accusative or the ablative ; as, Paucos post dies. Paucis ante diebus. Abhinc annos or annis decern:—or by the neuter accu­
sative id with the genitive.
QUESTIONS .—What is the rule for the price of a thing 1 What words are ex­
cepted l How is the ablative of price often expressed without a noun 1 What is
the rule for the ablative of time 1 How is a precise time often denoted 1

EXERCISES.

I. Vendfdit hic^auro patriam.
Magno pretio virtus aestimatur.
Reges pacem ingenti pretio mercabantur.
Isocrates unam orationem viginti talentis vendidit.
Vendldi meam domum pluris.
Parvo pretio ea6 vendidi.
Hieme ursi in antris dormiunt.
Postero die Helvetii castra* ex eo loco movent.
Nemo mortalium omnibus horis sapit.
Proximo triennio omnes gentes sutyegit.
Consul fuit abhinc annos quindecim.
Mortuus est aliquot ante annos.
Venit id temporis.—Veniet ad id diei.
(a) Hie, this (man). Less. 91, 4. (6) Ea, those (things). Less. 91, 5.
(c) Less. 91, 6.

II. The book cost me (i. e. was Liber egoa consto decussis.
or stood to me at) ten asses.
The house is of great value.
Domus consto ingens merces.
He sold his house for a large Vendo suus domus grandispecusum.
nia.
The same day ambassadors came Idem dies legatus ad Caesar venio,
to Caesar.
We sailed in the winter.
Hiems navigo.
He sold the farm for less.
Ager parvus vendo,
(a) Less. 109.

LESSON

119.

CONSTRUCTION OF COMPARATIVES.

1, The comparative degree is followed by the abla.
tive when quam is omitted.

156

CONSTRUCTION

OF COMPARATIVES.

2. When quam is expressed after a comparative, the
things compared are put in the same case. Less. 88, 2.
NOTE 1. — Quam is sometimes understood after plus, minus, and

amplius.

3. The degree of difference between objects compared
is expressed by the ablative after comparatives, and
words implying comparison.
NOTE 2.—By may commonly be used in Englis-h before the abla­
tive denoting degree of difference; as, Dimidio minor, Less by half.
NOTE 3.—The comparative degree may sometimes be translated
by the positive with too or rather; as tristior, rather sad.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the construction of the comparative when
quam is omitted 1—when quam is expressed 1 With what words is quam some­
times understood 7 What is the rule for the degree of difference between objects
compared 1 What preposition may be used in English before the ablative denot­
ing degree of difference 1 How may the comparative sometimes be translated 1

EXERCISES.

I. Nihil est optabilius sapientia.
Nulla beliua prudentior est elephanto.
Argentum vilius est auro.
Nihil est dulcius vera gloria.
Graeca lingua est difficilior quam Romana.
Senectus imbecillior est quam adolescentia.
Ctuoa plus habent, eo" plus cupiunt.
Gluo quis6 indoctior est, eo impudentior.
Hibernia dimidio (N. 2) minor est, quam Britannia.
Venit multo ante lucis adventum.—Post paulo discessit.
Multo praestat— Liberiusvivebat. (N. 3.)
( ) Quo—eo, " by how much—by so much," or "the more—the more."
( ) Quis for allquis, any one.

II. Nothing is more amiable than
virtue.
Nothing is more laudable than
clemency.
A disgraceful retreat is worse
than death.
The swan is larger than the
goose.
The swan is much larger than
the goose.
The wild goat is a little less than
the stag.
Good examples are more useful
than precepts.
I say that the swan is larger
tnan the goose. *
(a) Less. 40,3.

Nihil sum amabilis virtus,
Nihil sum laudabilis dementia,
Turpis fuga mors sum malus.a
Cygnussura anser magnus«
Cygnus sum multus anser magnus.
Caprea cervus paulus parvus
sum.
Bonus exemplum utilis sum
quam praeceptum.
Dico cygnus/j sum anser magnus.

(6) Less. 94,3.

(c) Less. 94,1.

157

ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.

LESSON 120.
ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.

A noun and a participle .are put in the ablative abso­
lute, to supply the place of a dependent clause.
REMARK 1. —Two nouns, or a noun and an adjective, maybe pur
in the ablative absolute, when in English the participle being is to
be supplied between them ; as,
Romam venit Mario conaule, He came to Rome, Marius being consul, i. e. in
the consulship of Marius.

NOTE 1.—The ablative absolute in Latin may commonly be trans­
lated by the nominative absolute in English.
NOTE 2. —When it denotes time, it is sometimes translated by. a
clause beginning with when, while, after, &c., and sometimes the
participle or adjective is turned into a corresponding noun limited
by the other noun; as,
Romulo regnante, while Romulus reigned, or, in the reign of Romulus.
nibale vivo, while Hannibal was alive, or, during the life of Hannibal.

Han-

So also the latter noun is sometimes changed; as,
Mario consule, while Marius was consul, or, in the consulship of Marius.

REMARK *2.—The tense of a participle is present, past, or future
in reference to that of the verb with which it is connected. Hence,
REMARK 3. —When in translating a participle, it is changed to a
verb, the tense of that verb will be determined by the tense of the
leading verb.
NOTE 3. —When the act denoted by a perfect passive participle
was performed by the subject of the leading clause, it can be trans­
lated by a perfect active participle agreeing with such subject, or by
a clause having its verb in the active voice ; as,
Galli, re cognita, obsidionem relinquunt, The Gauls, having learned the fact,
abandon the siege ; or, When the Gauls had learned the fact, &c. See also Less.
122.

QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the ablative absolute? When may two
nouns or a noun and an adjective be put in the ablative absolute? How may the
ablative absolute be translated 1 How, when it denotes time ? To what does the
time of a participle refer ? When a participle is translated by a verb, how is its
tense to be determined ? When may the perfect passive participle be translated
by the perfect active participle, or the present or pluperfect active 7

EXERCISES.

I. Bacchus, debellata India, Cretama venit.
Graeci Thermopylas, advenientibus Persis, occupavere.
Maximus terrse motus, regnante Romse6 Tiberio, accidit.
Crescente periculo, crescunt vires.
Virtute excepta, nihil amicitia praestabilius est.
Xerxes,Thermopy lis expugnatis,prot!nus Athenas accessit.
(a) Less. 108,2.

(6) Less. !08,1.

14

158

PARTICIPLES.

Haj oiatiene habita, concilium dimlsif.
Natus est Augustus, M. Tullio Cicerone 6t Antonio consulibus
Romani tuti non videbantur, Hannibale vivo.
II. The sun rising, the stars flee.
When autumn approaches,storks
desert cold countries.
After Troy had been taken and
sacked by the Greeks, ^Eneas
came into Italy.
Archilochus lived in the reign of
Romulus.
When the sun rises,the stars flee.

Sol oriens, stella fUgio.
Adventans autumnus, ciconia
• frigidus terra desiero.
Troja a Graecus expugnatus et
vastatus, ^Eneas in Italia venio.
Archilochus vivo, regnans Rom­
ulus.

LESSON

121.

PARTICIPLES.

1. Active and deponent verbs have four participles,
two in the active voice and two in the passive ; the ac­
tive ending in ns and rus, the passive in tus, (rarely sus
or xus,) and in dus.
NOTE 1.—The future passive participle of neuter deponents is
only used impersonally.

2. Neuter verbs have the participles of the active voice.
NOTE 2.—Some neuter verbs have the participles of the passive

voice, but used impersonally.

3. The present in ns is translated by the English par­
ticiple in ing; as,
Scribens, writing.

4. ( a ) The future in rus is commonly translated about
or going, with the present infinitive ; as,
Scripturus, about to write, or going to write.

( b ) The participle in rus joined to the tenses of the
verb sum through its various moods, forms the first peri­
phrastic conjugation, denoting intention or being upon
the point of doing a thing. In this connection also, the
participle is translated by the infinitive active.

PARTICIPLES.

159

5. (a) The perfect in tus is translated by the English
participles of the passive voice ; as,
Amatus, loved, being loved, or having been loved.
(6) The perfect passive participle sometimes supplies
the place of a verbal noun ; as,
Ante Romam condltam, Before the building of Rome.
6. ( a ) The future in d u s is commonly translated by the
present infinitive passive ; as, amandus, to be loved.
(6) The participle in dus joined to the tenses of the
verb sum through its various moods, forms the second
periphrastic conjugation, denoting necessity or propri­
ety. In this connection it is translated must be or ought
to be; as,
Dele7ida est Carthago, Carthage must be, or ought to be destroyed.
7. The perfect participles of deponent verbs have an
active signification ; as,
Miralus, having admired.

8. The perfect active participles of English verbs, when
no corresponding deponent verb is found in Latin, are
translated .into Latin by means of the ablative absolute or
the subjunctive mood ; thus,
u

Caesar having conquered the Gauls," may be translated :

CcBsar, victis Galh^ (literally, Caesar, the Gauls being conquered, j
or Ctzsar quum Galios vicisset, When Caesarhad conquered the Gauls.
REMARK .—In the former case the Latin passive participle is sub­
stituted for the English active, and that, together with the object of
the English participle, is put in the ablative.

9. Participles are followed by the same cases as their
verbs.
NOTE 3. —When the participle is intended to denote the same time
as the verb with which it is connected, it is put in the present; to
denote an earlier time it is put in the perfect, to denote a later time
it is put in the future.
QUESTIONS .—How many participles have active and deponent verbs 1 How ia
the future passive participle of deponent verbs used ? What participles have neu­
ter verbs? How are the passive participles of neuter verbs, when found, used I
How is the present in ns translated ?—the future in rus ? How is the first peri­
phrastic conjugation formed? How is the perfect in tus translated? Of what
does it sometimes supply the place ?—the future in dus l How is the second
periphrastic conjugation formed ? What signification have the perfect participle!»
ii deponent verba ? How are the perfect active participles of English verbs traui»

160

TRANSLATION OF PARTICIPLES.

latcd into Latin? When the ablative absolute is employed, what Latin participle
is used ? What cases follow participles 1 What participle is used for the purpose
of denoting the same time as the verb with which it is connected ?—to denote an
earlier time 1—a later time 7
EXERCISES.

I. Epistolam scripturus sum.
Hoc dicens ille telum mittit.
Accusatus rei capitalis.
Catulorum oblita leaena.
Deus a nobis est colendus.
II. 1 am about to read this book.
Caius ought to be advised.
I have seen Turnus fleeing.
Cassar having said this (literally
these things,) dismissed the as­
sembly.
He having forgotten his prom­
ises.
Cicero having been elected con­
sul.
The tree being stript of'its leaves.
The sea abounding in monsters.
Sempronia having married Ca­
ius.

Parentes venerandi sunt a liberis.
Scipio, Carthagine deleta, in Italiam rediit.
Scipio quum Carthaginem delevisset, in Italiam rediit.
Sum hie liber lego.
Caius moneo.
Video Turnus fugio.
Caesar hie dico conciliumdimitto.
Ille promissum obliviscor.
Cicero creo consul.
Arbor folium nudo.
Pontus bellua scateo.
Sempronia • Caius nubo. Less.

LESSON

110.

122.
*

TRANSLATION OF PARTICIPLES.
Participles may be translated in various ways according to theii
connection.

1. Participles can be translated literally ; as,
Mihi ad focum sedenti, To me sitting by the fire-side.

2. Literally, but with some particle prefixed ; as,
Mihi ad focum sedenti, To me while, when, because, though, if, &cM
sitting, &c.

3. By a relative clause ; as,
Mihi ad focum sedenti, To me, who am sitting, or who was sit­
ting, &c.

4. By the English gerundive with by or from ; as,
I*ec rugiens puerum terruit, The lion by roaring terrified the boy,

TRANSLATION OF PARTICIPLES.

161

5. By a noun or pronoun and verb with some particle
prefixed; as,
Mihi ad jocum sedenti, To me while, when, because, as, though, i/",
siTfcce, &c., 1 sit, am sitting, sat, was sitting, &c.

6. The perfect participle may be translated in a simi­
lar manner and also with after; as,
Homo lapide ictus, A man having been struck, when struck, if
struck, who was struck, or had been struck, by being struck, when
he was or had been struck, alter he was or had been struck, after
being struck, &c.

7. Non or haud, not, with a participle may sometimes
be translated by without with the English gerundive ; as,
llle non ridens sermonem audivit, He heard the speech without
laughing,

8. The participle when the act denoted by it is per­
formed by the subject of the verb, may often be translated
by a verb, and the following verb be connected with it by
CLTid y as,
Ridens exclamdvit, He laughed and exclaimed.
QUESTIONS.—What is the first mode of translating a participle!—the second 1—
the third 7—the fourth ?—the fifth 1—the sixth 1 How may non with a participle
sometimes be translated 1 When may a participle be translated by a verb, and the
following verb be connected by and 1
EXERCISE.

Translate the following sentences in all the ways above mention­
ed which their connection will permit:
Pii homines ad felicitatem perpetud duraturam pervenient.
Leoesuriens rugit; satiatus innoxius est.
Xerxes a Graecis victus in Persiam reiugit.
Haec poma sedens decerpsi.
Equum empturus cave ne decipiaris.0
Victi hostes in Persiam refugient.
Oculus, se non videns, alia videt.
Ad coenam vocatus, nondum venit.
Dionysius, a Syracusis expulsus, Corinthi pueros docebat.
Tu quoque littoribus nostris seternam moriens famam aedisti
Croesus a Cyro victus, regno spoliatus est.
Comprehensum homlnem illi Romam duxerunt.
Haud plura locuta Dea fugit.
Cn. Pompeius ex urbe profectus iter ad legidnes habSbat.
Omne malum nascens6 facile opprimitur.
(a) Less. 133,1.

(6) when it is springing up, i. e., at its birth

'

14*

162

GERUNDS AND SUPINES.

LESSON 123.
GERUNDS AND SUPINES.

1. Gerunds, and supines in um partake of the nature
both of verbs and nouns. As verbs they govern the cases
of nouns following them and are limited by adverbs, and
as nouns they are governed by other words.
2. Gerunds, and supines in um are followed by the same
cases as their verbs.
3. Gerunds are governed like other nouns in the same
situation.
4. Participles in dus of active verbs may be used instead
of their gerunds, and when so used are called gerundives.
5. After ad the gerund or gerundive may be translated
by the infinitive active.
6. Supines in um follow verbs of motion, and denote
the purpose.
7. Supines in um are translated by the present infini­
tive active.
8. The supine in u is a verbal noun in the ablative.
9. Supines in u follow adjectives signifying easy or
difficult, worthy or unworthy, <fcc., limiting their mean­
ing to a particular thing. Less. 117, 5.
10. Supines in u are translated by the present infinitive,
either active or passive.
QUESTIONS .—With what two parts of speech may gerunds and supines in um
be classed? What cases follow gerunds and supines in um? How are gerunds
governed ? What are gerundives 1 How may the gerund or gerundive after ad
be translated 1 What do supines in um follow 1 What do they denote 1 How
are they translated 1 In what case are supines in u? What do thev follow 1
How are they translated ?
EXERCISES.

I. Translate into English—
Efferor studio patres vestros videndi. .
Videndi depends on studio (Less. 100), and its object is patres.—- Studio, witb
the desire. Less. 117.

Haec charta inutilis est scribendo.
Scribendos f>r wri'ing.

Less. 109.

GERUNDS AND SUPINES.

163

Locum oppido condendo cepit.
Condendo oppido, for building a town,—the gerundive agreeing with oppido^
Instead of the gerund. Less. 123, 4.—oppido depends on cepit. Less. 109.

Consilium urbis delendae cepit.
Detcndcb, of destroying;—a gerundive: urbis depends on consilium. Less. 100.

Consilium urbem delendi cepit.
Translated like the preceding, but urbem is the object of the gerund delendi,
which depends on consilium. Less. 100.

Ad pcenitendum properat, qui cito judicat.
Ad pcenitendum, to repent. Less. 123,5. Before properat supply is, he.

Fama crescit eundo. Less. 117, 1.
Eurypylumscitatumoracula Phcebi mittimus.
On what does scitatum depend 1 Less. K3,6.
Less. 123,2.

On what does oracula depend 1

Phillippus ludos spectatum ibat.
Mirabile dictu.
Wonderful to tell, or to be told. Dictu limits mirabile, which is used substan­
tively, Less. 91,5; est being understood.

Res factu facilis.
Locus erat aditu difficilis.

II. Translate into Latin—
I have a hope of seeing (my) country.
Express this first by a gerund, and secondly by a gerundive.

Pure water is useful for drinking
He was recalled for the purpose of defending (his) country.
Express the purpose first by a gerund, and secondly by a gerundive with gratiti.
Express the same by ad with first a gerund, secondly a gerundive. Express the
same by a supine.
VOCABULARY.
I have, habeo or est mihi.
To see, video, ere,di, sum.
Hope, spes, ei,f.
To drink, bibo, ere,bibi, bibJ turn.
Pure, purus, a, um.
Water, aqua, <B,/.
One's country, patria, cb, f.
Useful, utllis, e.
To recal, revtico, are, avi, Stum.
For the purpose, gratis.
To defend, defendo, ere, di, sum.

LESSON

124.

CONSTRUCTION OF THE PASSIVE VOICE.
As the active and passive voices are only different modes of ex
pressing the same action, they may be interchanged without affecting the sense. In doing this the following rules are to be observed

164

CONSTRUCTION OF THE PASSIVE VOICE.

1. The subject of the active voice, if a person, is ex­
pressed in the passive by the ablative with a or ab, other­
wise by the ablative without a preposition.
2. The object of the active voice becomes the subject
of the passive.
3. If the active voice has two accusatives, the passive
retains that of the thing.
4. All the cases which follow a verb in the active voice,
except the accusative of the object, are retained in the
passive.
REMARK.—When the object of the active voice, or the agent of the
passive, is omitted, being indefinite, the voices cannot be inter­
changed"; as, ' He eats and drinks.' 'The house was consumed.' In
each of these cases, if a change of the voice is attempted, the verb
v/ill be found to have no subject.
QUESTIONS.—How is the subject of the active voice expressed in the passive ?—
the object of the active 7 What is the rule when the active voice has two accusa­
tives 1 What is the rule for the cases; other than the accusative, which follow a
verb in the active voice 1 When is it impossible to change the active into the
passive voice1 When, to change the passive into the active 7
EXAMPLES.

Active. Scipio Carthaginem delevit3 Scipio destroyed Carthage.
Less. 96,1.
Agent, Scipio. Action, that of destroying. Object, Carthage.

Passive.
by Scipio.

Carthago a Scipione deleta est, Carthage was destroyed

Here the action is still that of destroying, the agent is still Scipio, and the ob­
ject, Carthage.
Act. Rogo te nummos, I ask you for money. Less. 96, 3.
Agent, (Ego,) I. Action, asking. Object, money.

Pass. A me rogatus es nummos, You are asked for money by me.
Here the agent, the action, and the object remain the same as before.

Act. Cains hunc librum mihi dedit, Caius gave this book to me.
Less. 109.
Pass. Hie liber mihi a Caio datus est, This book was given to me
by Caius.
In this sentence the same changes are made as before in the agent, the verb, and
the object, but the dative after the verb remains unchanged.

Act. Scipio terrSre Africam implet, Scipio fills Africa with terror.
Less. 117, 2.
Pass. Terrore Africa a Scividne impletur, Africa is filled with
terror by Scipio.
In the following exercise the voice of the verbs is to be changed according tG
the preceding rules.

DIRECT QUESTIONS.

165

EXERCISE.

Fures merent pcenamy Thieves deserve punishment.
Ventus arbores agitata The wind shakes the trees.
Vento nudantur arbores joliis, The trees are stripped of their leaves
by the wind. Less. 117, 4.
Tibi hoc promitto, I promise you this.
Roma a Romulo et Remo condita est, Rome was founded by Rom­
ulus and Remus.
Tu ad jmgnam me provocas, You challenge me to the contest.
Less. 112, 3.

LESSON 125.
DIRECT QUESTIONS

1. A question is sometimes indicated by an interroga­
tive pronoun or adjective, or by an adverb of place, time,
or manner. When neither of these occurs,the interroga­
tive particles ne, num, or an, are commonly employed.
2. Ne is always annexed to some word, and if there is
a rion in the sentence, it is annexed to that.
3. Num and an in direct questions are commonly used
when a negative answer is expected, and an commonly
indicates impatience or indignation.
4. Nonne commonly indicates that an affirmative an­
swer is expected.
NOTE 1.—In translating a question, did is used in the perfect in­
definite, have in the perfect definite.
NOTE 2.—In translating a single direct question the interrogative
particle is omitted.
QUESTIONS.—By what means may a question be indicated 7 How is the inter­
rogative ne always used 7 What kind of answer is expected when num or an is
used? What does nonne indicate 1 What is the distinction in the use of did and
have in translating the perfect? When are the interrogative'particles omitted in
translating 1

EXERCISE.

duis non paupertatem extimescit?
CJnde lucem suam habet luna ?
Gluid feret crastinus dies 1
Gluare vitia sua nemo confitetur 1
t bi aut qualis est tua mens ?

fctfS

IMPERATIVE, AN© SUBJ. FOR THE IMP.

Num scimus, quo se conferant® aves ]*eregrinantes ?
An tu me tristem esse putas 1
Nonne putas me vere felicem esse ?
(a) Less. 129.

Name the interrogative word in each of the preceding sentences.

LESSON 126.
IMPERATIVE, AND SUBJUNCTIVE FOR THE IMPERATIVE,

1. The imperative in the second person expresses a
command, an exhortation, or an entreaty; in the third
person it expresses a command only.
2. The present and perfect subjunctive are often used
to express a wish, an exhortation, a request, a command,
a permission, or a concession.
3. With the imperative or the subjunctive used for the
imperative, not is expressed by ne.
4. Fac or cave with the subjunctive, or noli, nolito,
&c, with the infinitive, is often used instead of the simple
imperative; as,
Fac erudias, Instruct. Cave ezisiimes, Do not think.
Noli put&re, Do not suppose.

5. The subjunctive denoting a wish often follows utinam, uti, or O si.
QUESTIONS.—For what purposes is the imperative used in the second person 1—
in the third ? For what purposes are the present and perfect subjunctive often
used ? How is not expressed with imperatives 1 What compound forms are often
used instead of the simple imperative? What particles does the subjunctive ol
wishing often follow?
EXERCISE.

Ne reprehende errOres aliorum, sed emendes potius tuos.
Ne tentes, quod effici non possit."
Cave ne quid temere dicas,° aut facias.
iEquarn memento servare mentem.
Virgines vestales in urbe custodiunto ignem sempiternum,
Utinam lacrymis minueretur miseria.
Fac, ne quid aliud cures hoc tempore.
Nolito, tibiA mec maledicered posse* putare.d
(a) Less. 133.
live depend.

(6) Less. 112.

'c) Less. 95, 3.

(d)

On what docs this infill

DIRECT AND INDIRECT QUOTATION.

167

L E S S O N 1 27 .
DIRECT AND INDIRECT QUOTATION.

1. There are two modes of quoting the language of
another—the direct, and the indirect.
2. When after a verb of saying, we use only the lan­
guage of the person from whom we quote, without addi­
tion or alteration, the quotation is direct: (oratio directa.)
3. When in English, after the verb of saying, we in
troduce the quotation by the particle that, the quotation
is indirect: (oratio obliqua.)
Thus, if in quoting the language of Caesar, we say, Cassar said,
" I came, saw, and conquered," this is a direct quotation. If we say,
Cassar said, that 'he came, saw, and conquered,' this is an indirect
quotation.
REMARK.—Inquam and usually aio, introducing a direft quotation,
follow one or more of the words quoted.
In changing the direct into the indirect form in Latin, the follow­
ing Rules are to be observed:—

I. In indirect quotation, the verb following the verb
of saying is put in the infinitive, and its subject in the
accusative ; as,
Dixit se venturum esse, He said that he was about to come.

II. In indirect quotation, the verbs of dependent clauses
connected by relatives and particles, are put in the sub­
junctive ; as,
Aliquis dixit, qui nihil sciat, eum nihil time re, Somebody has re­
marked, that he who knows nothing fears nothing.

III. In indirect quotation, pronouns of the first person
are changed to the third ; as,
(Direct,) Caius dixit, Ego tibi librum dabo, Caius said, I will give
a book to you.
(Indirect,) Caius dixit se tibi librum daturum (esse,) Caius said,
that he would give a book to you.

IV. In indirect quotation, the reflexives sui and suus
common y refer to the person whose language is quoted;
aa.

168

DIRECT AND INDIRECT QUOTATION.

Caius dicit se SILOS servos ad te citb missurum (esse,) Caius says, that
he will shortly send his servants to you.
NOTE 1.—The verb of saying is in Latin often omitted or implied
in a verb of different signification, where in English said or saying
must be supplied.
NOTE 2.—When the infinitive denotes the same time as the verb
of saying on which it depends, it is put in the present; when it de­
notes an earlier time, it is put in the perfect; when it denotes a later
time, it is put in the future.
QUESTIONS.—How many modes are there of quotation? When is a quotation
said to be direct? When indirect? What is the rule for the position of inquam
and aio ? In indirect quotation what is the rule for the mood of the verb following
the verb of sayi#g?—for its subject?—for the verbs of dependent clauses connected
by relatives or particles?—for pronouns which in the direct form are of the first
person ?—for the use of sui and suus ? What is said of the omission of the verb of
saying ? What of the tense of the infinitive 1

EXERCISE.

Change tne form of the following quotations from the direct to the
indirect or%e reverse:
Caius dicit, " Ego epistolam scribo" Caius says, " I am writing a
letter."
DIRECTIONS.—For the changes of ego, see above Rules I., III., and IV., for that
of scribo, see Rule I. and Note 2.

Caius dixit, " Ego epistolam scriboCaius said, " I am writing a
letter."
Caius dicit, " Ego epistolam ad te misi," Caius says, " I have sent
a letter to you."
Caius dixit,1 se epistolam ad te misisseCaius said, that * he had
sent a letter to you.'
Caius dixit1 se Jilios suos ad te missurum (esse,)1 Caius said, that' he
would send his sons to you.' •
Caius scribit£ se eras venturum (esse,)' Caius writes, that1 he shall
come to-morrow.7
Socrates dicere solebat, ' omnesf1 in eo, quod scirentf satis esse eloquentesSocrates was accustomed to say, that * all are sufficiently elo­
quent in that which they understand.'
Allobroges demonstrant, ' sibic prceter agri solum nihil esse reliqui'd
The Allobroges represent, that nothing is lett for them except the
bare soil, (literally, the soil of (their) land.)
Dumnorix dixit ' liberum sec liberceque civitdtise esse,' Dumnorix
declared that he was free and of a free state.
Caius dixit1 se plus daturum fnisse,f si plus habuissetjf
that he
would have given more, if he had had more.
i(a) Less. 91,4, and 95, 3. (b) Rule II. (c) Rule 3. (d) Less. 103, 3. (e) Less.
1 and R. 1. (/) Subjunctive in oratio directa. Less. 131,1 and (a.)

SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT ALLUSIONS.

LESSON

169

128.

SUBJUNCTIVE.
ESSENTIAL PART—INDIRECT ALLUSIONS.

1. A dependent clause has its verb in the subjunctive,
when connected, as an essential part, with a proposition
whose verb is in the infinitive or the subjunctive.
NOTE I.—Such clauses may be connected by relatives, relative
adverbs, or conjunctions.
REMARK.—The subjunctive in Latin expresses what is contingent
cr hypothetical; and is translated into English by the subjunctive or
the potential, and sometimes by the indicative or the imperative.

II. 1. A dependent clause containing an indirect allu­
sion to the thoughts or language of another, has its verb
in the subjunctive.
NOTE 2.—Clauses containing an indirect allusion are often con­
nected by a relative or by the conjunctions quod or quia, and are
commonly translated by the indicative.

2. The opinion entertained by the writer, that the sen­
timent or allegation, to which he alludes, is just and true,
is sometimes indicated by the indicative mood.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the verb of a clause connected as an essential
part with an infinitive or a subjunctive 1 How may such clauses be connected 1
What does the subjunctive in Latin express? How may :t be translated 1 What
is the rule for the subjunctive in Indirect Allusions1 By what connectives are such
clauses united with the leading clause 1 What does the indicative in such clauses
denote 1

EXERCISE.

Eo simus animo,® ut nihil in malo ducamus,6 quod sit a natura
constitutum.
Let us be of such a mind, as to reckon nothing among evilst which
has been appointed by nature.
Mos est Athenis laudari in conciSne eos, qui sint in prceliis interfecti.
Quid potest tam apertum,c quam esse aliquod numen, quo hoc?regantur.
Socrates accusatus est, quod corrumperet juventutem.
Socrates was accused, because (as was alleged) he corrupted the youth.
Nemo voluptatem, quia voluptas sit, aspernatur.
Plato escam voluptatem appellat, quod ea homines capiantur.
Lysander accusatus est, quod sacerdotes fani corrumpere conatus
esset.
Phrygii ostendunt platanum, ex qua pependerit Marsyas.

15

170

SUBJUNCTIVE:—INDIRECT QUESTION.

Gtueritur genus humanum, quod forte regatur.
Aulo omnes infesti erant, quod arm&tus dedecore salutem quaisivferat ?
(a) Less. 101, 3. (b) Less. 133,1 and 2. (c) sc. esse, (d) Less. 91,5. (e) Why
is the indicative used.

LESSON 129.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
INDIRECT QUESTION.

1. Dependent clauses containing an indirect question
take the subjunctive.
NOTE.—A question is indirect when its purport is stated without
the interrogative form.

2. The subjunctive in indirect questions is commonly
translated by the indicative.
3. The clause containing the indirect question may be
either the subject or the object of the leading verb.
QUESTIONS.—In what mood is the verb ofan indirect question1 When is a ques­
tion indirect 1 How is the subjunctive in indirect questions translated 7 What re­
lations may the clause containing the indirect question have to the principal verb?

EXERCISES.

I. Ctualis sit animus, ipse animus nescit.
Ctuis ego sim, me° rogitas Vita, quam sit brevis, cogita.
Non refert,6 quam multos sed quam bonos libros habeas ac legas.
Incertumc est,6 quam longa cujusque vita futura sit/*
Dici vix potest,6 quanta sit vis musicae.
Cato, quid quoque die dixisset, audisset, egisset, commemor&bat*
vesperi.—Haud scio, an mutet* animum.
Non intelligunt6 homines, quam magnum vectigal sit parsimonia,
Nescio6 unde sol ignem habeat.
Ratio docet, quid faciendum/ fugiendumve sit.
Ctuaeritur, cur doctissimi homines de maximis rebus dissentiant.
Ctuid quseque nox aut dies ferat, incertum est.
Haud scio, an haec omnia vera sint.
Temporis fuga quam sit irreparabilis, quis dubitat?
Vide, quam sit vaga volubilisque fortuna.
(a) Less. 96, N. 6. 0) Is the indirect question in this sentence the subject or the
vbject of the leading verb 1
(c) With what does this adjective agree 1 Less. 91, 7.
(a) Futura sit, will be. (e)u Used tocall to mind." Less. 47, N. 2. (f) Less. 121,6.
'?)« Will change."

SUBJUNCTIVE :—INDIRECT QUESTION.

1T1

fl. Inform me where the gods are. Doceo ego, ubi sum deus.
He knows-not what he has read. Ille nescio, quis lego.
Whether we shall live till even­ An ad vespera victtirus sum,
Deus solus scio.
ing, God only knows.
It is asked, whether there is one GLuaero, unusne mundus sum, an
plus, (plur.)
world or more.
Tell mefe how many wars the Dico® ego6 quot bellum Romanus
cum Carthaginiensis gero.
Romans carried on with the
Carthaginians.
Gtuis dico, nescio.
I know-not what to say.
Disco (sing.) quis sum vivo.
Learn what it is to live.
( ) Dico, duco, and/acto, drop the final c ill the second person singularof the im­
perative, making die, due, and jac.
( ) Less. 110,3.

ANALYSIS AND PARSING.

Qualis sit animus, ipse animus nescit, The mind it­
self knows not, what the mind is.
This is a compound sentence consisting of a leading clause, ipse
animus nescit, and a dependent clause, qiualis sit animus.
ANALYSIS.—Animus is the grammatical subject of the leading
clause, and ipse animus the logical subject. Nescit is the grammat­
ical predicate, and nescit with the dependent clause is the logical
predicate.
In the dependent clause, animus is the subject and qualis sit the
predicate, both of which are grammatical.
PARSING.—Ipse is an intensive (i. e. an emphatic) pronoun, (Less.
41,) from ipse, ipsa, ipsum; N. ipse, G. ipstus; it is found in the
masculine gender, singular number, nominative case, agreeingwith
animus; " Adjectives, adjective pronouns," &c.
Animus is a common noun, &c. &c., nominative to nescit. Less.
90,1.
Nescit is an active verb, &c. &c., agreeing with its subject-nomina­
tive animus, Less. 90, 2: its object is the dependent clause. Less.96,
R. 2.
Qualis is an adjective of the third declension and two termina­
tions, from qualis, quale; N. and V. qualis,G. qualis; it is found in
the masculine gender, singular number, nominative case, agreeing
with amUvms. Less. 91, 1.
Anwnus, parsed as in the leading clause; nominative to sit.
Sit is the substantive verb, from sum, esse, fui, futurus; it is found
in the subjunctive mood, present tense, (sim, sis, sit,) third person
singular, agreeing with animus. Less. 90, 2.
QUESTION.—Why is sit in the subjunctive mood? A. Because "Depe idenJ
«lauses," Ac. Less. 129,1.

172

SUBJUNCTIVE :

DOUBLE QUESTIONS.

L E S S O N

1 3 0 .

SUBJUNCTIVE.
DOUBLE AUESTIONS.

In double questions, whether director indirect, the first
is either introduced by utrum, num^ or the enclitic ne.t
and the second by an ; or the first has no interrogative
particle, and the second is introduced by an or ne.
NOTE.—In indirect questions the interrogative particle in the first
question is translated whether, in the second or. Necne in the second
question is translated or not. In direct questions the first particle is
not translated, the second is or.
QUESTIONS.—In double questions how may each question be introduced 1 In in­
direct questions how is the interrogative particle in the first question translated 1—
in the second 1 What is the rule for translating these particles in direct questions 1

EXERCISE.

Utrum major est sol, an minor, quam terra?
Casune mundus est effectus, an vi divlna 1
Num sol mobilis est, an immobilis 1
Sumusne mortales, an immortales?
Gtuaeritur, unusne sit mundus, an plures.
Nihil0 refert, utrum sit aureum6 poculum, an vitreum.6
(a) Less. 106, R. 2.

(b) A predicate adjective.

L E S S O N

1 3 1 «

SUBJUNCTIVE.
CONDITION AND CONCLUSION.

1. A condition or supposition, when represented either
as unfounded, or as merely assumed without reference
to its reality, has its verb in the subjunctive.
2. When the writer would represent the thing supposed
as really true, the verb of the conditional clause is put in
the indicative.
NOTE.—The principal particles connecting conditional clauses
are:—
Si, if.
etsi, tametsi,
) aUhou^h
a
ni or nisi, unless, if not.
etiamsi, and licet, (

STJBJ. :

CONDITION AND CONCLUSION."

173

tamquam, quasi,
)
quamvis, however.
ac si, ut si velut si, [ as if.
modo, dum
) provide/L
veluti, andcea,
)
and dummodo, Jr
(a) After si and its compounds the imperfect and pluperfect sub­
junctive imply that the supposition is unfounded, and the same mood
and tenses in the conclusion imply, that the latter is invalid because
the former is so.
(b) The pluperfect subjunctive after si is translated by the English
indicative.
(c) The conditional clause with si is frequently not expressed but
implied.
(d) The present and perfect in a conditional clause imply that
the thing supposed may or may not exist or have existed, and the
same tenses in the conclusion imply a similar uncertainty.
QUESTIONS.—When is the verb of a conditional clause put in the subjunctive 1
When in the indicative 7 What are the principal particles connecting conditional
clauses 7 What is implied by the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive after si and
its compounds 7 When are verbs in the subjunctive in conditional clauses trans­
lated by the indicative 7 What clause is frequently not expressed? What is im­
plied by the present and perfect in conditions and conclusions?
EXERCISE.

Nisi Alexander essem, essem libenter Diogenes, If 1 were not Al­
exander, I would gladly be Diogenes.
The imperfect subjunctive in the conditional clause, Nisi Alexander essem, im­
plies that the supposition that the speaker was not Alexander is false, or in other
words, that he is Alexander; the same mood and tense in the conclusion, Essem
libenter Diogenes, imply that he would not gladly be Diogenes, because the suppo­
sition, on which depended his willingness to be so, is not true. Rem. (a).

Haec si videres, lacr jmas non teneres.
Videres, shouldst see. Non teneres, wouldst not refrain from.
91, 5.

Hoc, see Less.

Si haec civitas est, civis sum ego.
What does the indicative est here imply 1 Less. 131, 2.

Socrates servo aiebat, " Caederem te, nisi irascerer."
Is this sentence, quoted from Socrates, a direct or an indirect quotation 7 Less.
127. Which is the conditional clause 1 What does it imply7 Why is servo in the
dative 7 What is the object of aiebat 7 Less. 96, R. 2.

Non est rnagnus pumilio, licet in monte constitSrit.
Constiterit, may have placed himself, i. e. though he stand. The condition is
here assumed without reference to its reality, that is, it is not implied that he does, or
that he does not stand upon a mountain. Less. 131, 1.

Si diutius vixisset, neminem habuisset parem.
Magno me metua liberabis, Catilina,6 dummodo inter mc atqvete
murus intersit.
Vita brevis est, etiamsi supra centum annos duret.
Si vis amari, prius ama.
Si voluisses amari, prius amavisses.
(a) Less 117, 4.

15*

(b) Less. 115.

IT4

SUBJUNCTIVE WITH ADVERBS OF TIME.

LESSON

132.

SUBJUNCTIVE WITH ADVERBS OF TIME.

1. Dum, donee, and quoad, until, and antequam and
priusquam, before, are commonly followed by the sub­
junctive.
2. Cum or quurn is commonly followed by the sub­
junctive ; but when it denotes time merely, with no ref­
erence to a cause, the verb is put in the indicative, unless
*t be in the imperfect or pluperfect tense.
REMARK 1.—The subjunctive after adverbs of time is commonly
ranslated by the indicative; as, Quum sciret, when he knew.
REMARK 2.—Quum introducing a second clause, is commonly to
>e translated at the beginning of the first clause.
QUESTIONS .—By what mood are dum, donee, <fcc., commonly followed 7 What
U the rule respecting cum or quum7 How is the subjunctive commonly translated
after adverbs of time 7 Where is qtmm to be translated when it introduces a sec­
ond clause 1

EXERCISE.

Rhenus servat nomen, donee oceano misceatur.
Dum hie veniret, locum relinquere nolui.
Alexander cum Gazam obsideret, sagitta ictus est.
Darius cum Athenienses punire vellet, classem in Grseciam misit.
Saturnus cum fugatus esset a filio, in Italiam venit.
Ino cum in iEgyptum delata esset, Isis est facta.
Alexander cum Thebas vastaret Pindari domo pepercit.

LESSON

133.

SUBJUNCTIVE.
PURPOSE, OBJECT, AND RESULT.

1. A clause denoting the purpose, object, or result of
a preceding proposition, takes the subjunctive after ut,
we, quo, quin, quominus, or a relative.
PURPOSE.

2. The subjunctive denoting a purpose or object is
translated by the English potential or the infinitive ; asEdo• ut vivam, I eat to live, or that I may live.

SUBJ. I

FURPOSE, OBJECT, AND RESULT.

175

3. Ut is sometimes omitted after verbs signifying to be
willing or unwilling, to permit, ask, advise, remind,
&c.; as,
Qwzd vis faciam ? What do you wish me to do 1
NOTE 1.—That not is usually expressed by ne.

4. After words denoting fear, ne is rendered that 01
lest, and ut, that not; and the subjunctive present is gen­
erally to be translated by the indicative future.
5. That before a comparative is expressed by quo ; as,
Adjuta me, quo id fiat facilius, Aid me, that it may be done more
easily.

6. That or but that, after negative propositions and
questions implying a negative, is expressed by quin ; as,
Satpiens nunquam dubitabit, quin immortalis M animus} A wise
man will never doubt, that the mind is immortal.

7. That not, after verbs of hindering and refusing» is
expressed by quominus.
NOTE 2.—Quin and quominus are often translated by from with
the English gerundive; as, Non me impedies, quominus id faciam,
You will not hinder me from doing that.
QUESTIONS.—What is the rule for the mood of the verb in a clause denoting a
purpose, «fee. ? How is the subjunctive denoting a purpose or object to be trans­
lated ? After what verbs is ut sometimes omitted? How is that not usually ex­
pressed 1 How are ne and ut rendered after words denoting fear ? How is the
present subjunctive to be translated after words denoting fear? How is that ex­
pressed before a comparative 1 When is that or but that expressed by quin 7
How is that not expressed after verbs of hindering and refusing ? How are quin
and quominus often translated ?

EXERCISES.

I. Ctuaeso, ut me benigne attenteque audiatis.
Nunquam efficies, ut cancri recta procedant.
Si vis videri doctus, operam da, ut sis."
Aqua marina salsa est, ne putrescat.
Quid obstat, quominus nos beati simus 1
Negari non potest, quin turpius6 sit fallere quam falli.
Oculi palpebris sunt muniti, ne quid incidat.
Vereor, ut pax firma sit.
Vereor, ne fames in urbe sit.
Timeo, ne non impetrem.
Lacedgemonii legatos miserunt, qui eum accusarent.
Pyrrhus ad Romanos legatum misit, qui pacem petdret.
(a) What is to be supplied ?

([b> What does this adjective qualify 1

176
(I.

SUB J, :

RESULT OR CONSEQUENCE.

The body needs many things,
that it may be well.
There was a law among the
Tauri, that strangers should
be sacrificed to Diana.
We eat to live; you ('plur.) live
to eat.

Corpus multus egeo res, ut
valeo.
Sum (imperf.) lex apud Tauri,
ut hospes Diana immolo.
Ego edo, ut vivo j tu vivo, ut
edo.

LESSON

134.

SUBJUNCTIVE.
RESULT OR CONSEQUENCE.

1. The Latin subjunctive denoting a result is com­
monly translated by the English indicative, but the im­
perfect by the perfect indefinite.
2. The relative, in clauses denoting a result, may
often be translated as, and quin, as not, with an infini­
tive.
3 A dependent clause denotes a result after tam, talis*
and other words denoting such, so, so great, &c„ or
ille, is, &c., in the sense of such or so.
4. After verbs signifying to be, to be found, <fcc.,
when their subject is indefinite, and likewise after gen­
eral negatives, or interrogative clauses implying a nega­
tive, a relative clause denoting a result may follow with­
out the sign such or so.
NOTE 1.—In all cases, however, the subjunctive denoting a result
depends upon a clause implying a character, quality, or other cir­
cumstance, from which, as a cause, the result or consequence is
supposed to follow.
NOTE 2.—In some interrogative sentences a verb and relative
seem to be implied; as, Quis dubltct? i. e. Quis est, qui dubitet?
Who can doubt1
QUESTIONS .—How is the Latin subjunctive denoting a result to be translated?
How are the relative and quin often translated in clauses denoting a result"
When does a dependent clause denote a result? When may a subjunctive de­
noting a result be used without the sign such or so7 What is always implied in
the clause on which the subjunctive denoting a result depends? What seem to
be implied in some inierrogative sentences?

SUBJ. :

CONNECTION OF TENSES.

17?

EXERCISE.

Stellarum tanta multitudo est, utnumerari non possint.
In Alpibus tantam est frigus, ut nix ibi nunquam liquescat.
Nemo est tarn bonus ac providus, quin interdum peccet. a
Nemo est tam stultus quin hsBc fateatur.
Q,uis tam durus est, qui precibus non flectatur 1 a
Draco leges, quibus Athenienses uterentur, primus omnium tulit.
Caius non is erat, qui id diceret.
Non tu is es, qui, qui sis, nescias.
Fuerunt ea tempestate, qui dieerent.
Nemo est, qui haud intelligat.
Cluis est, qui hoc ignoret %
Pompeius idoneus non est, qui impetret.*
(a) Less. 134, 2. (b) Qui impetret, to obtain. So the relative with dignus,
indignus and aptus, and the subjunctive.

LESSON 135.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
CONNECTION OF TENSES.

1. The present subjunctive or perfect definite,is used
in dependent clauses, when the verb on which it depends
is in the present, the perfect definite, or a future.
2. The imperfect or pluperfect follows the imperfect,
the perfect indefinite, or the pluperfect.
Present.
Perf. Def.
Future.
Fut. Perf.

Venit, He comes or is coming,
Venit, He has come or is come*
Veniet, He will come%
Venerit, He wiU have come,

}

ut portas
claudat,
to shut, or
that he may
shut, the gates.

Imperf.
Veniebat, He was coming,
^ ut portas
Perf. Indef.Yznit, He came,
Vclauderet, to
Pluperf. Venerat, He had come or was come * shut, or that
he might shut, the gates.

J

" Is and was are sometimes used instead of has and had in formirg the perfect
and pluperfect tenses of neuter verbs of motion.

NOTE .—The imperfect may likewise follow the historical present •
as, Legatos mittunt, ut pacem impetrarent.

178

SUBJ. :

CONNECTION OF TENSES.

QUESTIONS.—After what tenses may the present and perfect definite be used
—the imperfect or'pluperfect 1 What tense may follow the historical present?

The porter is coming to open
the gate.
The porter is come to open the
gate.
Let the porter come to open the
gates.
The porter will come to open
the gates.
I am not so stupid as to say that.
I have not been so stupid as to
say that.
I had not been so stupid as to
say thai.
I was not so stupid as to say that.
I am not so stupid as to have
said that.
There were (some) who said.
The porter will have come to
open the gates.

Janitor venio, ut porta aperio.

Non sum ita hebes, at is dico.

Sum, qui dico.

APPENDIX.
LESSON A.
DIVISION OP WORDS INTO SYLLABLES.
NOTE.—In the following rules, when liquids are mentioned, only I and r are

intended, and even I is not here considered as a liquid when following g or f.

I.—SIMPLE WORDS.
A.—A single Consonant, or a Mute and a Liquid, between two Vowels.
1. A single consonant, or a mute and a liquid, between the last two
vowels, must be joined to the latter; as, t in palter, cr in a'-crist and in
vol'-u-cris.
Exc.—Tib'-i and sib'-i are commonly excepted.
2. A single consonant, or a mute and a liquid, between the vowels
of two unaccentcd syllables, must be joined to the latter; as, r in tol"e-ra-bil'-i-ns, gr in per"-e-gri-na'-ti-o.
3. A single consonant, or a mute and a liquid, before the vowel of an
accented syllable, must be joined to the accented vowel; as, t in i-tinf8-ra, gr in a-gres'-tis.
4. A single consonant after the vowel of any accented syllable, ex­
cept a penult, must be joined to the accented vowel; as, m in dom'-lnus.
5. H between two vowels is joined to the latter, unless it follows c,
p, or t, with which it unites ; as, rni'-hi, tra'-h2-re, mach'-t-na.
6. When x alone comes between two vowels, in writing syllables it
is united to the former, but in pronouncing them it is divided; as,
sax'-urn, ax-il'-la; pronounced, sac'-sum,, ac-skl'-la.
B.— Two Consonants between two Vowels.
7. Any two consonants, except a mute and a liquid, between the last
two vowels, must be separated ; as, rp in cor'-pus, sc in ad/'-o-les'-cens.
8. Any two consonants, except a mute and a liquid, coming before
the vowel of an accented syllable, must be separated; as, m in germa'-nus.
9. Two consonants coming after the vowel of any accented syllable,
except the penult, must be separated; as, rv in ca-t&r'-va^Ji in ref-lu-o.
EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOURTH AND NIJ^H RULES.

Exc. 2. A single consonant, or a mute and a liquid, after an accented
a, e, or o. and befnre two vowels, of which the first is e or £, must be
joined to the syllaole following the accent; as, d in ra'-di-us and me'-

180

APPENDIX.

di-us, c in do'-ce, o, r in Iice'-re-o, and tr in pa'-tri-us, E-re'-tri-a, and
(E-no'-tri-a.
Exc. 3. A single consonant, or a mute and a liquid, after an accent­
ed u, must be joined to the following vowel; as, r in lu'-rT-dus and
au'-re-us} and pi in du'-pli-co.
REM.— Pub'-H-cus, its compounds and derivatives, and a few other words, on

account of English analogy, follow the 9th rule.

C.— Three Consonants between two Vowels.
10. When three consonants come between any two vowels, the two
last, if a mute and a liquid, are joined to the latter vowel, otherwise the
last only; as, sir, in fe-nes/-trai mpt in emp-to'-ris.
II.—COMPOUND WORDS.
11. The members of a compound word are separated, if the former
part ends with a consonant; as, ab in ab-es'-se: prceter in prce-ter'-e-a :
but if the former part ends with a vowel, the compound is divided like
a simple word; as, def-l-ro and dil'-l-go, compounded of de and fero,
di and lego.

L E S S O N B.
T H I R D

D E C L E N S I O N .

MASCULINES.
Exceptions in Gender.
er
Names of plants in er are neuter,
With iter, spinther, ver, and tubert
Cadaver, verber, laser, uber.
or .... . Marmor, cequor, ador> cor)
Are neuter, though they end in or;
And one is feminine—arbor.
o
Make feminine Greek nouns in o,
And Latin noun for flesh—caro.
08
Call neuter epos, melos, os,
But feminine cos, eos, dos.
n i s . . . . Finis and canis, amnis, cinis', clunis,
Are sometimes feminine, and so is funis.
es . . ... JEs, brass, is neuter; feminine are these,
Quies and compounds, to which add segest
Merges and merces, also compes, teges:
Common, interpres, ales, miles, obses,
Satelles, heres, comes too, and hospes.
ex
Neuter in em the herb called atrlplex,
And feminine supellex.fcex, and nex,
Precis from prex (supposed), forfex and lex
So sometimes cortex, imbrex, obex, rumex,
With silexi flint, and rarely grex and pumex.

181

APPENDIX.

n

Four nouns are feminine in on,—
Aedon, halcyon, sindon, icon:
And neuter likewise four in en,—
Unguen, gluten, pollen, inguen.

L E S S O N
T H I R D

C.

D E C L E N S I O N .

MASCULINES.
Exceptions in Declension.
n and r . Pecten and nouns in cen have Inis.
Some Greek nouns in on have ontis.
Cor, the heart, has cordis.
G . . . . . P a t r i a l s i n o have dnis; as, MacSdo, Macedonia.
Anio and Nerio, proper names, have enis.
Caro, flesh, has camis. Apollo, homo, nemo, and turbo, have
Unis.
Some Greek nouns in o are either declined like sermo, or they
have us in the genitive, and o in all their other cases singu­
lar ; as, Dido, G. DidHs, D. Dido. &c.
es
Quies and its compounds, with a few Greek nouns make etis.
Obses and presses have Idis.
Heres and merces have edis; pes and its compounds, Sdis.
Ceres has CerSris ; bes, bessis; press, prcedis ; and ess, ceris.
os
Custos, a keeper, has custodis; bos, an ox, bovis; and os, a
bone, ossis.
Some Greek nouns, as heros, Minos, Tros, have ois.
ex
Grex, lex, and rex form their genitive in egis; remex, in tgis.
Fertlsex and nesex have Scis; narthex and vertex have ecis.
Senex has senis, and supellex, supellectUis.

L E S S O N
T H I R D

D .

DECLENSION*

FEMININES.
Exceptions in Gender.
X . . . . P h o e n i x and caUx, fornix, anthrax, corax,
Are masculine; so tradux, sorix, thorax,
The parts of as in unx, Greek nouns in ux and cordax
And sometimes perdix, calx, with lynx, and Umax.

16

182

APPENDIX.

as

As, adamas, and eUphas,
Are masculines that end in as?
Neuters, vas (vasis), nefasyfas,
is
Masculines that end in is
Without increase, are mugllis,
Orbis, compounds of as,* aqualis)
Vermis, unguis, and annalis,
Fastis, a^ris too, and ensis,
Fustisy torrisi vectis, mensis}
JPostis, sentis, callis, collis,
Colis or caulis, piscis, follis:
Common, canalis, anguis> scrobis, torquis, cordis.
Masculines that end in is
With an increase are, cucUmis,
Cenchris, a serpent, sanguis, gits,
Fomis and lapis (lapldis) :
Common, tigris, the tiger, pubis, pollis,
s impure Chalybs, hydrops, merops, epops,
ConUuens, profluens, and ellops,
BiaenSt a noe, the serpent seps,
With oriensy occidens, and gryps)
And parts of as, as quadrans, trims)
Are masculine; so likewise torrens,
And sometimes rudens, serpens, adeps,
With scrobs, stirps, anlmans, and forceps,
do and go Cuptdo, margo too, as authors show,
Are sometimes masculine, and always so
Other dissyllables in do and #0,
With unSdj), a fruit, and harp&go.
io
/0, in nouns corporeal, must go
With other masculines that end in 0.
* sc. centussis, decussis, and semissis.

LESSON E.
THIRD

DECLENSION.

FEMININES.
Exceptions in Declension.
»8

The following are irregular: as, assis, a piece of money j
mas, maris, a male; ras, vadis, a surety ; ras, vasis, a ves­
sel ; and anas, an&tis, a duck. Masculine Greek nouns have
an/is; feminities, &££s; and neuters, dtis. Melas has iWeidnis.

183

APPENDIX.

Capis, cassis, cuspis, lapis, and promulsis increase in fdis.
Dis, lis, Quiris, and Samnis increase in itis.
Cinis, cucumis, pulvis, and vomis increase in 2m.
PoLis and sanguis have mis, gits has gliris.
Some Greek nouns have is, others have Tdis; tigris has both
is and idis. Charis has itis, Sal&mis has inis, and Sinioia
makes Simoentis.
us
Tellus has telluris. Some Greek names of cities in us have
untis, and Greek nouns in pus have pddis; as, tripus, iripodis.
x
Some Greek proper names in ax have actis. Onyx and sard­
onyx have ychis.
s impure Nouns in eps change t into i; as, princeps, princlpis; but
seps has sepis, and auceps, aucUpis. Gryps has gryphis.
FronSy foliage, glans, juglans, lens, a nit, and libripens change
« into dis. Tiryns has Tirynthis.
do and go ComZdo, unSdo, and harp&go have onis.
fa

L E S S O N

F .

THIRD DECLENSION.

NEUTERS.
Exceptions in Gender.
ur
Three nouns are masculine in ur,
VuUur, turlur and furfur ;
1
And three are masculine in /,
Mugil) the mullet, sal* and sol.
us and ur One noun is masculine in us,
The hare, in Latin called lepus;
While fur, a thief, and two in us,
Are common, to wit, grus and mus.
* Sal in the singular is sometimes neutei.

Exceptions in Declension.
, In um form cms, jus, mus, pus, rus, tus ;
While two make uis, to wit, grus and sus.

L E S S O N

G .

REMARKS ON PARTICULAR CASES.
GENITIVE SINGULAR.

1. In the Augustan age, the genitive of proper names in es, derived
from the Greek, is frequently i instead of is; as, Isocrdti, AristotSli.
2. The poets often make use of the Greek genitive in jos especially in

184

APPENDIX.

nouns in is, as, ys, and eus. So even in prose, misy, misyos, &c., and
Pan, Panos.
ACCUSATIVE SINGULAR.

I. Some Latin nouns in is not increasing have vm.
1. Many proper names in is
Have im or in, as THbSris ; .
And so the plant called capp&ris.
2. These nouns have im alone ; sitis,
Amussis, buris, cannabis,
Mephitis, pelvis, cucumis,a
Ravis, sinapis, tussis, vis.
3. These im prefer; securis, puppis,
Febris, semestris, restis, turris :

4. But these choose em; pars, messis, cfavfc,
Hipennis, crates, lens, and navis.
(a) Cucumis increasing makes cucumerem.
5. The ancients occasionally formed the genitive of some other nouns
in im.
II. Greek nouns sometimes retain the Greek accusative in in and a,
but often end, as in Latin, in em or im.
1. Greek nouns in is,
or idos, especially proper names, commonly
have im or in rather than idem; as, Par-is, Parim; but nouns i^ tis
especially in His, more rarely have im or in; and feminine patronymics
and gentile nouns in is, idis, have only idem.
2. Greek nouns in is not increasing, and also in ys, (gen. yis or yos,)
change s of the nominative into m or n; as, poesis, poesin; Tethys,
Tethyn.
3. The Greek accusative in a instead of the Latin in em, is often used
by Latin writers, especially by the poets: as, heros,her5a; so, aera,
cethMra, Pana.
4. Nouns in eus often have an accusative in ea; as, Tydea: so, Periclea from Pericles.
5. Some Greek proper names in es, Gen. is, have both em and en; as,
Ackillem and -en. Some too which have either etis or is in the genitive
have etem, em or en: as, Thalen.
VOCATIVE SINGULAR.

Most Greek nouns, whose nominative ends in s, drop s in the vocath e.

L E S S O N

H .

REMARKS ON PARTICULAR CASES.
ABLATIVE SINGULAR.

1. Nt uters in e, al, and ar, have i in the ablative.
But names of towns in e, with baccar, hepaY, far%
Have e alone; so, too, sal, jubar, nectar, par
R 'te, a net, lias either i or e ,
And poet» m:ike un ablative mare.

APPENDIX.

185

2. Nouns which have im or in in thte accusative, have i in the abla­
tive.
But Arar or Arftris, Bcetis, Sicifris and cannabis, have e or i.
3. Nouns, which have em or im in the accusative, have e or i in the

ablative.

But Greek nouns in is, idis, have e only.

4. Names of months in er or is have i. Adjectives in is used as
nouns have i and sometimes e.
But when such adjectives become proper names they always have e, as does
also juvSnis, a youth, and rudis, a rod. JEdilis has commonly e.
5. These, though they have only em in the accusative, have e or i in
the ablative, but oftener e.
Amnis, anguis, avis,» bilis,
Canalis,® classis, collis, civis,
Convallis," finis,*» ignis, pars,
Supellex, tridens, corbis, sors^
Strigllis, sordes, unguis, fustis,
Vectis, rus, imber, orbis,)>ostuu
To these add vesper, and some Greek noUns in es, Gen. is; as, AchiUe
or AchUli.
(a) Rarely e.
(6) Rar&y i.
6. Some names of towns denoting the place where, have the ablatht
in ij as, Carthagmi, at Carthage. In the most ancient writers some
other nouns have the ablative in i.

LESSON I.
REMARKS ON PARTICULAR CASES.
NOMINATIVE PLURAL.

1. Neuters whose ablative singular ends in i, have ia in the nom
inative plural.
But far has farra, and aplustre has either a or ia.
2. Some Greek neuters in os have e in the nominative plural; as5
meloSy mele: so Temye.
GENITIVE PLURAL.

R ULE .—The genitive plural commonly ends in um,
sometimes in ium.
1. Nouns which in the ablative singular have i only, or both e and £,
have ium in the genitive plural; as, sedlle, (i), sedilium ; turris, (e or £),
turrium.

2. Nouns in es and is not increasing-have ium ; as, rupes, (is)} rupium
But ambUges, canis, juvenis, mug?lis, proles, strues, and votes, have um; apis,
strigllis, and volucris, commonly nave um ; and cades, clades, viensis, and se­
ries, commonly have ium.
3. Monosyllables ending in two consonants have ium; as, urbs, urbium; arx, arcium.
4. The following monosyllables also have ium: as, mas, glis, lis, oa
16*

186

APPENDIX.

{ossis), vis, faux (obs.), nix, nox, strix, commonly fraus and mus, and
sometimes lar.
5r (a) Nouns of two or more syllables in ns or rs have ium, and more
rarely urn; and names of nations in as, with pendtes and optimates,
commonly have ium.
(b) Other nouns in QS generally have zm, but sometimes ium; as, mtas,
cetatum or aetatium.
6. The following have ium: caro, imber, linter, uter, venter, Quiris,
Samnis, usually Ins&ber, and sometimes palus. Bos has bourn,
7. A few Greek nouns, chiefly the titles of books, have sometimes on.
8. Names of feasts in alia have ium, but sometimes drum, after the
•econd declension. So sometimes anclle and vectisal.
DATIVE AND ABLATIVE PLUBAL.

1. Bos has bubus and less frequently bobus, by contraction for bovlbus.
Bus has either sutbus or subus.
2. Greek nouns in ma have is more frequently than Ibus.
3. The poets sometimes form the dative plural in sit and before a
vowel in sin ; as, herois, herolsin.
ACCUSATIVE PLUBAL.

1. Masculines and feminines, having ium in the genitive plural, had
anciently is or eis in the accusative plural; as, civis, montis. So like^
wise the Greek accusatives Trallis and Sardis.
2. The accusative plural of Greek nouns often ends in as instead of
es; as, Arcadas: so in barbarian names of nations; as, Allobrogas.

LESSON J.
IRREGULAR NOUNS.

1. Irregular nouns are either variable, defective, or
redundant,
VARIABLE NOUNS.

2. A variable noun is one which is found of different
genders or in different declensions.
3. Those which vary in

\^Qn j are ca,led \ tt°£~

DEFECTIVE NOUNS.

4. Defective nouns are either indeclinable, defective
in case, or defective in number.
5. Indeclinable nouns are called aptotes.
6. A iroun found in one case only is called a monop-

187

APPENDIX.

tote,—in two only, a diptote,—in three only, a triptote,
—in four only, a tetraptote,—in five only, a pentaptote.
7. A noun may want either the singular or the plural
number.
8. Most proper, abstract, and material nouns want
the plural.
Remark.—Abstract nouns in Latin are sometimes used in the plural
to denote a repetition of the same thing, or its existence in different ob­
jects.

9. The names of festivals, of festive games, of certain
days in the Roman Calendar, and several names of
places and books, want the singular.
REDUNDANT NOUNS'.

10. A redundant noun is one which, in some or all of
its parts, has two or more forms differing in gender,
number, termination, or declension.

LESSON

K.

DERIVATION OP NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES.

A patronymic noun is the name of a person, derived
from that of his father or other ancestor, or the founder
of his nation.
Masculine patronymics commonly end in ides, eJdes, fides, and Hides;
—feminine, in is, eis, as, and ias, rarely in me.

A patrial noun is derived from the name of a country,
and denotes an inhabitant of that country; as, Macedo,
a Macedonian.
A diminutive denotes a small thing of the kind, or a
small degree of the quality, denoted by the primitive.
Diminutives generally end in lus, Za, or lum.
A verbal noun or adjective is one which is derived
from a verb; as, amor, love, and amator, a lover, from
amo, to love.
A participial adjective is one which is derived from a
participle retaining its form ; as, amans, fond ; doctus,
learned.

THE LIFE OF JOSEPH.

1. Joseph's Childhood.
Jacobus habuit duodecim filios, inter quos erat Josephus, quem pater diligebat prae ceteris filiis, et huic dedit
togam versicoldrem.
Quam ob causam Joseph us erat invisus suis fratribus,"
praesertim postquam narravit eis duplex somnium, quo4
futura ejus magnitudo portendebatur.
Oderantc ilium tantopere, ut non possent* cum eo ami­
ce loqui.

2. His Dreams.
Hasc porro erant Josephi somnia. " Ligabamus," inquit, " simul manipulos in agro : ecce manipulus meus
surgebat, et stabat rectus; vestri autem manipuli mtcmn*Santos venerabantur meum.
" Postea vidi in somnis solem, lunam, et undecim stellas adorantes me."°
Cui6 fratres responderunt, " Quorsum spectant ista som­
nia ? Num tu eris rex noster ? Num subjiciemur ditioni*
tuae ?"
Fratres igitur invidebant ei ;d at pater rem tacitus con
siderabat.
1. (a) Less. 109. (6) Less. 117,1. ( c ) Less. 81,4. ( d ) Less. 133.
2 (a) Less. 121,9. (6) JLess. 94, 5. (c) Less. 111. (d) Less. 110.1

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

189

3, His Brethren resolve to kill him.
Quadam die" quum fratres Josephi pascerent6 greges
procul, ipse remanserat domi. Jacobus misit eum ad fra­
tres, ut sciret,c quomodo se haberent.rf
Qui videntes Josephum venientem consilium ceperunt
illlus occidendi :6 " Ecce," dicebant, " somniator venit:
occidamus-^ ilium, et projiciamus in puteum. Dicemus
patri, 'Fera devoravit Josephum.' Tunc apparebit,*
quid sua illa/l prosintd somnia."

4. His Brother Reuben saves his life.
Ruben, qui erat natu" maximus, deterrebat fratres a
tanto scelere.
" Nollte," inquiebat, "interficere6 puerum : est enim
frater noster : demittite eum potius in hanc foveam."
Habebat in anlmo liberare Josephum ex eorum manibus, et ilium extrahere e fovea, atque ad patrem reducere.
Re ips& his verbis deducti sunt ad mitius consilium.

5. He is sold by his Brethren.
Ubi Josephus pervenit ad fratres suos, detraxerunt ei°
togam, qua6 indatus erat, et detruserunt eum in foveam.
Deinde quum consedissentc ad sumendumd cibum, conspexerunt mercatores, qui petebant JSgyptum cum camelis portantibus varia aromata.
Venit illis in mentem Josephum vendere illis mercatorlbus.
Qui Josephum emerunt viginti nummis* argenteis,
eumque duxerunt in iEgyptum/
3. (a) Less. 118,2. (6.) Less. 132, 2. (c) Less. 133. i d ) Less. 129,1. (e) Less
123, 4. (/) Less. 126, 2. (g) Less. 129,3. (h) Less. 111.
4. (a) Less. 117, 5. (6) Less. 126, 4.
5. (a) Less. Ill, N. 2. (A) Less. 117, 2. (c) Less. 132,2. (d)Less. 123,5. ie) Lesa
il8,1. </ Less. 97,3.

m

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

6. His Robe stained with Blood is sent to his Father
Tunc fratres Josephi tinxerunt togam ejus in sangur-ue
haedi, quem occiderant, et miserunt earn ad patrem" cum
his verbis : 44 Invenlmus banc togam: vide, an toga filii
tui sit."6
Quam quum agnovisset,6 pater exdamavit: 44 Toga filii
mei est: fera pessima devoravit Josephum." Deinde
scidit vestem, et induit cilicium.
Omnes liberi ejus convenerunt, ut lenlrent6 dolorem
patris ;a sed Jacobus noluit accipere consolationem ; dix
itque, 44 Ego descendam mcerens cum filio meo in sepul
crum."

7. He is sold to Potiphar.
Putiphar iEgyptius emit Josephum a mercatoribus.
Deus autem favit Putiphari" causa6 Josephi: omnia eic
prospere succedebant.
Quamobrem Josephus benigne habitus est ab hero, qui
praefecit eum domui' suae.
Josephus ergo administrabat rem familiarem Putipharis : omnia fiebant ad nutum ejus, nec Putiphar ulllus
negotii curam gerebat.

8, He is f alsely accused and imprisoned.
Josephus erat insigni et pulchr& facie :a uxor Putipharis eum .pelliciebat ad flagitium: Josephus autem improbae mulieri6 assentiri nolebat.
Quadam die mulier oram pallii ejus apprehendit; at
Josephus rellquit pallium in manibus ejus, et fugit.
Mulier irata in^lamavit servas, et Josephum accusavit
apud virum, qui nimium credulus Josephum in carcerem
conjecit.
6. (o) Less. 91, 6. (6) Why in the subjunctive?
7. ( a ) Less. 110,1. (£») Less. 117,1. (c) Less. 111.
8. (a) Less. 101. (6) Less. 111.

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

191

9. The Dreams of two of Pharaoh's Officers.
Erant in eodem carcere duo ministri regis PharaOnis ;
alter praeSrat pincernis," alter pistoribus.
Utrique obvenit divinltus somnium e&dem nocte.
Ad quos quum venisset6 Josephus mane, et animadvertisset6 eos tristiores solito, interrogavit, quaenam esset*
moestitiae causa.
Qui responderiint: 44 Obvenit nobis somnium, nec quisquam est, qui illud nobis interpretetur."d
44 Nonne," inquit Josephus, 44 Dei® sollus est praenoscere^ les futuras ? Narrate mihi somnia vestra."

10. Joseph interprets the Chief Butler's Dream,
Turn prior Josepho somnium suum sic exposuit.
44 Yidi in quiete vitem, in qu& erant tres palmites ; ea
paulatim protulit gemmas ; deinde flores eruperunt, ac denlque uvae maturescebant."
44 Ego exprimebam uvas in scyphum Pharaonis, elque
porrigebam."
44 Esto bono animo," inquit Josephus, 44 post tres dies
Pharao te restituet in gradum prist! num : te rogo, ut memineris* mei."
11.

He interprets the Chief Baker's Dream.

Alter quoque narravit somnium suum Josepho.
"Gestabam in capite tria canistra, in quibus erant cibi,
quos pistores conficere solent. Ecce autem aves circumvolitabant, et cibos illos comedebant."
Cui Josephus: 44 Haec est interpretatio istlus somnii.
Tria canistra sunt tres dies, quibus® elapsis, Pharao te
feriet securi, et ad palum afFlget, ubi aves carne6 tuk pas
centur."
9. (a) Less. 111. (6) Why in the subjunctive1 (<d) "To interpret," or "who
can interpret," Less. 134, 4. (e) Less. 102, 1, and R. 1. (f) Less. 102, R. 2.
10. ( a ) Perf. subj. Less. 81, 4.
11. (a) Less. 120. ( 6 ) Less. 117,2.

192

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

12. The Accomplishment of the two Dreams.
Die tertio, qui dies natalis PharaO nis erat, splendiduin
convivium parandum" fuit.
Quare rex memlnit ministrorum 6 suorum, qui in carcerern conjecti erant.
Praefecto pincernarum ejus munus restituit; alterurn
vero securi percussum suspendit ad palura. Ita res somnium comprobavit.
Tamen praefectus pincernarum oblltus est Josephi, 6 nec
illlus in se meriti 6 recordatus est.

13. Pharaoh's Dreams.
Post biennium rex ipse somnium habuit.
Nilo a flumini 6 adstare sibi videbatur ; et ecce de flumine emergebant septem vaccae pingues, quae in palude pascebantur. Deinde ex eodem flumine exierunt aliae vaccae
macilentae, quae priores devorarunt. c
Pharao experrectus rursum dormivit, et alterum habuil
somnium.
Septem spicae plense in uno culmo, enascebantur, #lieeque totidem exiles succrescebant, et spicas plenas consumebant.

14. The Chief Butler speaks of Joseph to the King.
Ubi illuxit, Pharao perturbatus convocavit omnes
^Egypti conjectores, et illis somnium narravit; at nemo
illud interpretari poterat.
Tunc praefectus pincernarum regi dixit: " Confiteor
peccatum meum. Quum ego et praefectus pistorum essemus in carcere, uterque a eadem nocte somniavimus.
Erat ibi puer Hebraeus, qui nobis sapienter interpretatus est somnia ; res enim interpretationem comprobavit.'
12. (a) Less. 121, 6. (b) Less. 105,1.
13. (a) Why in the dative 1 (6) Less. 89,1. (c) Contracted from devoraverunt
14. (a) i. e. nos uterque, we each. •

jLIFE OF JOSPPH

193

15. Joseph interprets the King's Dreams.
Rex arcesslvit Josephum, elque utrumque somnium
narravit. Turn Josephus Pharaoni: " Duplex," inquit,
" somnium unam atque eandem rem signif icat.
" Septem vaccse pingues et septem spicae plenae sunt
septem annia ubertatis mox venturi: septem vero vaccae
macilentae et septem spicae exiles sunt totidem anni famis,
quae ubertatem secutura est."
Itaque rex,6 praefice toti JEgypto virum gapientem et
industrium, qui in horreis publicis partem frugum recondat,c et diligenter in subsidium famis secuturae servet.

16. Joseph is made Governor of Egypt.
Consilium regi® placuit; quare dixit Josepho : " Num
quisquam est in JEgypto te6 sapientior ? Nemo certe illo
munerec melius fungetur.
44 En tibi regni mei curam trado."
Turn e manu su& annulum detraxit, et Josephi digitod
inseruit; veste6 byssina induit ilium, collo^ torquem aureum cireumdedit, eumque in curru suo secundum collocavit,
Josephus erat triginta annos natus, quum summam potestatem a rege accepit/

17. He lays up Corn—the Famine begins.
Josephus perlustravit omnes JEgypti regiones, et per
septem annos ubertatis maximam frumenti copiam congessit.
Secdta est inopia septem anndrum, et in orbe universo
fames ingravescebat.
Tunc JSgyptii, quos premebat egestas, adierunt regem"
postulantes cibum.
15. (a) Less. 92. (b) Less. 116. (c) Less. 133.
16. (a) Less. 110,1. (6) Less. 119,1. (c) Less. 116,4.
(€) Less. 117, 2.
Ill, Jl. 2. <£) I^ess. 132,2.
17 (a) Less. 97, 4.

17

,d) Why in

dative>1

194

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

Quos Pliarao ad Josephum remittebat.
Hie autem aperuit horrea, et iEgyptiis frumenta veiliidit.

18. Jacob sends his Sons into Egypt to buy Corn.
Ex aliis quoque regionibus conveniebatur" in jEgyptum
ad emendam* annonam.
Eadem necessitate compulsus Jacobus illuc filios suos
misit.
Itaque profecti sunt fratres Josephi; sed pater domi6
retinuit minimum natu, qui Benjaminus* vocabatur.
Timebat enim, ne quid mali in itinere ei accideret/
Benjaminus ex eadem matre natus erat, qud/ Jose­
phus/ idedque ei longe carior erat, quam ceteri fratres/

19. Joseph treats them as Spies.
Decern fratres ubi in conspectum Josephi venerunt, eum
protii venerati sunt.
Agnovit eos Josephus, nec ipse ab eis est cognitus.
Noluit indicare" statim, quis esset,6 sed eos interrogavit tanquam alienos : " Unde venistis et quo consilio ?"c
Qui responderunt: 44 Profecti sumus e regione Chanaan,
ut frumentum emamus."4
k4 Non est ita," inquit Josephus, " sed animo hostlli
hue venistis : nostras urbes et loca ^Egypti parum munlta explorare vultis.
At illi: " Minime," inquiunt: 44 nihil mali meditamur;
duodecim fratres sumus ; min!musd a patre domi re tentus
est; alius vero non superest."

20. He detains Simeon.
Illud Josephum angebat, quod Benjaminus cum cete*
ris non aderat.
18. (a) Less. 81,10 & 11. (6) Less. 123,5. (c) Less. 108,1 & R. (d) Less. 92,
R. I, b. (e) Why in the subjunctive 1 (/) Supply ex. (g) What is understood I
19. (a) What is the object of this verb 1 Less. 129,3. (6) Why in the 8ubjunc<
live? (c) Less. 117,1. id) Supply natu

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

195

Quare dixit eis : " Experiar, an verum dixerltis.0 Ma
neat" unus ex vobis obses6 apud me, dum hue frater vester minimus adducatur ;c ceteri abite cum frumento."
Tunc inter se dicere cceperunt: 44 Merito haec patimur :
crudeles fuirnus in fratrem nostrum ; nunc pcenam hujus
sceleris luimus."
Putabant haec verba* non intelligi a Josepho, quia per
interpretem cum eis loquebatur.
Ipse autem aver tit se parumper, et flevit.

21. His Brethren return home.
Josephus jussit fratrum saccos" tritico impleri, et pecu
niam, quam attulerant, in ore saccorum reponi: addidit.
insuper cibaria in viam.
Deinde eos omnes dimlsit prater Simeonem, quem retinuit obsidem.6
Itaque profecti sunt fratres Josephi, etquum ad patrem
venissent,c omnia, quae sibi acciderant, ei narraverunt.
Quum saccos aperuissent,c ut frumenta effunderent,®
mirantes repererunt pecuniam.

22. Jacob refuses to send Benjamin.
Jacobus ut audlvit Benjamliium0 arcessi a praefecto4
jEgypti, cum gemitu questus est.
44 Orbum me liberis c fecistis: Josephus mortuus est;
Simeon retentus est in iEgypto; Benjamlmim abducere
vultis.
tk Haec omnia mala in me recidunt: non dimittam Benjamlnum; nam si quid adversi ei acciderit in via, non
potero ei superstes vivere, sed dolore oppressus moriar."

23. His Sons urge him to consent.
Postquam consumpti sunt cibi, quos attulerant, Jacobus
filiis suis dixit, 44 Proficisciminia iterum in ^Egyptum, ut
cibos ematis."
20.
21.
22.
23.

(a) Why the subjunctive 1 (b ) Less. 92. (c) Less. 132,1. ( d ) Less. 95, 3
(a) Less. 95, 3. (6) As a hostage. Less. 89,1. (c) Why the subju nctive1
(a) Less. 95, N. 1. (6) Less. 117, N. I. (<» Less. 104, R.
(a) In what mood 1

196

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

Qui responderunt: "Non possftmus sine Benjamino
adire praefectum6 JEgypti; ipse enim jussit illumA ad se
adduci."
44 Cur," in quit pater, 44 mentionem fecistis de fratre vestro minimo ?"
44 Ipse," inquiunt, 44 nos interrogavit, 4 an pater viveret, d
an alium fratrem haberemus.'d . Respondimus ad ea, quae
sciscitabatur; non potuimus prsescire eura6 dicturum esse,®
4 A.dducite hue fratrem vestrum.' "
24. He yields to their entreaties.
Tunc Judas, unus e filiis Jacobi, dixit patri: 44 Committe mihi puerum : ego ilium in fidem meam recipio,
ego servabo, ego ilium ad te redflcam ; quod nisi fecero,0
hujus rei culpa in me residebit; si voluisses6 eum statim
dimittere, jam secundo hue rediissemus."6
Tandem victus pater annuit; 44 Quoniam necesse est,"
inquit, "proficiscaturBenjamlnus vobiscum ; deferte viro
munera et duplum pretium, ne forte errore factum sit,c ut
vobis prior pecunia redderetur."*
25. Joseph's Brethren return to Egypt.
Nuntiatum est" Josepho eosdem viros advenisse, et cum
eis6 parvulum fratrem.0
Josephus eos in domum introduce jussit, et lautum parari convivium.c
Illi metuebant, ne arguerentur* de pecunia, quam in
saccis repererant: quare apud dispensatorem Josephi se
purgaverunt.
44 Jam semel," inquiunt/ 44 hue venimus: reversi do­
mum* pretium frumenti in saccis in venimus: nescimus,
quonam casu id factum fuerit,® sed eandem pecuniam reportavimus."
23. (6) Why in the accusative 7 (c) Less. 95, N. 3. ( d ) W h y in the subjunctive 1
24. (a) Less. 47, 11. (ft) Less. 131, R. a. (c) Less. 133.
25. (a) What is the subject of this verb 7 Less. 95, 4. (ft) Less. 117, N. 2
yC) Less. 88, 2. (d) Less. 95,1. (e) Why in the Subjunctive 7 (f ) Less. 1527, R
Less. 108, 2 & R.

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

107

Quibus dispensator ait: " Bono animo estate.*' Deinde
ad illos adduxit Simednem, qui retentus fuerat.

26. They are admitted to his Presence,
Deinde Josephus ingressus est in conclave, ubi fratres
sui eum exspectabant, qui eum venerati sunt offerentes
munera.
Josephus eos clementer salutavit, interrogavitque:
44 Salvusne est senex ille, quem vos patrem" habetis ?6
V i v i t n e a d h u cV n
Qui responderunt: 44 Salvus est pater noster, adhuc
vivit."
Josephus autem, eonjectis in Benjamlnum oculisc dixit:
46 An iste est frater Tester minimus, qui domid remanserat apud patrem ?"* Et rursus : 44 Deus sit® tibi propitius,
fili7 mi
et abiit festlnans, quia commotus erat animo,
et lacrjmse erumpebant.

27. Joseph's Cup is placed in Benjamin's Sack.
Josephus, lota° facie, regressus continuit se, et jussit
cibos apponi. Turn uniculque fratrum6 suorum escam
distribuit, sed pars Benjamlni erat multo major quam ceterorum/
Peracto convivio, Josephus dispensatori dat negotium,
ut saccos eorum frumento impleat, pecuniam® simul repdnat,d et insuper scyphum suum argenteum in sacco Ben­
jamlni recondat/*
Ille fecit diligenter, quodr jussus fuerat,

28. Joseph sends in pursuit of them.
Fratres Josephi sese in viam dederant, necdum procul
ab urbe aberant.
26. (a) Less. 89, 1. (b) Is this question direct, or indirect? Why? (c) Less.
120. {d) Why in the genitive? (e) What does this subjunctive express? Less.
126, 2. (/> Lees. 9, Exc. 2. (g) Less. 29, N. 2.
27. (a) Less. 120, N. 3. (b) Less. 103, 1. (c) Less. 119, 3. (d) Less. 88, 2.
(«) Et is understood before pecuniam. Less. 88, R. 3. (/) Id is understood aa
the antecedent of quod.

17*

198

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

Tunc Josephusdispensatdrem domfts suae vocavit, eique
dixit: " Persequere viros, et quum eos assecutus fueris,"
illis dicito : 4 Quare injuriam pro beneficio rependistis ?
" ' Subripuistis scyphum argenteum, quo6 dominus
meus utitur : improbe fecistis.' "
Dispensator mandata Josephi perfecit; ad eos confestim advolavit; furtum exprobravit; rei indignitatem exposuit.
29. The Cup is found in Benjamin's Sack.
Fratres Josephi dispensatori responderunt: " Istud
sceleris® longe a nobis alienum est: nos, ut tute scis, retulimus bona fide6 pecuniam in saccis repertam ; tantum
abest, ut scyphum domini tui furati simus : apud quem
furtum deprehensum. fuerit, isc morte mulctetur.d"
Continuo saccos deponunt et aperiunt, quos ille scrutatus, inv6nit scyphum in sacco Benjamlni.
30. They return to the City.
Tunc fratres Josephi mcerjre oppressi in urbem revertuntur.
Adducti ad Josephum ad pedes illius sese abjecerunt.
Quibus ille ; "Quomddo," inquit, " potuistis hoc scelus
admittere ?"
Judas respondit: Fateor: res est manifesta; nullam
possumus excusationem afferre, nec audemus veniam petere aut sperare : nos omnes erimus servi tui."
" Nequaquam," aita Josephus : "sed ille, apud quem
inventus est scyphus, erit mihi servus : vos autem ablte
liberi ad patrem vestrum."
28. (a) Less. 132, 2. (6) Less. 116, 4.
29. (a) Less. 103,2. (6) Less. 117,1. (c) Is, though placed after its relative,
should be translated before it, " Let him, with whom," &c. (d) W1 «at does this
subjunctive express 1
30. (a) Less. 127. R.

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

199

31. Judak intercedes for Benjamin.
Tunc Judas accedens propiiis ad Josephum : 44 Te oro,"
inquit, 44 domine mi, ut bona cum venia me audias.
44 Pater unice diligit puerum ; primo eum dimittere nolebat; id ab eo impetrare non potui, nisi postquam spopondi eum tutum ab omni periculo fore ; si ad patrem sine
puero redierimus, ille moerore confectus morietur.
44 Te oro atque obsecro ut puerum ablre sinas, meque,
pro eo in servitutem addicas : ego poenam, qufta dignus est,
exsolvam."

32. Joseph makes himself known to his Brethren.
Interea Josephus se continere vix poterat: quare
dSgyptios adstantes0 recedere jussit.
Turn flens dixit magn& voce : 44 Ego sum Josephus;
vivitne adhuc pater meus ?"
Fratres ejus, nimio terrore perturbati, respondere non
poterant.
Quibus ille amice: 44 Accedite," inquit, 44 ad me, ego
sum Josephus, frater vester, quem vendidistis mercatoribus euntibusMn JEgyptum : nolite timere ; Dei providen­
tial id factum est, ut ego salati vestrae consulerem."

33. Joseph invites his Father to come into Egypt.
Josephus hsec locutus0 fratremsuum Benjamlnum complexus est, eumque lacrymis6 conspersit.
Deinde ceteros quoque fratres collacrymans osculatus
est. Turn demum illi cum eo fidenter locuti sunt.
Quibus Josephus : 44 Ite," inquit, 44 properate ad pa­
trem meum, eique nunciate filium suum vivere, et apud
Pharaonem plunmum posse ; persuadete illi,cut in JEgyptum cum omni familia commigret.

31 'a) Less. 116, 2.
a ) Less. 122, 1 & 3.
(b ) Less. 122,1,2, 3 & 4.
5» a) Less. 121, 7. (6) Less. 117, 2. (c) Less. 110,1.

200

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

34. Pharaoh sends Presents and Chariots to Jacob.
Fama de adventu fratrum Josgphi ad aures regis pervenit; qui dedit eis munera perferenda ad patrem cum his
mandatis :
" Adduclte hue patrem vestrum etomnem ejus familiam,
nee multum curate supellectilem vestram, quia omnia, quae
opus erunt vobis,a praebiturus sum, et omnes opes jEgypti
vestrae erunt."
Misit quoque currus tfd vehendum6 senem et parvulos
et mulieres.

35. Jacob is informed that Joseph is still alive.
Fratres Josephi festinantes reversi sunt ad patrem
suum, el que nuntia^runt Josephum vivere, et principem
esse totlus iEgypti.
Ad quem nuntium Jacobus, quasi e gravi somno excitatus, obstupuit, nec primo filiis rem narrantibus fidem
adhibebat s sed, postquam vidit plaustra et dona sibi a Josepho missa, recepit animum, et, 44 Mihi satis est," inquit,
44 si vivit adhuc Josephus meus : ibo et videbo eum, antequam moriar." 0

36. Jacob goes into Egypt with all his Family.
Jacobus, profectus cum filiis et nepotibus, pervenit in
-dEgyptum, et praemlsit Judam ad Josephum, ut eum faceret certiorem de adventu suo.
Confestim Josephus processit obviam patri,° quem ut
vidit, in collum ejus se conjecit, et flens fientem complexus est.
Turn Jacobus : 44 Satis diu vixi," inquit, 44 nunc aequo
ammo moriar, quoniam conspectu6 tuo frui mihi licuit, et
te mihi superstitem relinquo."
34. (a) Less. 109. (6) Less. 123,5.
35. (a) Less. 132,1.
36. ( a ) Less. 110, 4. (6) Less. 116, 4.

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

201

37. His Arrival is made known to the King.
Josephus adiit Pharaonem, elque nuntiavit patrem'
suum advenisse :b constituit etiam quinque e fratribus
suis coram rege.
Qui eos interrogavit, quidnam operisc haberent: illi responderunt sea esse pastores.
Turn rex dixit Josepho : "JSgyptusin potestate tufc
est, cura, ut pater et fratres tui in optimo loco habitent;
et si qui sint inter eos gnavi et industrii, trade eis curam
pecorum meorum."
38. Joseph introduces his Father to Pharaoh.
Josephus adduxit quoque patrem suum ad PharaOnem,
qui salutatus a Jacobo percontatus est ab eo, qu& esset
a&tate ?"
Jacobus regi respondit: " Yixi centum et triginta annos,6 nec adeptus sum senectutem beatam avorum meo­
rum
turn, bene precatus regi, dicessit ab eo.
Josephus autem patrem et fratres suos collocavit in op­
tima parte JEgypti, eisque omnium rerum abundantiam
suppeditavit.
39. Jacob requests to be buried with his Fathers.
Jacobus vixit septem et decern annos, postquam commigrarata in iEgyptum.
Ubi sensit mortem6 sibic imminere, arcess!tod Josepho
dixit: " Si me ames, jura te id facturum esserquod a te
petam, scilicet ut ne me sepelias in iEgypto, seU corpus
meum transferas ex hac regione, et condas in sepulcro
majorum meorum."
Josephus autem: " Faciam," inquit, "quod jubes
pater."
" Jura ergo mihi," ait Jacobus, " te cert5 id facturum
esse."
Josephus juravit in verba patris.
37. (a) Less. 95, 3. (b) Less. 95,1. (c) Less, 103,1 & 2.
^
38. (a) Less. 101, R. 3. (6) Why in the accusative 1
39. (a) Less. 49, R. 2. (6) Lees. 95, 1. (c) Less. 111. (rf) Les«. 12D, N. 3

LIFE OF JOSEPH.

40. Joseph pays his last Duties to his Father.
Ut vidit Josephus extinctum patrem, flens eum osculatus est, diuque luxit.
Deinde praecepit medicis," ut condlrent corpus, et ipse
cum fratribus multisque ^Egyptiis patrem deportavit in
regionem Chanaan.
Ibi funus fecerunt cum magno planctu, et sepelierunt 6
corpus in spelunca, ubi jacebant Abrahamus et Isa&cus,
i;everslque sunt in M gyp turn.
41. Joseph consoles his Brothers.
Post mortem patris timebant fratres Josephi, ne ulcisceretur injuriam, quam acceperat: miserunt igitur ad il­
ium rogantes nomine patris, ut earn oblivisceretur, sibique condonaret.
Quibus Josephus respondit: "Non est,® quod timeatis ; b vos quidem malo in me animo fecistis ; sed Deus
convertit illud in bonum : ego vos alam et familias vestras."
Oonsolatus est eos plurimis verbis, et leniter cum illis
locutus est.
42. The Death of Joseph.
Josephus vixit annos centum et decern ; quumque esset morti proximus, convocavit fratres suos, et illos admonuit se brevi moritarum esse.
" Ego,^ inquit, "jam morior : Deus vos non deseret,
sed erit vobis® prsesidio, et deducet vos aliquando ex
iEgypto in regionem, quam patrlbus nostris promlsit:
oro vos, atque obtestor, ut illuc ossa mea deportetis."
Deinde placide obiit: corpus ejus condltum est, et in
feretro positum.
40. (a) Less. 110,1. (6) Less. 49, R. 2.
41. (a) The subject of est in such negative expressions is often wanting
(b) Less. 134,4.
42. (a) Less. 114.

FABLES.
1. The Gnat and the Bull.
In cornu tauri culex sedens, " Si te," ait,® " mole me&
gravo, protinus avolabo." At ille : " Te," inquit,® " prorsus non sensi."

2. The Lion and the Goat.
quum6 capram in

Leo
alt& rupe stantem videret,* monuit,
ut potius in viride pratum descenderet.d Cui respondet
capra : " Non ea sum,* quae dulcia7 tutisg praep5nam.m

3. The Magpie and the Dove.
Pica et columba pavonem convenerant, ut eum salutarent.d Dum redeunt, maledica pica ait: u Quam* mihi
displicet pavo! quarrf insuaves edit sonos ! cur* non silet ?
cup non turpes pedes tegit?" At innocens columba sic*'
refert: " Yitia ejus non observavi, verum formositateni
corporis et caudae nitorem adeo mirata sum, ut non satis
laudare possim."
Boni bona* mali mala exqulrunt; illi, ut laudare, hi, ut
carpere possint.

4. The Blackbird.
Merula ante fenestram in cave& suspensa noctu canta(a) Less. 127, R. (6) Translate quum before leo. (c) Less. 132, R. (d) Less.
135,2. (e) Non ea sum, "I am not one." (/) Less. 91, 5. (g) Less. 91,6, and
Less. 111. (A) Less. 135,1. (t) What doesit modify or limit? Less. 88,1. (j) Boni
oona. Less. 91, 4 & 5.
•

204

FABLES.

bat. Advolat vespertilio, et rogat: " Cur non interdiu
potiiis cantas, et noctu acquiescis ?" "Ego," inquit ilia,
"interdiu cantaris capta sum; itaque malo prudentior
facta sum, et interdiu quiesco." Turn vespertilio : 44 At
tu," inquit, 44 sero caves ; tacere debuisti prius, quam capereris."4

5. The Husbandman and his Sons.
Agricola viclnus morti, quum filiis. divitias relinquere
non posset, Voluit animos eorum ad diligentem agriculturam excitare. Igitur eos ad se vocat, et sic alloquitur :
" Mei filii, quo in loco res meae sint,' videtis. Vobxs^ autem, quidquid potui, in vita mea collegi, idque totumn in
vine& nostra quaerere poteritis." Hbec quum dixisset,
paulo post moritur senex. At filii, quod credebant, patrem in vineaalicubi thesaurum abscondisse, arreptis ligonlbus, solum vineae universe effodiunt, ac thesauram quidem repererUnt nullum, sed terr& fodiendo0 perculta, uberrlmos fructus e vitibus perceperunt.

6. The Lion and the Fox.
Leo senio confectus, quum vires non suppeterent ad
victum parandum, callidum cepit consilium sustentandi
vitam. In antro enim, quasi periculoso morbo correptus,
decubuit, et quum ad ipsum visendum reliqute animantes
advenlrent, prehensasp illas devoravit. Atqu« ita magna
besti&rum multitudine a ledne absumpta, accedit tandem
etiam vulpecula ad antrum, et ante illud substitit haesitans
et circumspectans. Turn leo rogat: 44 Cur me adlre dubitas?" At ilia respondit: 44 Quia vestigia ire terrent,
omnia te adversum spectantia, nulla retrorsum.
(Jc) Less. 132,1, & Less. 135, 2. (/) Less. 129,1. Sint depends un videtis. Less
135,1. (m) Why is vobia in the dative ? (n) Idque totum, •' and the whole of it."
(o) Less. 117,1, & Less. 123,3. (p) Prehensas Mas aevoravit, " he caught and
levoured them." Less. 122,8.

FABLES.

205

7. The Fly.
Quadrigae aliquot in stadio currebant," quibus* musca
insidebat.* Maximo autem pulverec ab equis et curribus
excitato, musca dixit: " Quantam vim pulverisd excitavi!"

8. The Hawk and the Countryman.
Accipiter cum columbam7 praecipiti msequeretur* volatu/ villamA quandam ingressus a rustico* captus est,
quem blande, ut se dimitteret/ obsecrabat: 44 Non enim
te lsesi," dicens.* Cui rusticus : " Nec haec," respondit,
" te lasserat."

9. The Reed and the Oak.
Disceptabant de robore quercus et arundo. Quercus
exprobrabat arundlni mobilitatem, et quod ea ad quam
vis exiguam auram tremeret.* Arundo tacebat. Paulo
post procella furit, et quercum, quae ei resisteret,m radicitus evellit; arundo autem, quae cederet7" vento, locum
servat.

10. The dying Wolf and the Fox.
Lupus moribundus vitam ante actam perpendebat.
quidem fui," inquit, 4< neque tamen pessimus.
Multa male feci, fateor, sed multum etiam boni perpetravi. Agnus aliquando balans, qui a grege aberraverat,
tam prope ad me accedebat, ut ilium facile devorare pos*
sem, sed parcebam illi. Eodem tempore convicia ab ove
qu&dam in me jactata sequissimo ferebam animo, licet a
canibus nihil mihin metuendum esset." 0 44 Atque haec
omnia ego testari possum," inquit vulpes, 44 probe enim
rem memlni. Nimlrum turn temporisp accidit, cum os
illud devoratum fauce haereret, ad quod? extrahendum
gruis opem implorare cogebaris."
44 Malus

'a) Less. 47, 7. (6) Less. 111. (c) Less. 120. (d) Less. 100. (e) Less. 132, 2.
(/) Less. 96, N. 2. (g) Less. 117, 1. (h) Less. 121, 9. (i) Less. 117, N. 1.
(J) L?ss. 133,1. (A) Less. 96, R. 2. (0 Less. 128,1. (m) Less. 13? 1. (w) Less
112, 2. (o) Less. 131, N. (p) Less. 108,1. (?) Less. 123,5.
18

ANECDOTES
1. Thales rogatus, quid esset" difficile, " Se ipsum,'
inquit, "ndsse."* Idem rogatus, quid esset facile, "A.teruni," ait, " admonere."
2. Epictetus interrogatus quis esset dives, respond't,
" Cui id satis est, quod habet."
3. Alexander interrogatus, ubi thesauros suos conderet ; a " Apud am!cos,"c inquit.
4. Thales quum quaereretur, quid maxime commilne
esset hominibus, " Spes," d respondit; " hanc enim etiam
illi habent, qui aliud nihil habent."
. 5. Imperator Tiberius dixisse fertur : " Boni past5ris
est tondere pecus, non deglubere."
6. Agis, rex Lacedaemoniorum, audiens quosdam horrere hostium multitudlnem, ait: " Non percontandun#
est/ quot sint hostes, sed ubi sint. Idem interrogatus,
quot milltes haberet: " Quot* sufficiunt," inquit, " ad fugandos hostes."
7. Samiorum legati auxilium orantesA long& oratione1
usi erant. Responderunt Lacedaemonii: " Prima7 sumus
obllti, postrema? non intelleximus, quia prima non meminimus.''
8. Demonax quum* videret hominem veste magniflca
gloriantem, vestem manu prehendit, et dixit: " Atqui
hanc ante*te ovis gestabat, et tamen ovis erat."

ANECDOTES.

207

9. Alexander olim comprehensum' piratam interrogavit, quo jure maria infestaret. Ille, 44 Eddem," d inquit,
44 quo lu m orbem terrarum.
Sed quia ia egon parvo navigio facio, latro0 vocor ; tu," quia magna classe et exercitu,
imperator.'"*
10. Cornelia, Gracchorum mater, quum Campana matrona pulcherrima sua ornamenta ostenderet, traxit earn
sermone, quoad e schola redierunt liberi sui, et :
44 Haec," inquit, 44 ornamenta mea." d
11. Persa cum Graecis colloquens jactabundus dixit:
prae jaculorum nostrorum multitudine non videbltis." Respondit Lacedaemonius : 44 In urpbr& igitur
pugnabimus."
44 Solem

12. Philippus, rex Macedoniae, 44 omnia castella expugnari posse" dicebat/ 44 in quae modo asellus onustus auro
posset9 ascendere."
13. Socrates interrogatus, quinam homines tranquille
viverent, 44 Qui," r inquit, 44 nulllus turpitudlnis sibi conscii sunt."
14. Bias navigabat aliquando cum impiis/ Quum vero,
tempestate exorta, navis quateretur* fluctibus, illique invocarent' deos, 44 Siletc," inquit, ne illi sentiant vos hie
navigare.
15. Yersificator quidam legerat Theocrito versus suos.
Turn interrogabat, quosnam maxime probaret. Hie
4 Quos r omisisti," respondit.
16. Aristippus percontanti," quae potisslmiim adolescentibus* essent discenda," 44 Quae viris,"* inquit, 44 usui futura sint."
17. Titus Caesar, recordatus quondam super ccenam,
nihil se toto die cuiquam praestitisse, dixit: 44 Amlci, diem
perdidi."

208

ANECDOTES.

18. Solon quum interrogaretur, cur nullum supplicium
constituisset in eum, qui parentem necasset, y respondit se
neminem* id facturum putasse.
19. Zeno inepta loquenti adolescentulo, " Idcirco," inquit, " aures habemus duas et os unum, ut plura audiamus, loquamur pauciora."
20. Diogenes animadvertens quendam imperlte jaculantem, proxime scopum consedit. Quum ex eo quaereretur, cur id faceret, 44 Ne forte," inquit, " ille me feriat."
(a) Many examples of the indirect question occur in these anecdotes, (b) Se
ipsum is the subject of nosse, and se ipsum ndsse is the subject of a sentence of
which est difficile understood is the predicate: nosse for novisse. Less. 49, R. 2.
(c) Sc. meos; Less. 91, 6. (d) What is understood? (e) Less. 101, 1 & R. 1.
if) Percontandum est is used impersonally, and tike dative of the agent, nobis or
hominlbus, is wanting; " we ought not to ask." Less. 112, R. a & c. (g) Tot is
understood. (A) "When asking for." Less. 122, 2. (i) Why in the ablative?
( /) " The first part—the last part." Less. 91, 5. (&) Begin with quum. (0 u Who
had been captured." Less. 122, 3. (m) Supply infestas. (n) Ego, nos, tu, and
vos, are expressed when emphasis or distinction is required. Less. 51, R. 4.
(o) Less. 92, b. (p) Less. 47, N. 2. (q) Less. 127, 2. (r) Is, as the antecedent of
qui, is often understood, (s) Less. 91, 4. (/) Less. 132, R. (w) " To one inquirng." Lep. 91, 4. (v) Less. 112, 2. (w) "Ought to be learned." Less. 112, R. c.
(x) "BeiiK men," or " when they are men :" viris is in appor tion with illis understood| and illis and usui depend on futura sint. Less. 114. (y) Por necavisset.
(*) Trai|slate the negative with the verb, " that he had not supposed tijai any une."

VOCABULARY.
EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS.
a
active.
mlj
adjective
ado
adverb.
comp •• • •comparative.
conj
conjunction.
def
defective.
dep
deponent.
dim
diminutive.
/'.........feminine.

fr

from.
frequentative.
hence.
impers- •• • impersonal.
ind
indeclinable.
int
interjection.
irr
irregular.
m
masculine.
n
neuter.
freq
h

A, ab, or abs, prep, with ab\.,from:
with the agent of a passive verb,
by.
Ab-duco, ere, xi, ctum, a., to take
away.
Ab-eo, ire, ii, ltum, irr. n., to go
away, depart.
Aberam, &c., see Absum.
Ab-erro, are, avi, atum, n., to stray.
Ab-hinc, adv., ago, since.
Abii, &c., see Abeo.
Ab-jicio, ere, jeci, jectum, a., (jacio), to throLD away, throw% cast.
Abrahamus, i, m., Abraham.
Abs-condo, ere, didi, ditum, a., to
hide, conceal.
Abs-tineo, ere, ui, a., (teneo), to ab­
stain from.
Ab-sum, esse, fui, n. irr., to be ab­
sent or distant; to be out of the
way: tantum abest ut, so far
(from the fact) is it, thai, &c.
See Tantus.
Ab-sumo, ere, psi, ptum, a., to de­
stroy, slay: h.
Absumptus, a, urn, part., destroyed.
Ab-surdus, a, um, adj., absurd, un­
becoming.
Abundantia, ae, f., an abundance: fr.
Ab-undo, are, avi, atum, n., to
abound.

18*

part
pass
plur
p. n
prep
pron

subst
s%p

numeral.
participle.
passive.
plural.
. .proper name.
preposition.
pronoun.
substantive.
superlative.

Ab-utor, i, abusus sum,dep.,toa6twe.
Ac, conj., and.
Ac-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, n.,
(ad-)j to come near, approach.
Ac-cido, ere, cidi, n., (ad-cado), to
happen.
Ac-cipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, a., (adcapio), to receive, accept.
Accipiter, tris, m., a hawk.
Accurate, adv., accurately, exactly.
Aceusator, oris, m., an accuser: &
Accusatus, a, um, part., accused: fr.
Ae-cuso, are, avi, atum, a., (adcausa), to accuse.
Ac-quiesco, ere, evi, n.,(ad-), to rest.
Actus, a, um, part. & adj., (ago),
done, finished: vita antd acta,
past life.
Aculeus, i, m., a sting.
Acumino, are, avi, atum, a., to
make pointed or sharp: acuminatus, a, um, part. & adj., pointed.
Ad, prep, with acc., to, at, according
to.—In composition the final d
assimilutes with the following
letter, when coming before c, f
g, I, n, p. r, s, and t; before q it
becomes c, and is usually dropped
before sc, sp, and gn.
Ad-dico, ere, xi, ctum, a., to give
up, devote, doom, conde mn

210

ADDO—ALIQUANDOr

Ad-do, ere, didi, ditum, a., to add.
Ad-duco, ere, xi, ctum, a., to bring,
lead.
Ad-eo, ire, ii, Itum, irr. n., to go to,
approach.
Ad-eo, adv., so.
Adeptus, a, am, part., (adipiscor.)
Adfui, &c., see Adsum.
Ad-hibeo, ere, ui, itum, a., (habeo),
to use, employ: fidem adhibere,
to give credit to, believe.
Ad-huc, adv., hitherto, still.
Ad-ipiscor, i, adeptus sum, -dep.,
(apiscor), to acquire, attain to,
reach.
Adjuto, are, avi, atum, a., (adjuvo),
to aid, assist.
Ad-ministro, are, avi, atum, a., to
manage, direct.
Ad-mlror, ari, atus sum, dep., to
admire.
Ad-mitto, ere, isi, issum, a., to ad­
mit ; to commit.
Ad-moneo, ere, ui, itum, a., to ad­
monish, advise; to remind.
Adolescens, tis, m. & f., a youth: h.
Adolescentia, ae, f., youth: &
Adolescentulus, i, m., dim., a
youth, striplirfg.
Ad-oro, are, avi, atum, a., to adore,
reverence.
Adstans, tis, part.: fr.
Ad-sto, are, iti, n., to stand near
or by.
Ad-sum, esse, fui, irr. n., to be pre­
sent f to be present at, take part
in.
Ad-venio, Ire, eni, entum, n., to
come: h.
Advento, are, avi, atum, n., to come,
approach : &
Adventus, us, m., a coming, arrival.
Adversiim or adversus, prep, with
acc., towards, to. It sometimes
follows its case : fr.
Adversus, a, um, adj., (advertor),
adverse: si quid adversi. if any
misfortune. Less. 103, 3.
Ad-volo, are, avi, atum, n., to Jly
to, hasten to.
iEger, gra, grum, adj., sick.
iEglna, ae, f., jEgina, a Grecian
island.

iEgyptius, a, um, adj., Egyptian:
subs., an Egyptian: fr.
#
^gyptus, i, f., Egypt.
JSneas, ae, m., JBneas, a Trojan
leader.
iEquus, a, um, adj., equal, calm:
aequo animo, willingly, contented'
ly; so, aequissimo animo, very
patiently, quite calmly.
Aer, is, m., the air.
iEstas, atis, f., summer.
iEs, aeris, n., brass, copper ; money.
iEstimo, are, avi, atum, a., to esti­
mate, value.
iEtas, atis, f., age.
iEternus, a, um, adj., eternal.
Af-fero, ferre, attuli, allatum, irr.
a., (ad-), to bring, bring to, allege,
plead.
Al-flgo, ere, xi, xum, a., (ad-), to
fix or fasten to or upon.
ATrica, ae, fM Africa.
Ager, gri, m., afield, land.
Agger, eris, m.,*a mound.
Agis, is or idis, m. p. n., Agis.
Agito, are, avi, atum, a., (ago), to
shake. _
Agmen, Inis, n., (ago), an army.
A-gnosco, ere, ovi, itum, a., (ad-),
to recognize, know.
Agnus, i, m., a lamb.
Ago, ere, egi, actum, a., to drive}
to do, perform.
Agricola, ae, m., (ager-colo), a hus­
bandman, farmer.
Agricultura, ae, f. (id.), tillage, hus­
bandry.
Agrigentum, i, n., Agrigentum.
Aio, ais, def. verb, Less. 81,2, tosay
Ala, ae, f., a wing.
Albus, a, um, adj., white
Alcibiades, is, m., Alcibiades.
Alexander, dri, m., Alexander: h.
Alexa ndria, ae, f., Alexandria, a
city of Egypt.
Alic-ubi, adv., (aliquo-), somewhere.
Alienus, a, um, adj., (alius), belong­
ing to another, foreign: a nobis
aWenum. foreign from us, at va­
riance with our character; subst.,
a stranger.
Aliquando, adv., (aliquis). at somt
time, once.

I ARCESSO.
Ali-quantus, a, um, adj., (alius-),
some, somewhat: aliquantum viae,
a considerable way.
Ali-quis, -qua, -quod or -quid, adj.
pron., (alius), some, some one.
Aliquot, indecl. adj. plur., some,sev­
eral, afew.
Alius, a, ud, adj., Less. 32, 3, other,
another: nihil or nequid aliud,
•nothing else.
Allobroges, um, m. plur., the Allo­
broges, a people of Gaul.
Al-loquor, loqui, locutus sura, dep.,
(ad-), to speak to, address.
Alo, ere, ui, itum, a., to nourish,
keep, maintain.
Alpes, ium, f. plur., the Alps.
Alter, era, erum, adj., one of two,
the one, the other ; another.
Altus, a, um, adj., high, k>fty.
Amabilis, e, adj., ior, issimus,
(amo), amiable, lovely.
Amans, tis, part. & adj., ior, issi­
mus, (id.), fond of
Amatus, a, um, part., (amo.)
Aimed, adv., (amicus), in a friendly
• manner.
Amicitia, ae, i., friendship: fr.
Amicus, a, um, adj., ior, issimus,
(amo), friendly: subst., amicus,
i, m., a friend.
A-mitto, 6 re, Isi, issum, a., to lose.
Amnis, is, m. or f., a river.
Amo, are, avi, atum, a., to love: si
me amas, if you love me, a form
of entreaty, for, I pray you, I en­
treat you.
Amoenus, a, um, adj., pleasant.
Amor, oris, m., (amo), love.
Amplius, adv. com p.of ample, more.
Amplus, a, um, adj., great.
Amulius, ii, m. p. n., Amulius. .
An, conj., in indirect questions,
whether: before the second ques­
tion, or. See Less. 130.
Ancus, i, m., Ancus, Ancus Marcius, a Roman king.
Ango, ere, anxi, a., to strangle ; to
trouble.
Angustiae, arum, f. plur., straits,
narrow places, defies: fr.
Angustus, a, um, adj., (ango), nar­
row.

211

Anlma, ae, f., the life, the soid.
Animadverto, ere, ti, sum, a., (animus-adverto), to observe.
Animal, alis, n., (anima), an ani­
mal.
Animans, tis, m. & f., an animal.
Animus, i, m., the mind; a pm-posei
design; opinion; courage, so al­
so in the plural: Esse bono animo, to be of good courage. Less.
101, 3.
Annona, ae, f., (annus), provisions.
Annulus, i, m., o ring.
An-nuo, ere, ui, n., (aa-)} to consent.
Annus, i, m., a year.
Anser, eris, m., a goose.
Ante, prep, with acc., before. Also,
ant£, adv., before, previously.
Ante-quam, adv., before.
Antiochia, ae, f., Antioch.
Antiquus, a, um, adj., (ante), an­
cient.
Antium, ii, n., Antium, a city of
Latium in Italy.
Antonius, ii, m. p. n., Antonius.
Antrum, i, n., a cave.
Apelles, is, m., Apelles, a Grecian
painter.
Aperio, Ire, ui, turn, a., to open: h.
Apertus, a, um, part. & adj., opent
plain, manifest.
Apis, is, f., a bee.
Apollo, inis, m., Apollo.
Ap-pareo, ere, ui, n., (ad-), to ap­
pear.
Ap-pello, are, avi; atum, a., (ad-), to
call, name.
Appius, ii, m., Appius.
Ap-pono, ere, sui, sltum, a., (ad-),
to set before, serve up.
Ap-p^ehendo, ere, di, sum, a., (ad-),
to seize, lay hold of.
Aptus, a, um, adj.,Ji£, suitable.
Apud, prep, with acc., with, among,
before.
Aqua, ae, f., water.
Ara, ae, f., an altar.
Aranea, ae, f., a spider.
Arbor or Arbos, oris, f., a tree.
Areas, adis, m., an Arcadian.
Arcessltus, a, um, part.: fr.
Arcesso, ere, Ivi, Itum, a., to send
for, invite.

212

ARCH1AS—

Archias, ae, m., Archias, a Greek
poet. Less. 8, 3 and 5.
Archilochus, i, m. p. n., Archilochus.
Arethusa, ae, f., Arethusa, a foun­
tain of Syracuse.
Argenteus, a, um, adj., of silver,
silver-: fr.
Argentum, i, n., silver.
Argo-nauta, ae, m., an Argonaut,
i. e., one who sailed in the ship
Argo.
Arguo, ere, ui, utum, a., to accuse,
blame.
Aristippus, i, m., Aristippus, a
philosopher of Cyrene.
Armatus, a, um, part.: fr.
Armo, are, avi, atum, a., (arma).
to arm, equip.
Aristldes, is, m., Aristides, an
Athenian general.
Aroma, atis, n., a spice.
Arreptus, a, um, part., seized: fr.
Ar-ripio, ere, ui, reptum, a., (adrapio), to seize, lay hold of, take.
Ars, tis, f., art.
Arundo, Inis, f., a reed.
Ascendo, ere, (6, sum, n. (ad-scando), to ascend, mount up, climb.
Asellus, i, m., dim., (asinus), a
young or small ass, an ass.
Aspernor, ari, atus sum, dep., (ab•spernor), to reject, spurn.
As-sentior, Iri, sus sum, dep., (adsentio), to assent; to approve.
As-sequor, i, cutus sum, dep., (adsequor), to overtake, come up with.
As-simulo, are, avi, atum, a., (ad-),
to make similar; to feign, coun­
terfeit.
At, conj., but.
Ater, tra, trum, adj., black, sable.
Athenae, arum, f. plur., Athens: h.
Atheniensis, is, m., an Athenian.
Athleta, ae, m., a wrestler, prize­
fighter.
Atlas, antis, m., Atlas, a mountain.
Atque, conj., and.
Atqui, conj., but, yet.
Attent£, adv., (attendo), attentively.
Atticus, i, m., Atticus, {T. Pornponius), a friend of Cicero.
Attuli, &c., see AfTero.
Audeo, ere, ausus sum, n. pass., to

dare. This verb in the perfect
&c., resembles^o. Less. 79, N.
Audio, ire, ivi, itum, a., to hear: h.
Auditor, oris, m., a hearer; a pu­
pil T and
Auditus, a, um, part.
Au-fugio, ere, ugi, n., (ab-), to fly
from.
Augustus, i, m., Augustus, a Ro­
man emperor.
Aulus, i, m., Aulus, a praenomen.
Aura, ae, £, a gentle breeze, a breath
of air.
Aureus, a, um, adj., (aurum), of
gold, golden, gold-.
Auris, is, f., an ear.
Aurum, I, n., gold.
Aut, conj., or.
Autem, conj., but, nevertheless.
Autumnus, i, m., (auctus), autumn.
Auxilium, i, n., (augeo), assistance.
Avaritia, ae, f., avarice: fr.
Avarus, a, um, adj.,' avaricious)
covetous.
A-verto, ere, si, sum, a., to turn
away.
Avidus, a, um, adj., (aveo), desir­
ous, greedy, avaricious.
Avis, is, f., a bird.
A-volo, are, avi, atum, n., to fly
away.
Avus, i, m., a grandfather, an an­
cestor.
B.

Bacchus, i, m. p. n., Bacchus.
Balaena, ae, f., a whale.
Balo, are, avi, atum, n., to bleat.
Beate, adv., happily: fr.
Beatus, a, um, adj., happy.
Belgae, arum, m. pi., the Belgians.
Bellua, ae, f., a beast.
Bellum, i, n., war: belli domique,
in war and in peace.
Bene, adv., well.
Bene-facio, ere, feci, factum, nto
benefit; to bless, do good to: h.
Beneficium, i, n., a kindness, favor.
Benevolentia, ae, f., (benevolus,
friendly), good will
Benigne, adv., kindly: fr.
Benignus, a, um, adj., kind.

—CELE RITAS.
Benjaminus, i, m. p. n., Benjamin,
Bestia, 8B, f., a wild beast: h.
Bestiola, ae, f., a small animal.
Bias, antis, m., Bias, a Grecian
philosopher.
Bibliotheca, ae, f., a library.
Bibo, ere, i, itum, a., to drink.
Biduum, i, n., (bis-dies), two days.
Biennium, i, n., (bis-annus), two
years.
Blande, adv., (blandus), courteously,
gently.
Blatta, ae, f., the moth, cockroach.
Bollanus, i, m. p. n., Bollanus.
Bonum, i, n., a good, a blessing;
profit, advantage: fr.
Bonus, a, um, adj., comp. melior,
sup. optimus, good; kind.
Branchiae, arum, f. pi., the gills of
fish.
Brevis, e, adj., ior, issimus, short:
brevi, sc. tempore, in a short
time•, soon. Less. 118, 2.
Britannia, ae, f., Britain.
Brutus, i, m. p. n., Brutus.
Byssinus, a, um, adj., ofjine linen.
C.
C., an abbreviation of Cains.
Cado, ere, eecidi, casum, n., to fall.
Caecus, a, um, adj., blind.
Caedo, ere, cecidi, caesum, a., to
cut; to beat, scourge.
Cassar, aris, m. p. n., Ccesar.
Caius, i, m., Caius, a Roman praenomen.
Calco, are, avi, atum, a., (calx, the
heel), to tread.
Caleo, ere, ui, n., to be warm.
Callidus, a, um, adj., ior, issimus,
shrewd, cunning, crafty.
Camelus, i, m., a camel.
Campanus, a, um, adj., Campanian, of Campania.
Campus, i, m., a plain.
Cancer, cri, m., a crab.
Canis, is, m. & f., a dog.
Canistrum, i, n., a basket.
Cano, ere, cecmi, cantum, a., to
singt play: h.
Canto, are, avi, atum, a. freq., to
sing often ; to sing: and

213

Cantus, us, m., a song; crowing. *
Capio, ere, cepi, captum, a., to takei
catch; to select: consilium capere.
to form a design, adopt a plan.
Capitalis, e, adj., (caput), capital
res capitalis, a capitaI crime.
Cappadox, ocis, m., a Cappadocvan
Capra, ae, f., a she goat.
Caprea, as, f., a wild goat
Captus, a, um, part., (capio)
caught.
Caput, itis, nM a head; life capi
tis or capite damnare, to condemn
to death.
Career, eris, m., a prison.
Careo, ere, ui, n., to be without, be
destitute of
Carmen, inis* n., (cano), averse^ a
song.
Caro, nis, t., flesh.
Carpo, ere, psi, ptum, a., to pluck,
to carp at, vUify.
Carthaginiensis, e, adj., Carthagi­
nian. Carthaginiensis, is, m., a
Carthaginian: fr.
Carthago, mis, f., Carthage.
Carus, a, um, adj., ior, issimus,
dear, precious.
Casa, ae, f., a cottage, hut.
Caseus, i, m., cheese.
Cassius, ii, m. p. n., Cassius.
Castellum, i, n., a castle, fortress.
Castor, oris, m., a beaver.
Castra, orum, n. plur., a camp.
Casula, ae, f., dim., (casa), a littU
cottage.
Casus, us, m., (cado), a fall; a
chance: casu, abl., by chance.
Catillna, ae, m., Catiline, a Roman
conspirator.
Cato, onis, m., Cato, a Roman.
Catulus, i, m., dim., (canis), a
whelp.
Cauda, ae, f., a tail.
Causa,, ae, f., a cause, reason: cau­
sa, on account of.
Cavea, ae, f., a cage.
Caveo, ere, cavi, cautum, n. & a,,
to beware, take care, be careful.
Cedo, 6re, cessi, cessum, n., ta
yield.
Celer, Cris, 5re, adj., swift: h.
Celerltas, atis, f., swiftness

214

CELO—CO

Celo, are, avi, atum, a., to conceal.
Censor, oris, m., a censor, a Roman
magistrate.
Centum, num. adj., plur. incL, a
. hundred.
Cepi, &c., see Capio.
Certe, adv., (certus), certainly.
Certior, see Certus.
Cei lo, adv., certainly: fr.
Certus, a, um, adj., ior, issimus,
certain: facere aliquem certiorem, to inform him.
Cervus, i, m., a stag.
Cetera, rum, adj., (not used in the
nom. sing, masc.), the other: cet6ri, orum, m., others, the rest.
Cetus, i, m., a whale.
Ceu, adv., as, as if.
Chamaeleon, ontis, m., a chameleon.
Chanaan, indecl., Canaan.
Charta, ae, £, paper.
Cibaria, orum, n. ^\uT.,food, provi­
sions: fr.
Cibus, i, mfood, meat, viand.
Cicero, onis, m., Cicero, the Ro­
man orator.
Ciconia, ae, f., a stork.
Cilicium, i, n., sackcloth.
Cimbri, orum, m. plur., the Cimbrians: a people of northern Ger­
many.
Cingo, 6re, cinxi, cinctum, a., to
gird, surround.
Cinis, Sris, m. & f., ashes.
Circum, prep, with acc., around.
Circum-do, are, dedi, datum, a., to
put around.
Circum-specto, are, a., to look about.
Circum-sto, are, steti, statum, a.,
to stand around.
Circum-volito, are, avi, a., toJty or
hover round.
Citd, adv., (citus), quickly, soon,
hastily.
Civis, is, m. & f., a citizen; a fel­
low-citizen, countryman: h.
Civitas, atis, f., a state, city.
Clam, prep, with acc. or abl., and
adv., unknown to.
Clamor, oris, m., (clamo), a shout,
cry.
Clarus, a, um, adj., famous, cele­
brated.

Classis, is, f., afleet.
Claudius, i, m. p. n., Claudius.
Claudo, ere, si, sum, a., to shut%
close.
Clemens, tis, adj., mild, merci­
ful: h.
Clernenter, adv., kindly, mildly: &
Clementia, ae, f., kindness, clem­
ency.
Clodius, i, m. p. n., Clodius.
Cn., an abbreviation of the praenomen Cnceus.
Codrus, i, m., Codrus, the last king
of Attica.
Ccelum, i, n., the heavens, the sky.
Coena, ae, f., supper.
Coepi, isse, def. verb., Lesson
81. I begin or 7 began.
Cogito, are, avi, atum, a., (coagito), to think, consider.
Cognitusj a, um, part., (cognosco.)
Cognomen, Inis, n., (con-n9men),
a surname.
Co-gnosco, ere, ovi, ltum, a., (nosco), to know, recognize.
Col-lacrjrmo, are, avi, n., (con-), to
weep with, weep.
Col-Hgo, ere, egi, eetum, a., (con
lego), t*j collect, acquire.
Coilis, is, m., a hill.
Col-loco, are, avi, atum, a., (con-),
to place, set.
Col-loquor, i, cutus sum, dep.,
(con-), to converse.
Collum, i, n., the neck.
Colo, ere, ui, cultum, a., to culti­
vate ; to honor, worship: h.
Colonia, ae, f., a colony.
Color, oris, m., a color.
Columba, ae, f., a dove.
Com, (cum). An inseparable prep­
osition. Its final m is sometimes
changed to n, I, or r, and is
sometimes dropped; thus mak­
ing con, col, cor, or co.
Com-edo, ere, edi, esum, a., to eat
up, devour.
Com-es, itis, m. & f., (-eo), a cvrr.ptmion, attendant.
Com-itia, orum, n. pi., (id.), an as­
sembly, an election.
Com-memoro, are, avi, atum, a.
to call to mind; to mention.

COMMIGRO
Com-migro, are, avi, atum, n., to
remove.
Com-mitto, ere, Isi, issum, a.,
to commit, intrust.
Commodum, i, n., (commodus),
profit, interest, advantage.
Commotus, a, um, part., moved,
affected: fr.
Com-moveo, ere, ovi, otum, a.,
to move.
Com-munis, e, adj., (com-munus),
common.
Com-paro, are, avi, atum, a., to pair,
match ; to compare.
Com-pello, ere, uli, ulsum, a.,
to force, compel, drive.
Com-plector, i, xus sum, dep.,
to encircle, embrace: h.
Compleo, ere, evi, etum, a., to fill,
fill up.
Complexus, a, um, part.
Oom-prehendo, ?re, di, sum, a., to
seize, capture: h.
Oomprehensus, a, um, part., seized,
captured.
Com-probo, are, avi, atum, a.,
to confirm, make good, verify.
Compulsus, a, um, part.,'(compello.)
Concilium, i, n., (concieo), an as­
semblycouncil.
Concio, onis, f., (id.), an assembly;
a discourse, oration.
Conclave, is, n., a chamber, hall.
Con-curro, ere, curri, cursum, n.,
to run together.
Con-demno, are, avi, atum, a.,
(damno), to condemn.
Condio, Ire, ivi, Itum, a., (condo),
to season, embalm: h.
Conditus, a, um, part., embalmed.
Conditus, a, um, part., founded: fr.
Con-do, ere, didi, ditum, a., to put
together ; to found, build ; to lay
up, hoard ; to bury.
Oon-dono, are, avi, atum, a., to
pardon, forgive.
Confectus, a, um, part., (conficio,)
worn out, impaired, enfeebled,
consumed.
Con-fero, ferre, contuli, collatum,
irr. a., to collect: conferre se, to
betakt one's self.

CONSTITUO.

215

Confestim, adv., immediately.
Con-ficio, 6re, eci, ectum( a-, (facio), to finish; to wear out; to
make, prepare.
Con-fido, ere, fisus sum, n. pass.
Less. 79, Note, to trust in, rely
upon.
Con-firmo, are, avi, atum, a., to
strengthen, confirm; to affirm,
assert.
Con-fiteor, eri, fessus sum, dep.,
(fateor), to confess, acknmoledge.
Con-gero, ere, essi, estum, a., to
collect, heap up.
Congruenter, adv., (congruens fr.
congruo), agreeably.
Conjector, oris, m., a soothsayert
diviner: and
Conjectus, a, um, part, i fr.
Con-jicio, Sre, jeci, jectum, a.,
( jacio), to throw, cast.
Conon, 5nis, m. p. n., Conon, an
Athenian general.
Conor, ari, atus sum, dep., to at­
tempt ; to endeavor.
Con-scius, a, um, adj., conscious.
It sometimes takes both the
genitive and the dative. Less.
104, & 109.
Con-sldo, ere, edi, essum, n., to
sit down together ; to seat on(?a
self.
Considero, are, avi, atum, a., to
consider, meditate upon.
Consilium, i, n., counsel, advice,
plan, measure. _
Con-sisto, ere, stiti, n., to stop.
Consolatio, dnis, f., consolation,
comfort: fr.
Con-solor, ari, atus sum, dep., to
4
console, comfort.
Conspectus, (is, m., (conspicio),
sight, presence: conspectus tuus,
o sighi of you.
Con-spergo, 6re, ersi, ersum, a.,
(spargo), to sprinkle, moisten.
Con-spicio, ere, exi, ectum, a., (specio), to see, behold, perceive.
Constantia, ae, f., (constans fr. consto), constancy.
Con-stituo, ere, ui, utum, a., (stat
uo), to place, set; to appoint,Ji*
prescribe.

216
Con-sto, are, stiti, n., to consist of;
to cost.
Con-struo, Sre, xi, ctum, a., to heap
up, buildy construct.
Consul, ulis, m., a consul: h.
Oonsulatus, (is, m., a consulate,
consulship.
Consulo, ere, ui, turn, n. & a., to
consult ; to consult for, provide
for, take care of.
Con-sumo, ere, umpsi, umptura, a.,
to consumeh.
Consumptus, a, um, part.
Contentus, a, urn, adj., content, sat­
isfied : and
Contlnens, tis, adj., temperate,mod­
erate : fr.
Cin-tineo, ere, ui, tentum, a., (teneo), to hold ; to restrain : h.
Continue, adv., immediately.
Contra, prep, with acc., against.
Con-valesco, ere, lui, n., to recover.
Con-venio, ire, eni, entum, n. & a.,
to meet, assemble; to visit: pass,
impers. convenitur, they come,
people jlock: h.
Conventio, onis, f., a meeting.
Con-verto, Sre, ti, sum, a., to turn,
convert.
^
Convicium, ii, n., a reproach, an
insult.
Con-vinco, 6re, Ici, ictum," a., to
convict. Less. 105, 3.
Con-vivium, i, n., (vivo), a feast,
banquet.
Con-voco, are, avi, atum. a., to call
together, assemble.
Copia, SB, fM (con-ops), abundance,
means ; forces. .
Coquus, i, m., (coquo), a cook.
Coram, prep, with abl., before, in
presence of.
Corinthus, i, f., Corinth.
Cornelia, ae, f. p. n., Cornelia.
Cornu, fts, n., pi. cornua, &c. Less.
25, a horn.
Cor5na, ae, f., a garland, croicn.
Corpus, oris, n., the body, person.
Correptus, a, um, part., seized: fr.
Cor-ripio, ere, ipui, eptum, a., (rapio), to seize.
Cor-rumpo, 6re, upi, upturn, a.,
to spoilj corrupt.

Corsica, SB, f., Corsica, an island
in the Mediterranean sea.
Corvus, i, m., a raven.
Cras, adv., to-morrow.
Crassus, l, m., Crassus. a Ro­
man.
Crastmus, a, um, adj., (eras), of to­
morrow : crastinus dies, to-mor­
row.
Creator, oris, m., (creo), a creator,
maker.
Credo, 6re, idi, itum, a., to trust,
believe: h.
Credulus, a, um, adj., credulous.
Creo, are, Svi, atum, a., to make,
create, appoint: h.
Cresco, ere, crevi, cretum, n., to
grow, increase.
Creta, ae, f., Crete, an island in the
Mediterranean sea.
Croesus, i, m., Croesus, a very rich
king of Lydia.
Crudelis, e, adj., (crudus), cruel,
hard-hearted.
Cui, see Q,ui and duis.
Cujusque, see Quisque.
Cujusvis, see Q,uivis.
Culex, icis, m., a gnat.
Culmus, i, m., a stalk, stem.
Culpa, ae, f., a fault, blame.
Cum or Gtuum, adv. & conj., when;
since.
Cum, prep, with abl., with.
Cupidus, a, um, adj., desirous, fond
of: fr.
Cupio, ire, ivi, itum, a., to desire,
covet, wish.
Cur, adv., (i. e. quare), why.
Cura, ae, f., care.
Curio, onis, m. p. n., Curio.
Curo, are, avi, atum, a., (cura), to
take care of; to regard, care
for.
Curro, Sre, cucurri, cursum, n., tc
run; to hasten: n.
Currus, us, m., a chariot.
Custodia, ae, f., a watch, guard:
custodiae causa, as a guard: and
Custodio, ire, ivi, itum, a., to guard,
watch: fr.
Custos, odis, m. & f., a guard,
protector.
Cygnus, i, m., a swam-

DIES.

217

Uyrnus, i, f., Cymus; i. e. Corsica.
light, please. Impers. delectat, it
Cyrus, i, m., Cyrus, a king of Per­
delights.
sia.
Deleo, ere, evi, elum, a., to blot out
to destroy.
D.
Delphi, orum, m., Delphi, a town
of Phocis in Greece.
Pamno, are, avi, atum, a., to con­ Delphlnus, i, m., a dolphin.
demn. Damnare capitis, to con­ Demaratus, i, m. p. n., Demaratw.
demn to death. Less. 105, 4.
Dementia, ae, f., {demens), folly,
Danubius, ii, m., the Danube.
madness.
Darius, i, m., Darius, a king of De-mitto, ere, isi, issum, a., to lei
Persia.
down, cast down.
Daturus, a, um, part., (do), about Demonax, acis, m., Demonax, a
to give.
Cretan philosopher.
Datusf a, um, part., (do), given.
De-monstro, are, avi, atum, a., to
De, prep, with abl., of,\ concern­
show, represent, declare.
ing.
Demosthenes, is, m., Demosthenes,
Dea, 8B, f., (deus), a goddess. Less.
the great Athenian orator.
8, R. 1.
Demum, adv., at length, at last.
De-bello, are, avi, atum, a., to con­ Demque, adv., at last.
quer , subdue.
De-pello, ere, uli, ulsum, 3., to drive
Debeo, ere, 'ui, ltum, a., (de-habeo),
away.
to owe; one ought: pass, to be De-pono, ere, osui, ositum, a., to
due.
lay down ; to take off.
Decern, num. adj. ind., ten.
De-porto, are, avi, atum, a., to carry
De-cerno, 6re, crevi, cretum, a., to
away, convey.
decree.
De-prehendo, 6re, di, sum, a., to
De-eerpo, Ere. psi, ptum, a., (carseize ; to detect, discover : h.
po), to pluck or strip off.
Deprehensus, a, um, part.
De-cipio, ere, cepi, ceptum, a., (ca- De-scendo, ere, di, sum, n., (scanpio), to deceive.
do), to come or go clown; descend.
De-claro, are, avi, atum, a, to de­ De-s6ro, ere, ui, turn, a., to forsake,
clare,, proclaim.
desert.
De-cumbo, ere, ui, n., to lie down. Desidero, are, avi, atum, a., to de­
Decussis, is, m., (decem-as), a
sire, long for.
piece of money equal to ten asses: De-terreo, ere, ui, ltum, a., to de­
abl. sing, decussi.
ter, prevent.
De-decus, oris, n., a disgrace, a De-traho, 6re, xi, ctum, a., to take
dishonorable action.
or strip off.
Dedi, &c., see Do.
De-trudo, ere, si, sum, a., to thrust
De-duco, 6re, xi, ctum, a., to bring,
down; to push off.
lead, induce.
Deus, i, m., God, a god.
De-fendo, ere, di, sum, a., to de­ De-voro, are, avi, atum, a., to de­
fend, protect.
vour, eat up.
De-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, a. irr., to Di, see Dis.
carry, bring.
Diadema, atis, n., a diadem.
De-glubo, 6re, psi, ptum, a., to fay, Diana, ae, f., Diana, a Roman god­
shin.
dess.
De-inde, adv., then.
Dico, ere, xi, ctum, a., to speak, say j
Deiotarus, i, m., Deiotarus, a king
to call or name ; to celebrate: h.
of Galatia.
Dictus, a, um, part.
Delatus, a, um, part., (defero).
Dies, ei, m. & f., Less. 27, Exc., a
Delecto, are, avi, atum, a., to deday.

19

918

DIFFERO'

Dif-feio, ferre, distuli, dilatum, a.,
to spread abroad ; to differ.
Dif-ficilis, e, adj., ior, issimus, (facilis), difficult.
Digitus, i, m., a finger.
Dign£, adv., (dignus), worthily.
Dignitas, atis, f., dignity, honor:
and
Dignor, ari, atus sum, dep., to think
worthy: fr.
Dignus, a, um, adj., worthy, deserv­
ing, in a good or ill sense.
Dii, &c., see Deus.
Diligens, tis, adj., (diligo), diligent,
industrious: h.
Diligenter, adv., carefully, diligent­
ly: and
Diligentia, ae, f., diligence.
Di-ligo, ere, exi, eetum, a., (lego),
to love, esteem.
Di-midium, i, n., (medius), a half.
Di-mitto, ere, isi, issum, a., to dis­
miss, let go.
Diogenes, is, m., Diogenes, a Gre­
cian philosopher.
Dionysius, i, m., Dionysius, a ty­
rant of Syracuse in Sicily.
Di-ruo, ere, ui, utum, a., to over­
throw, destroy.
Dis, an inseparable prep, signifying
asunder; it sometimes becomes
di, rarely dir or dif.
Dis-cedo, ere, essi, essum, n., to
depart.
Dis-cepto, are, avi, atum, n., (capio), to dispute.
Disco, ere, didici, a., to learn.
Discordo, are, avi, atum, n., (discors), to differ.
Discus, i, m., a quoit.
Dispensator, oris, m., (dispenso), a
steward.
Dis-pllceo, ere, ui, itum, n., (placeo), to displease, be displeasing.
Dis-sentio, ire, si, sum, n., to dif­
fer, disagree.
Dis-sero, gre, ui, rtum, n., to talk,
discourse.
Dis-simllis, e, adj., unlike.
Dis-tribuo, ere, ui, utum, a., to dis­
tribute.
Ditio, onis, f., rule, power, author­
ity.

DURE.
Diu, adv, comp. diu lifts, sup. diutissime, long.
Diva, ae, f., a goddess.
Dives, itis, adj., rich.
*
Divinltus, adv., providentially, by
divine influence: fr.
Divinus, a, um, adj., divine.
Divitiae, arum, f. plur., (dives),
riches.
Do. dare, dedi, datum, a., to give ?
dare se in viam, to set out on a
journey.
Doceo, ere, docui, doctum, a., to
teach: h.
Doctus, a, um, part. & adj.,learned.
Dolabella, ae, m. p. n., Dolabella.
Doleo, ere, ui, n., to grieve: fr.
Dolor, oris, m., gritf, pain.
Dominus, i, m., (domus), a lord,
master.
Domo, are, ui, Itum, a., to subdue,
conquer.
Domus, us & i, f., a house, home;
family: domi, at home: domum,
acc., after a verb of motion,
home.
Donee, adv., until.
Donum, i, n., (do), a gift, present.
Dormio, ire, ivi, itum, n., to sleep.
Draco, onis, m., Draco, an Athe­
nian law-giver.
Dubito, are, avi, atum, a., to doubt,
hesitate.
Duco, Cre, xi, ductum, a., to lead,
conduct: ducere aggerem, or murum, to raise or construct a
mound, &c. ; to think, consid­
er : h.
Ductus, a, um, part.
Dulcis, e, adj., ior, issimus, sweet,
pleasant.
Dum, adv., while,whilst, until: also
for dummodo, provided.
Dumnorix, igis, m., Dumnorix, a
leader of the iEdui.
Dum-modo, adv., provided.
Duo, ae, o, num. adj., two. Lessi 33.
Duo-decim, num. adj. ind., (de­
cern), twelve.
Duplex, icis, adj., (duo-z^*co);
double, twofold: h.
Duplus, a, um, adj., double.
Dure, adv., hardly: and

•pURO

] 1UROPA.

$19

Duro, are, avi, atum, a., to last, Ernendo, are, avi, atum, a., (e mendum), to ame:\d, correct.
continue, fr.
Durus, a, um, adj., hard, inflex­ E-mergo, 5re, si, sum, a. &> n., to
come forth, arise.
ible.
Dux, ducis, m. & f., (duco), a Emo, ere, ,emi, emptum, a., to buy,
purchase : h.
leader, a general.
Empturus, a, um, part., about to
purchase.
E.
En, interj., lo!
E or Ex, prep, with abl., out of, E-nascor, i, natus sum, dep., to
from, of.
spring up.
Ebrietas, atis, f., (ebrius, d~unk), Enim, conj., for. It is usually the
second or third word in its
drunkenness.
Ecce, interj. y l o l b e h o l d l
clause.
Editus, a, umv. part., sprung from, Eo, ire, ivi, itum, n., to go.
produced or begotten by: fr.
Ed, adv., (is), thither.
E-do, ere, edldi, editum, a., to bring Eo, see Is.
Epictetus, i, m.,.Epictetusi a Stoic
forth ; to utter.
Edo, ere or esse, edi, esum, a,, to
philosopher.
Epicurus, i, m., Epicurus, a Gre­
eaL
cian philosopher.
Effectus, a, um, part., (efficio),
Epistola, ae, f., a letter, epistle.
made, caused.
Ef-f6ro, ferre, extuli, elatum, a. Eques, itis, m. &£, a horseman f
a knight: fr.
in\, (ex-), to carry out: pass, efferor, to be transported, carried Equus, i, m., a horse.
away, by any feeling or passion. Erga, prep, with aec., towards.
Ef-ficio, ere, eci, ectum. a., (ex- Ergo, conj., therefore, then. '
facio), to effectaccomplish, cause, E-ripio, ere, pui, reptum, a.,(rapio),
to take away.
make.
Effigies, ei, £, (qffingo), an image. Ero, &c., see Sum.
Ef-f odio, ere, odi, ossum, a., (ex-), Erro, are, avi, atum, n., to err : h.
to dig up.
Error, oris, m., error, mistake.
Ef-fundo, ere, udi, visum, a., (ex-), E-rudio, ire, ivi, itum, a., to teach,
instruct,
to pour out, empty.
Egeo, ere, Nui, n., to need, want, re­ E-rumpo, ere, ilpi, upturn, a. & n.,
to burst forth,, shoot forth, ap­
quire : h.
Egestas, atis, f., want, poverty.
pear: h.
Eruptio, onis, f., an eruption, a
Egi, &c., see Ago.
sally.
Ego, mei. pron., m. & f., I. Less.
Esca, ae, f., (edo, to eat), food; bait.
41, 4.
Esse, Essem, &c., see Sum.
Eheu, interj., alas!
Ei, &c„ & Eidem, see Is & Idem. Esuriens, tis, part., hungry: fr.
Esurio, Ire, ivi, itum, a. & n., (edo,
Ejus, see Is.
to eat), to be hungry
E-jicio, ere, jeci, jectum,a., (-jacio),
Et, conj., and; et—et, both—and.
to cast out.
E-labor, i, lapsus sum, dep., to glide Etiam, conj., (et-jam), also.
Etiam-si, conj., even if.
or pass away: h.
Elapsus, a, um, part., having parsed Eundi, &c., see Eo.
Euntis, &c.? see lens.
away.
Euphrates, is, m., the Euphrates.
Elephantus, i, m., an elephant.
Eloquens, tis, part.& adj.,(eloquor), Eupompus, i, m., Eupompus, 8
Grecian painter.
ior, issimus, eloquent: h.
Europa, ae, f., Europe.
Eloquentia, ae, f., eloquence.

230

EURYPYLUS- —FACUNDU8.

Eurypylus, i, m. p. n., Eurypylus.
E-vello, gre, evelli or evulsi, evulsum, a., to tear up.
E-venio, Ire, Sni, entum, n., to hap­
pen, occur.
Ex, see E.
Ex-cedo, 6re, essi, essum, n., to de­
part or retirefrom.
Exceptus, a, um, part., (excipio),
excepted.
Excidium, i, n., (excldo), destruc­
tion, ruin.
Ex-clpio, ere, epi, eptum, a., (-capio), to except.
Excitatus, a, um, part.: fr.
Ex-cito, are, avi, atum, a., to excite,
stimulate, arouse, raise, stir up.
Ex-clamo, are, avi, atum, a., to ex­
claim, cry out.
Excusatio, onis, f., (excuso), an ex­
cuse.
Exemplum, i, n., (eximo), an ex­
ample.
Ex-eo, ire, ii, itum, n., to go or
come forth.
Exercitus, (is, m., (exerceo, to ex­
ercise), an army.
Exiguus, a, um, adj., (exigo),
small.
Exllis, e, adj., thin, meagre.
Eximius, a, um, adj., (eximo), re­
markable^ extraordinary.
Ex-istimo, are, avi, atum, a.,(-aestimo), to judge, think.
Exitialis, e, adj., deadly, destructive:
and
Exitiosus, a, um, adj., destructive:
fr.
Exitium, i, n., (ex-eo), destruction,
ruin.
Ex-orior, Iri, ortus sum, dep., to
rise, arise: h.
Exortus, a, um, part., having
spirung up or arisen.
Ex-pello, gre, puli, pulsum, a., to
drive out, expel, banish.
Expergiscor, i, experrectus sum,
dep., to awake.
Ex-perior, iri, expertus sum, dep.,
to try, prove, find out.
Experrectus, a, um, part., (exper­
giscor), having awaked.

Ex-pers, lis, adj., (pars), destitute
or devoid of, free from.
Ex-ploro, are, avi, atum, a., to
search, explore, spy out.
Ex-pono, ere, osui, osftum, a., to
set forth, show, relate, rehearsed
Ex-primo, ere, essi, essum, a.,
(premo), to press out.
Ex-probo, are, avi, atum, a., to
charge with, reproach for. It is
construed with the acc. of the
thing and the dat. of the per­
son.
Ex-pugno, are, avi, atum, a., to
take, carry as by storm, &c.
Expulsus, a, um, part.,(expelIo).
Ex-quiro, ere, sivi, situm, a.,
(quaero), to search for, seek out.
Ex-solvo, Sre, olvi, olutum, a., to
unlooses to pay; pcenam exsolvere, to suffer punishment.
Ex-specto, are, avi, atum, a., to
await, wait for.
Exstinctus, a, um, part,, dead: fr.
Ex-stinguo, 6re, xi, ctum, a., to ex­
tinguish : pas's, to die.
Exsulo, are, avi, atum, n., (exsul),
to be in exile, be banished.
Exter, gra, erum, adj., (ex\ comp.
exterior, sup. extremus, external.
Ex-timesco, ere, mui, n. & a., to
fear greatly.
Ex-trano, ere, xi, ctum, a., to draw
out, extricate.
Extremus, a, um, adj., sup. of Ex­
ter, extreme,, greatest.
Exuo, ere, ui, uium, a., to put off.
F.
Pacies, ei, f., the face, countenance.
FacTl£, adv., cortip. facilius, sup.
facillime, easily: fn
Facilis, e, adj., ius, illime, easy: fr.
Facio, ere, feci, factum, a., to make,
do, act; to appoint. Fac, second
pers. sing., imperative, make or
cause; fac cures, take care of
care for, attend to; pass, fio,
which see.
Factus, a, um, part., (fio.)
Facundus, a, um, adj., (fari, to
(speak), eloquent

FALLO— -FRIGUS.

Fallo, ere, fefelli, falsum, a., to de­
ceive.
Fama, »e , i.,fame, rumor, report. .
Fames, is, f., hunger; famine.
Familia, ae, f., (famulus, a servant),
a family: h.
Familiaris, e, adj., of a family:
res familiaris, household affairs,
property, estate.
Fanum, i, n., a temple.
Fateor, eri, fassus sum, dep., to
confess, acknowledge.
Fatigo, are, avi, atum, a., to tire,
fatigue.
Faux, cis, f., obsolete in the sing.,
except the abl. fauce: the throat :
haerere fauce, to stick in the throat.
Faveo, ere, favi, fautum, n., to
favor. Less. 110.
Feci, &c., see Facio.
Fecundus, a, um, adj., ior, issimus,
fruitful, fertile.
Fel, fellis, n., gall.
Felicltas, atis, f., happiness: fr.
Felix, icis, adj., happy.
Fenestra, ae, f., a window.
Fera, ae, f., a wild beast.
Feretrum, i, n., a bier.
Ferinus, a, um, adj., (fera), of wild
beasts.
Ferio, ire, a., to hit, "strike, slay:
securi ferire, to behead.
Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, a. irr., to
bear, carry, bring, produce; to
report, say: legem ferre, to pro­
pose a law, also, to make or
frame a law ; to bear, endure.
Ferox, oris, adj., ferocious.
Fertilis, e, adj., (fero), fertile, fruit­
ful
Fessus, a, um, adj., weary.
Festinans, tis, part, and adj., hast­
ening ; in haste : fr.
Festino, are, avi, atum, n. & a., to
hasten, make haste.
Ficus, i, or us, f., a Jig tree.
Fidenter, adv., (fidens fr. fido),
boldly, without fear.
Fides, ei, f.,faith: in fidem recipere, to receive under one's protec­
tion: bona fide, in good faith,
honestly.
Fido, ere, fisus sum, n. pass., L.

19*

221

79, N., to trust or contde in, rely
upon.
Fidus, a,.um, ad]., faithful.
Figura, ae, f., ajigure, shape.
Filius, ii, m., a son.
Finio, ire, ivi, itum, a., (finis, the
end), to terminate, finish.
Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. pass, of
facio, to be made, become, happen^
be done. L. 79.
Firmitas, atis, f., (firmus^./fr-mness,
strength.
Firmus, a, um, adj.,J?rm, constant}
resolute; durable.
Fistulosus, a, um, adj., (fistula),
jistular, tubular.
Flagitium, ii, n., dishonor, shameful
crime, wickedness.
Flecto, ere, xi, xum, a., to bend;
to move, prevail upon.
Fleo, ere, evi, etum, n., to weep.
Floreo, ere, ui, n., to bloom; to
flourish: fr.
Flos, floris, m., a flower.
Fluctus, us, m., (fluo, to flow), a
wave.
Flumen, inis, n., (id.), a river.
Focus, i, m., a hearth.
Fodio, ere, fodi, fossum, a., to dig;
to pierce.
Folium, ii, n., a leaf ,
Fons, tis, m., a fountain.
Fore, def. verb, Less. 81, 5, about
to be. With a subject, would or
should be.
Formica, ae, f., an ant.
Formido, inis, f., fear.
Formosltas, atis, f., (formosus,
handsome), beauty.
Fors, tis, f., chance, fortune: forte,
abl., by chance.
Fortis, e, adj., ior, issimus, brave.
Fortiina, ae, f., (fors), fortune.
Fossa, ae, f., (fodio, to dig), a ditch^
trench.
Fovea, ae, f., a pit.
Foveo, ere, fovi, fotum, a., to cher*
ish, brood.
Frater, tris, m., a brother: plur,
brothers, brethren.
Fretus, a, um, adj., trusting to.
Frigidus, a, um, adj., cold: fr
Frigus, oris, n., cold.

FRONS—HEBES.
Frons, dis, £.,foliage, leaves.
Fructus, us, m., (fruor), fruit.
Frugis, &c., see Frux.
Frumentum, i, n., com: fr.
Pruor, i, fruitus and fructus sum,
• dep.-, to enjoy.
Frustra, adv., in vain.
Prux, frugis, f., fruit, com.
Fuga, ae, f./fifeht, retreat.
Pugax, acis, adj., swift, fleeting: fr.
Fugio, 6re, fugi, fugitum, n. & a.,
to flee, shun, avoid: h.
Pugo, are, avi, atum, a., to put to
flight; to banish.
Fui, Fueram, &c., see Sum.
Fulgeo, ere, fulsi, n., to shine: h.
Fulmen, inis, n., lightning.
Fungor, i, ctus sum, dep., to exe­
cute, 'perform.
Funus, eris, n., a funeral: funus
faeere, to perform funeral rites.
Fur, furis, m. & f., a thief
Furo, ere, n., to be mad, to rage: h.
Furor, oris, m.,fury, madness.
Furtum, i, n., (fur), theft.
Futurus, a, um, part., (sum), about
to be, future.
G-

or carry on war: gerere iuram
to take care of: h.
Gesto, are, avi, atum, a. freq., H
bear, carry.
Gigno, ere, genui, getiitum, a., t§
beget; to produce.
Gloria, ae, f., glory: h.
Glorior, ari, atus sum, dep., to glo­
ry in, pride one*s self upon. L.
116, 5.
Gnavus, a, um, adj., active, diligent.
Gracchi, orum, m., the Gracchi,
two grandsons of the elder Scipio" Africanus.
^
Gradus, us, m., a step; a condition,
rank.
Graecia, ae, f., Greece: h.
Graecus, a, um, adj., Grecian,
Greek. ^ Graecus, i, m., a Greek.
Gramen, inis, n., grass.
Grandis, e, adj., large, great.
Gratia, ae, f., grace, favor: gratia,
for the purpose: fr.
Gratus, a, um, adj., ior, issimus,
grateful, agreeable.
Gravis, e, adj., heavy; violent, se­
vere: gravis somnus, a deep oi
sound sleep: h.
Gravo, are, avi, atum, a., to burden.
Grex, gregis, m., a flock,
Grus, gruis, m. & f., a crane.

Gades, ium, f. plur., Cadiz, a town
of Spain.
Gallia, ae, f., Gaul, Prance.
H.
Gal Una, ae, f., a hen.
Habeo, ere, ui, itum, a., to have;
Gallus, i, m., a cock.
\, to treat; to account, esteem: oraGallus, i, m., a Gaul.
tionem habere, to pronounce, de­
Gaudeo, ere, gavisus sum, n. pass.,
liver: se habere, to be: habere
Less. 79, N., to rejoice, be de­
in animo, to intend: habere
lighted with: h.
iter, to pursue or direct one's
Gaudium, i, n.,joy.
Gaza, ae, f., Gaza, a town of Pal­
course: n.
Habito, are, avi, atum, intensive v.
estine.
a., to live, dwell, reside.
Geminus, a, um, adj., double.
Habitus, a, um, part., (habeo).
Gemitus, lis, (gemo), a groan.
Gemma, ae, f., a gem, a bud.
Hacreo, ere, haesi, hassum, n., to
Generositas, atis, f., (generosus),
adhere. stick.
generosity, magnanimity.
Hsesitans, tis, part.: fr.
Genitus, a, um, part., (gigno), born. Haesito, are, avi, atum, intensive v
n., (haereo), to hesitate, doubt.
Gens, tis, f., (id.), a nation.
Genus, eris, n., a race, stock.
Hamilcaf, aris, m., Hamilcar.
Hannibal, alis, m., Hannibal.
Germanus, i, m., a German.
Grero, ere, gessi, gestum, a., tq bear, Haud, adv., not.
"
produce: bellum gerere, to wage Hebes, etis, adj., dull, itupid.

223
Hebneus, a, um, adj., Hebrew.
Hector, oris, m., Hector, a Trojan
chief.
Hei, interj., ah! alas!
Helvetii, orum, m. plur., the Hel­
vetians.
Hercules, is, m., Hercules, a Gre' cian hero.
Herus, i, m., a master.
Heu, interj., ah! alas!
Hibernia, ae, f., Ireland
Hie, haec, hoc, adj. pron., this: h.
Hie, adv., here.
Hiems, emis, f., winter.
Hirundo, inis, f., a swallow.
Hcedus, i, m., a kid.
Homicida, ae, m. & f., (homo-caedo), a homicide, murderer.
Homo, inis, m. & f., a man.
Honor, oris, m., honor.
Hora, ae, f., an hour.
Horreo, ere, ui, n. & a., to shudder,
be afraid ; to fear.
Horreum, i, n., a granary, store­
house.
Hortus, i, m., a garden.
Ho$pes, Itis, m. & f., a stranger;
a visitor: h.
Hospitium, ii, n., an inn, a lodging.
Hostflis, e, adj., (hostis), hostile.
Hostilius, i, m., HostUius. See
Tulius.
Hostis, is, m. & f., an enemy:
hostes, enemies, the enemy.
Hue, adv., (hie), hither. •
Hujus and huic, see Hie.
Humanitas, atis, f., humanity, hu­
man nature: fr.
Humanus, a, um, adj., (homo),
human.
Humilis, e, adj., low, humble: fr.
Humus, i, f., the ground: humi or
in humo, on the ground.
Hunc, adj. pron., see Hie.
Hyaena, ae, f., the hyaena.

Idcirco, adv., (id-circa), therefore •
for this reason.
Idem, eadem, idem, adj. pron., (isdem), the same.
Ideo, adv., therefore.
Idoneus, a, um, adj., Jit, suitable^
worthy.
lens, Gen. euntis, part., (eo), gomg.
Igltur, conj., therefore.
Ignavia, as, f., (ignavus), sloth.
Ignis, is, m.,Jire. '
IgnSro, are, avi, atum, n. & a., (ignarus), not to know, be ignorant.
Ignosed, ere, ovi, otum, a., (ingnosco), to pardon, forgive.
Ille, ilia, illud, adj. pron., that:
without a noun, he, she, it: h.
Illuc, adv., thither, to that place.
Il-luceseo, ere, luxui, n., (in-), to
become light, to dawn: impers.,
ubi luxit, when it was light.
Illustris, e, adj., (in-lustro), tilustrious, distinguished.
Im, in composition, see In.
Imbecillis, e, adj., ior, weak, feeble.
Im-memor, oris, adj.,forgetful, un­
mindful.
Im-mineo, ere, ui, n., to overhang,
be near.
Im-mobilis, e, adj., immovable.
Irn-molo, are, avi, atum, a., to sac­
rifice.
Im-mortalis, e, adj., immortal: h..
Immortalitas, atis, f., immortality.
Impedio, Ire, ivi, itum, a., (in-pes),
to hinder, prevent.
Imperator, oris, m., (impero), a
commander ; an emperor.
Imperii, adv., (in-peritus), un­
skilfully.
Imperium, ii, n., government, em­
pire, sovereignty: fr.
Im-pero, are, avi, atum, a., (-paro), to command, govern.
Im-petro, are, avi, atum, an (-patro), to obtain, bring about.
Im-pius, a, um, adj., irreligious,
I.
unprincipled.
Im-pleo, ere, evi, etum, a., to fill.
Ibam, Ibo, &c„ see Eo.
Imploro, are, avi, atum, a., to en*
Ibi, adv., (is), there.
treat, implore.
Ico, ere, ici, ictum, a., to strike,
Im-pono, ere, osui, ositum, a
wound: h.
put upon, impose.
Ictus, a, um, part., struck, wounded.

224

IMPROBE—

Improbe, adv., dishonestlyJ wicked­
ly: fr.
Im-probus, a, um, adj., bad, wicked.
Im-prudens, tis, adj., unawares.
iiii-pudens, tis, adj., ior, issimus,
impudent.
In, prep., 1st. with acc., into, to, to­
wards, against, according to, for:
2d. with abl., in, upon, among.—
In composition its n becomes m
before b, m, p; is assimilated
before I and r/ and is dropped
,;beforegn.
I®certus, a, um, adj., uncertain,
doubtful.
In-cldo, ere, idi, ft., (cado), to faXl
into, or upon.
In-clamo, are, avi, atum, to call up­
on, call.
In-colo, 6re, ui, cultum, a. & n,, to
dwell in, inhabit.
In-columis, e, adj., safe.
Inconstantia, ae, f., (inconstans,
inconstant), inconstancy.
In-credibilis, e, adj., incredible, won­
derful.
India, SB, f., India.
In-dico, are, avi, atum, a., to show,
disclose, discover.
Indignitas, atis, f., unworthiness,
baseness: fr.
In-dignus, a, um, adj., unworthy.
In-doctus, a, um, adj., ior, issimus,
illiterate, ignorant.
Induo, ere, ui, utum, a., to put on,
clothe.
Indus, i, m., the Indus.
Industrius, a, um, adj., industri­
ous : h.
Industria, ae, f., industry.
Indutiae, arum, f. plur., a truce.
Ineptiae, arum, f. plur., folly, im%
pertinence: fr.
Ineptus, a, um, adj., (in-aptug),
fooliqh, silly, impertinent.
Inertia, ae, f., (iners), sloth, laziness.
In-felix, icis, adj., unhappy, unfor­
tunate.
In-fero, ferre, intuli, illatum, a., to"
bring upon': inferre bellum, to
make war upon.
Infesto, are, avi, atum, a., to trou­
ble, molest, infest: fr.

Infestus, a, um, adj., h tstUe, inim­
ical.
Infra, prep, with acc., beneath, be»
low.
Ingenium, i, n., (in-geno), genius
talents; character.
Ingens, tis, adj., huge, very great.
In-gravesco, ere, n., to grow heavy,
increase.
In-gredior, i, gressus sum, dep.,
(gradior), to enter: h.
Ingressus, a, um, part.
Initium, i, n., (ineo), a beginning.
In-jicio. Bre, eci, ectum, a., (jacio),
to throw or lay upon.
Injuria, ae, f., (injurius), an injury.
In-nocens, tis, adj., innocent, harm­
less.
In-noxius, a, um, adj., harmless.
I no, f., Gen. Inus, in all other cases
Ino, see Appendix, Less. C.; a
Greek noun, Ino, a daughter of
Cadmus.
Inopia, ae, f., (inops), want, scarcity,
dearth.
Inquam, or inquio, is, it, &c., def
verb, I say, &c.
Insariia, ae, f., (insanus), madness,
insanity.
Insectum, i, n., (inseco), an insect.
In-sequor, i, secutus sum, dep., to
follow, pursue.
In-sero, ere, erui, ertum, a., to in­
sert, put into.
In-sideo, ere, sedi, sessum, n.,
(sedeo), to sit in or upon: h.
Insidiae, arum, f. pi., an ambuscade.
In-signis, e, adj., (signum), distin­
guished, extraordinary.
In-sipiens, tis, adj., (sapiens), fool­
ish.
In-suavis, e, adj., unpleasant, disa­
greeable.
Insula, ae, f., an island.
In-super, adv., moreover, over and
above.
Intelligo, ere, exi, ectum, a., (interlego), to understand, perceive.
Inter, prep, with acc., between
among.
Inter-ea, adv., (-is), in the mean­
time.
Inter-diu, adv., in the day time

INTERDUM

JUSJURANDUM.

. nterdum, adv., sometimes.
Inter-eo, ire, ii, Itum, n., to die,
perish.
Inter-est, interfuit, impers., (-sura),
it concerns, it is of im portance.
Inter-flcio, 6re, eci, ectum, a., (facio), to kill, slay.
Interfui, <fcc., see Intersum.
lnterpres, etis, in. & f., an inter­
preter.
Interpretatio, onis, f., an interpreta­
tion, explanation: fr.
Interpreter, ari, atus sum, dep., (interpres), to interpret, explain.
Interrogans, a, um, part., being
asked: fr.
Inter-rogo, are, avi, atum, a., to
ask.
Inter-sum, esse, fui, irr. n., to bebetween, to be present at.
Intro-duco, ere, xi, ctum, a., to
bring in, introduce.
Intuli, &c., see Infero.
In-utilis, e, adj., useless.
In-venio, Ire, eni, entum, a., to
find, to discover : h.
Inventrix, ieis, f.. she that finds out,
an inventress.
Inventus, a, um, part., (invenio,)
found.
In-video, ere, idi, isum, n. & a., to
envy.
In-visus, a, um, adj., hated, hateful,
- odious.
In-voco, are, avi, atum, a., to call
upon.
Ipse, a, um, Gen. ipslus, adj. pron.,
self or myself, &c. Lessons 42
and 43.
Ira, SB, f., anger: h.
Irascor, i, dep., to be angry, to be
displeased with: h.
Iratus, a, um, adj., angry.
Ire, ivi, &c., see Eo.
Ir-reparabilis, e, adj., (in-), irrepar­
able, irretrievable.
Is, ea, id, Gen. ejus, adj. pron., thai,
he, she, it: also, when followed
by qui and the subjunctive, such,
of such a character, one.
Intereo, Ire, ivi, itum, irr. n., to
perish die.
.saaous, i, m. p. n., Isaac.

225

Isis, ldis,*f., Isis, an Egyptian god­
dess.
Isocrates, is, m., Isocrates, an Atho
nian orator.
Iste, ista, istud, Gen. istius, adj
pron., that, that of yours.
It, ite, &.C., see Eo.
Ita, adv., so.
Italia, ae, f., Italy.
Ita-que, conj., and so, therefore.
Iter, itineris, n., a journey, way.
Iterum, adv., again.
J.
Jaceo, ere, ui, n., to lie.
Jacobus, i, m. p. n., Jacob.
Jaetabundus, a,, um, adj., vaunt­
ing, boasting: fr.
Jacto, are, avi, atum, a., to throw i
to throw out, utter, speak.
Jaculans, tis, part.: fr.
Jaculor, ari, atus sum, dep., to
throw a javelin: fr.
Jaculum, i, n., a javelin, dart.
Jam,' adv., now, already.
Janitor, oris, m., (janua, a gate), a
porter.
Josephus, i, m. p. n., Joseph.
Jubeo, ere, jussi, jussum, a., to or­
der, command.
Jugundus, a, um, adj., ior, issrmus,
pleasant, agreeable.
Judas, ae, m. p. n., Judah. L. 8, 5.
Judex, icis, m. & i., a judge.
Judico, are, avi, atum, a., (jus-dico), to judge, decide.
Juglans, dis, f., a walnut.
Jugurtha, ae, m., Jugurtha, a king
ofNumidia.
Julia, ae, f., Julia, the dai ghter oi
Julius Csesar.
Jungo, 6re, xi, ctum, a., to join.
Juno, onis, f., Juno, the queen of
the gods.
Jupiter, Jovis, m., Jupiter,' Jove,
the king of the gods. Less. 21.
Jura, ae, in., Jura, a mountain of
Gaul.
Juro, are, avi, atum, n., to swear: fr.
Jus, juris, nright.
Jus-jurandum, jurisjurandi, n., an
oath. Less. 27.

226

jussi- -LUXI,

Jussi, &c., see Jubeo.
Justitia, ae, injustice: fr.
Justus, a, um, adj., ior, issimus,
(jus), just, true.
Juventus, utis, f., (juvenis), youth:
also, the youth, the young people.
L.
Labor or labos, oris, m., labor, toil;
distress, trouble.
Labor, i, lapsus sum, dep., to glide
away, pass away.
Lac, lactis, n., muk.
Lacedaemon, onis, f., Lacedemon or
Sparta: h.
Lacedaemonius, i, m., a Lacedemo­
nian, Spartan.
Lacerta, ae, f., a lizard.
Laerjma, ae, f., a tear.
Laedo, 6re, si, sum, a., to hurt, in­
jure.
Laetor, ari, atus sum, dep., to re­
joice, rejoice in, be delighted with.
Lapillus, i, m., dim., a little stone, a
stone: fr.
Lapis, idis, m., a stone.
Latmus, i, m., a Latin, an inhabit­
ant of Latium.
Latro, onis, m., a robber.
Latus, a, um, adj., ior, issimus,
wide, broad.
Laudabilis, e, adj., comp. ior, laud­
able : fr.
Laudo, are, avi, atum, a., to praise,
laud, extol: fr.
Laus, dis, f., praise, glory, honor.
Lautus, a, umj adj., elegant, sump­
tuous: fr.
Lavo, are, lavi, lavatum, lautum or
l^tum, a., to wash.
Leaena, ae, f., a lioness.
t
Legatus, i, m., (lego, are, to de­
pute),an ambassador, a lieutenant.
Legio, onis, f., (lego, ere), a legion.
Legis, &c., see Lex.
Lego, ere, legi, lectum, a., to read.
Lenio, Ire, xvi, Itum, a., (lenis), to
mitigate, alleviate.
Lenfter, adv.,- (id.), mildly, kindly.
Leo, onis, m., a lion..
Lepus, oris, m., a hare.
Letum, i, n., death.

Lex, legis, f., (lego, Sre), a law
Libenter, adv., (libens), willingly,
Liber, bri, ma book.
Liber, era, erum, adj.,free: h.
Liberalis, e, adj., liberal.
Liberatus, a, um, part., (libero.)
Libere, adv., (liber), comp. lus,jfreely ; extravagantly
Liberi, orum, m. plur., (liber), children.
Libero, are, avi, atum, a., (id.), 1A
free, deliver.
Libertas, atis, f., (id.), liberty, freedom.
Libya, ae, f., Libya.
Licet, uit, impers. verb, it is lawful,
it is permitted: h.
Licet, conj., though, although.
Ligo, onis, rn., a mattock, hoe.
Ligo, are, avi, atum, a., to bind.
Liiium, i, n., a lily.
Lingua, ae, f., the tongue; language.
Liquesco, ere, licui, n., (liqueo), to
melt.
Littera, ae, f., a letter of the alpha­
bet : plur., a letter or epistle ; al­
so, literature, letters.
Littus, oris, n., the shore.
Locus, i, m., plur. loci, m., or loca,
n., a place ; condition.
Locutus, a, um, part., (loquor),
having spoken or said.
Long£, adv., (longus),yar, very.
Longitudo, mis, f., length: fr.
Longus, a, um, adj., long, of long
continuance.
Loquor, i, cutus sum, dep., to speak
converse, say.
Lotus, a, um, part., (lavo), washed.
Lucis, &c., see Lux.
Lucus, i, rn., a grove.
Ludus, i, m., play: plur., gamest
shows.
Lugeo, ere, xi, n. & a., to mourn,
lament, mourn for.
Luna, ae, f., the moon.
Luo, ere, lui, lutum, a., to pay ; ta
suffer.
Lupus, i, m., a wolf.
,
Luscinia, ae, f., a nightingale,
Lutum, i, n., mud;- day.
Lux, lucis, f., the light.
Luxi. &c., see Lugeo

LYSANDER—METALLUM.

Lysander, dri, ra.,
Spartan general.

m

Lysander, a Marin us,-a, um, adj., (mare), of the
sea: aqua marina, sea-water.
Marsyas, ae, m., Marsyas. L. 8, 5
M.
Mater, tris, f., a mother: h.
Matrona, ae, f., a matron, lady.
M., an abbreviation of Marcus.
Maturesco, 6re, urui, n., (maturus,
Macedonia, ae, f., Macedonia.
ripe), to ripen.
Machina, ae, f., a machine.
Maturo, are, avi, atum, a. & n.f
Macilentus, a, um, adj., lean.
(id.), to hasten.
Magis, adv., comp., more.
Maxime, adv., sup. of magis, most,
Magistratus, us, m., a magistracy:
especially, particularly.
a magistrate.
Maximus, a, um, adj., sup. of mag­
Magnificus,a, um, adj., (magnusnus, Less. 40, 3, greatest or
facio), splendid, magnificent.
very great. Maxnrii, with verbs
Magnitudo, inis, f., greatness: fr.
of valuing, &c., very greaMy, very
Magnus, a, um, adj., comp. major,
highly: maximus natu, oldest.
sup. maximus, great: magnum Me, &c., see Ego.
iter, a long journey. Est magni, Medeor, eri, dep., to cure. L. 110.
it is of great value: magni inter­ Mediclna, ae, f., medicine : fr.
est, U greatly, concerns : magna Medicus,. i, m., (medeor), a physic
vox, a loud voice.
dan.
Magnus, i, m., Magnus or the Meditor, ari, atus sum, dep., to
Great, a surname of Pompey.
meditate, intend.
Major, oris, adj., comp. of magnus, Medius, a, um, adj., middle, mid,
Less. 10, 3, greater: h.
midst. Less. 92, 8.
Maj5res, um, m. plur., ancestors.
Megara, ae, f., Megara, a city of
Mal£, adv., (malus), ill.
Greece. .
Maledico, 6re, xi, turn, n.,'(male- Mel, mellis, n., honey.
dico), to speak ill of to slander. Melior, oris, adj., comp. of bonus,
Less. 112.
v
Less. 40, 3, better.
Male-dicus, a, um, a:dj., (id.), slan­ Melius, adv., comp. of bene, bette.\
derous, backbiting.
Membrum, i, n.5 a member, limb.
Malum, n., evil, misfortune: Ali- Memini, meminisse, def. verb, 1
. quid in malo ducere, to consid­
remember: memento, imperative.
er anything as evil, or as an Memoria, ae, f., memory.
evil: fr.
Mens, tis, f., the mind; opinion.
Malus, a, um, adj., comp. pejor, Mentio, onis, f., (memini), mensup. pessimus, bad, wicked.
tion.
Mandatum i, n., (mando), an order, Mercator, oris, m., (mercor,) a mer­
command.
chant, trader.
Mane, adv., in the morning.
Merces, edis, f., a reward.
Maneo, ere, si, sum, n., to stay, re­ Mercor, ari, atus sum, dep., to trade,
main.
Mercurius, i, m., Mercury.
Manifestus, a, um, adj., plain, eci- Mereo, ere, ui, ltum, a. & n., to de­
dent, manifest.
serve,, merit.
Manipulus, i, m., a bundle, sheaf
Merito, adv., deservedly: fr.
Manus, us, f., a hand.
Meritum, i, n., (mereor), merit; a
Marcius, i. m. p. n., Marcius.
benefit, favor.
Marcus, i, m., Marcus, a Roman Merula, ae, f., a blackbird.
praenomen.
Metailum, i, n., metal; a mine:
Mare, is, n., the sea.
condemnare ad metalla, to con­
Marius, i, m., Marius} a Roman
demn to the mines, i. e. to laboi
general.
in the mines.

228

METELLUS-—T-MTJLTUM.

Metellus, i, m., Metellus, a Roman
general.
Meto, ere, messui, messum, a., to
. reap.
Metuo, 6re, ui, n. & a., to fear: fr.
Metus, us, m.,fear.
Meus, a, um, poss. adj. pron., (me),
my.
Migro, are, avi, atum, n. & a., to
remove, migrate.
Mihi., see Ego: mihi ipsi, myself.
Miles, Itis, m. & f., a soldier: h.
Militaris, e, adj., military: res militaris, the art of war, military
science: and
Militia, ae, f., military service; domi
et militiae, in 'peace and in war.
Mille, num. adj. ind.—also subs,
ind. in sing., pi. millia, ium, &c.,
a thousand. Less. 38, 8.
Milo, onis, m., Milo.
MinimS, adv., sup. of*parum, least,
by no means.
Minimus, a, um, adj., sup. of par­
vus, Less. 40, 3., smallest, very
small-: minimi facere or aestimare, to value very little: est
minimi, it is of very little value:
minimus natu, youngest.
Minister, tri, rn., a servant.
Minor, ari, atus sum, dep., to threat­
en.
Minor, us, Gen. oris, adj., comp. of
parvus, Less. 40, 3, smaller, less.
Minuo, ere, ui, utum, a., to lessen,
ctiminish.
Minus, adj., n., comp. of parvus ;
also, adv., comp. of parum, less.
Mirabilis, e, ad\.y wonderful": and
Mirans, tis, part.: fr.
Miror, ari, atus sum, dep., to won­
der, admire.
Misceo, ere, miscui, mistum or
mixtum, a., to mix, mingle,, unite.
Miser, Sra, erum, adj., wretched,
unhappy i li.
Misereor, eri, miseritus or misertus
sum, dep., to pity: h.
Miseresco, 6re, n., to pity, compas­
sionate.
Miseret, uit, impers., (misereo), me
miseret, Ipity.

Miseria, ae, f., (miser), misery, mi*
fortune.
Misi, &c., see Mitto,
Missurus, a, um, part., (mitto.)
Missus, a, um, part., (id.), sent.
Mitis, e, adj., mild, humane, kind}
soft, ripe.
Mitto, ere, misi, missum, a., to
send.
Mobilis, e, adj., (moveo), movable,
fickle: h.
Mobilitas, atis, f., pliancy, flexi­
bility.
Modius, i, m., a peck.
Modo, adv., only: fr.
Modus, i, m., a measure; a way,
manner. In omnibus modis, in.
all respects, i. e. completely.
Mcereo, ere, ui, n. & a., to mourn: h.
Mreror, oris, m., grief, sorrow.
Moestitia, ae, f., (moestus, sad),
grief sadness.
Moles, is, f., amass, burden, weight.
Mollis, e, adj., ior, issmius, soft.
Moneo, ere, ui, itum,'a., to advise}
to remind., admonish : h.
Monitus, a, um, part.
Mons, tis, m., a mountain.
Mora, ae, f., delay.
Morbus, i, m., a disease.
Moribund us, a, um, adj., dying, at
the point of death: and
Moriens, tis, part., dying: fr.
Morior, mori or moriri, mortuus
sum, dep., to die : h.
Moriturus, a, um, part. : and
Mors, tis, f., death.: h.
Mortalis, e, adj., mortal.
Mortuus, a, um, part. & adj., (mo­
rior), dead. Mortuum mare, the
Dead sea.
Mos, moris, m., a custom, way%
manner; plur., manners, morals.
Motus, fis, m., a motion: motus
terrae, an earthquake: fr.
Moveo, ere, movi, motum, a., to
move, shake, agitate.
Mox, adv., soon.
Mulcto, are, avi, atum, a., to punish.
Mulier, eris, f., a woman.
Multitudo, inis, f, a multitude,
number: and
Multiim, adv., much, greatly: fr.

MULTUS -NOLO.
Multus, a, um, adj., much, many:
multo, abl. with comparatives,
much,; as, multo major, much
greater.
Mundus, i, m., the world.
Munio, ire, ivi, itum, a., to fortify,
protect: h.
Munitus, a, um, part.
Munus, 6ris, n., an office; a pres­
ent, gift.
Munis, i, m., a wall of a town, &c.
Musca, ae, f., a fly.
Musica, ae, f., music.
Muto, are, avi, atum, a., to change,
exchange.
Myrtus, 1, f., a myrtle.
N.
,Nam, conj.,/or.
Narbo, onis, m., Narbo, a town of
Gaul.
Narcissus, i, m. p. n., Narcissus.
Narro, are, avi, atum, a., to relate,
tell.
Nascens, tis, part.: fr.
Nascor, i, natus sum, dep., to be
born; to rise, spring up.
Natalis, e, adj., (natus), natal: dies
na talis, a birthday.
Natio, onis, f., (id.), a nation.
Natu, m., (id.), found only in abl.
sing., by birth, in age.
Natura, ae, f., (id.), nature.
Natus, a, um, part., (nascor,) barn:
triginta annos natus, thirty years
old. Less. 98.
Nauta, ae, m., a sailor.
Navalis, e, adj., (navis), naval.
Navigium, i, n., a vessel: fr.
Navigo, are, avi, atum, a. & n.,
(navis-ago), to navigate, sail.
Navis, is, f., a ship, vessel: h.
Navita, ae, m., a sailor.
Ne, adv., not.—Also conj., that not,
lest.
Ne, enclitic conj. In direct ques­
tions it is not translated: in indi­
rect questions, whether.
Nec, or ne-que, conj., and not, rtor.
Necdum, adv., not yet, and not yet.
Necesse, adj. ind., necessary, una­
voidable - h.

20

Necessitas, atis, f., necessity.
Neco, are, necavi or necui, necatum, a., to km.
Negligentia, ae, f., negligence,
Nego, are, avi, atum, a., to deny.
Negotium, i, n., (nec-otium), busi­
ness: negotium dare, ut, &c., to
commission or charge, that, &c.
Nemo, mis, m. & f., (ne-homo), no
one, nobody: nemo mortahum,
no mortal.
Nepos, otis, m., a grandson.
Nequaquam, adv., by no means.
Nequis or Ne quis, ne qua, ne quod •
or ne quid, adj. pron., lest any one,
that no one: ne quid, lest any
thing, that nothing, lest some­
thing: ne quid aliud curare, to
care for nothing else.
Nero, onis, m., Nero, a Roman em­
peror.
Nescio, ire, ivi, itum, a., (ne-scio),
not to know.
Neve or neu, conj., nor, neither.
Nidus, i, m., a nest.
Niger, gra, grum, adj., black.
Nihil, n. ind., nothing: nihil mali,
no evil.
Nilus, i, m., the Nile.
Nimbus, i, m., a storm.
Nimirum, adv., certainly, truly,for­
sooth.
Nimiilm, adv., too, too much: fr.
Nimius, a, um, adj., excessive, too
much.
Nisi, conj., (ni-si), if not, unless^
except.
Nitor, oris, m., (niteo, to shine),
splendor, elegance.
Nitor, i, nisus & nixus sum, dep.,
to strive ; to rely upon.
Nix, nivis, f.. snow.
Nobilis, e, aaj., no&Ze.
Noceo, ere, ui, Itum, to hurt, in­
jure.
Noctu, f., (nox), found only in the
abl. sing., by night, at night: h.
Nocturnus, a, um, adj., nocturnal,
of night.
Nolo, nolle, nolui, irr. n.,(non volo),
Less. 77, to be unwilling: I will
not. The imperative of nolo with
an infinitive is translated not, and

230

NOMEN-

the infinitive like an imperative;
as, noli id facere, do not do it.
Women, mis, n., (nosco), a name:
nomine, in the name, for the
sake.
Non, adv., not.
Non-dum, adv., not yet.
Nos, see Ego.
Nosco, ere, novi, notum, a., to
knob; nosse contracted for novisse.
Noster, tra, trum, poss. adj. pron.,
(nos), our.
*Notus, a, urn, part., (nosco), known,
iwted.
Novus, a, um, adj., new.
Nox, noctis, f., night.
Nubo,ere, nirpsi, nuptum, n., Less.
110, to marry.
Nudo, are, avi, atum, a., to make
bare, strip.
Nullus, a, ura, adj., Gen. nullius,
Less. 32, 1, (ne-ullus), no one,
none, no.
Num, adv. In direct questions it
is not translated: in indirect
questions, whether. Less. 125,
& 130.
Numa, 8B, m., Numa, the second
king of Rome.
Numen, Inis, n., (nuo), a deity,
god.
Numero, are, avi, atum, a., (numerus, a number), to count.
Numida, ae, m., a Numidian.
Nuinitor, oris, m., Numitor.
Nummus, i, m., a piece of money,
money.
Nunc, adv., now.
Nunquam, adv., (ne-unquam), nev­
er.
Nuntio, are, avi, atum, a., to an' nounce, teil, report, make known:
fr.
Nuntius, i, m., news; a messenger.
Nuper, adv., lately.
Nuptus, a, um, part., (nubo,) hav­
ing married.
Nutus, (is, m., (nuo, to nod), a nod;
willy pleasure.
Nux, nucis, f., a nut. Nux juglanSj a walnut.

O.
O, interj., O!
Ob, prep, with acc.,^r, on account
of. In composition its 6 is as­
similated before e,f g, and p.
Ob-eo, ire, Ivi, rtum, n. irr., to die.
Oblltus, a, um, part., having forgot"
ten; forgetful: fr.
Obliviscor, i, oblltus sum, dep., (oblivio, forgetfulness), to forget.
Ob-secro, are, avi,atum, a., (-sacro),
to entreat, beseech.
Ob-servo, are, avi,atum, a., to mind>
notice, observe.
Obses, idis, m. & f., a hostage.
Ob-stdeo, ere, edi, essum, n. & a.,
(sedeo), to besiege : h.
Obsidio, onis, f., a siege.
Ob-sto, are, stiti, n., to oppose, hin~ «
der.
Ob-stupesco, 5re, ui, n., to be amaz­
ed or astonished *
Ob-sum, esse, fui, n. irr., to hinder,
hurt.
Ob-testor, ari, atus sum, dep., ts
beseech, adjure.
*
Ob-v6nio, ire, veni, ventum, n., to
happen, occur.
Ob-viam, adv., in the way: procedere obviam, to go out to meet.
Oc-cldo, ere, cidi, cisum, a., (obcsedo), to kill, slay, put to death.
Occupo, are, avi, atum, a., (ob-capio), to occupy, take possession.
Oceanus,.i, m., the ocean.
Octingenti, aB, a, num. adj., (octocentum), eight hundred.
Octo, num. adj. ind., eight.
Oculus, i, m., an eye.
Odi, oderam, &c., def. verb, Less.
81, I hate: h.
Odium, i, n., hatred.
Odor, oris, m,, a smell, odor. t
Of-fero, ferre, obtuli, oblatum, a.
irr., (ob-fero), to offer.
Olea, se, f., an olive tree.
Olim, adv., once, formerly.
O-mitto, ere, isi, issum, a., (ob-mit»
td), to omit.
Omnis, e, adj., all, every: omnee,
all men.: omnia, all things. Less.
91, 5.

OfcERO- -PATER.
Ofcgro, ate, avi, atum, a., (onus, a
load), to load,
Onustus, a, um, adj., (id.), laden.
Opgra, SB, f., work: dare operam,
to be at pains, take care.
Operimentum, i, n., (operio, to cov­
er), a covering.
Opinio, onis, f., opinion.
Oppidum, i, n., a town.
Opportunus, a, um, adj., Jit, con­
venient.
Oppressus, a, um, part.: fr.
Op-prfmo, ere, essi, essum, a., (obpremo), to oppress, overwhelm; to
put down, suppress.
Ops, opis, f.,power, riches, aid, as­
sistance. The nom. sing, is not
used.
Optabllis, e, adj., comp. ior, (opto,
to desire), desirable.
Optim£, adv., sup. of bene, best.
Optimus, a, um, adj., sup. of bonus,
Less. 40, 3, best.
Opus, eris, n., work, employment,
business.
Opus, ind. subst. & adj., need; ne* cessary.
Ora, 8B, f., a border.
Oraculum, i, n., (oro), an oracle,
Oratio, onis, f., (id.), speech, a speech,
an oration.
Orator, oris, m., (id.), a speaker, or­
ator;
Orbis, is, m., a circle: orbis or orbis terrarum, the world.
Orbus, a, um, adj., bereft: orbum
facere, to bereave, deprive.
Ordo, inis, m., order ; a train.
Oriens, tis, part., (orior), rising: h.
Orientaiis, e, adj., eastern.
Orior, iri, ortus sum, dep., to rise,
arise.
Ornamentum, i, n.,(orno, to adorii),
an ornament.
,
Oro, are, avi, atum, a., to speak ; to
beg, crave, ask for.
Ortus, a, um, part., (orior), sprung
from, son of.
Os, oris, n., the mouth.
Os, ossis, n., a bone.
Osculor, ari, atus sum, dep., to kiss.
Os-tendo, ere, di, sum or turn, a.,
,
(ob-), to show.

231

Otium, i, n., leisure, inactivity.
Ovidius, i, m., Ovid, a Roman
poet.
Ovis, is, f., a sheep.
p.

Paeis, &c., see Pax.
Pfene, or pene, adv., almost.
Pallas, ad is, f., Pallas, Minerva.
Pallium, i, n., a mantle.
Palmes, itis, m., a branch of a vine.
Palpebrae, arum, f. plur., the eye­
lashes.
Palus, i, m., a stake.
Palus, udis, f., a marsh.
Pamphilus, i, m., Pamphilus, a
Grecian painter.
Par, paris, adj., equal—subst., an
equal.
Parco, ere, peperci or parsi, to
spare: fr.
Parcus, a, um, adj., frugal.
Pareo, ere, ui, ltum, n., to obey.
Parens, tis, m. & £, a parent: fr.
Pario, ere, peperi, partum, a;, to
bear, produce.
Paro, are, avi, atum, a., to prepare ;
to procure, obtain.
Pars, tis, f., a part.
Parsimonia, ae, f.,(parco), frugality.
Particeps, cipis, adj., (pars-capio),
participant of. Subst., a sharer,
partaker.
Parum, adv"., and ind. noun or adj.,
little: comp. minus, sup. minimd.
Parumper, ad v., for a little while.
Parvulus, a, um, dim., adj., small,
little: subst., a little child, a little
one: fr.
Parvus, a, um, adj., comp. minor,
sup. minimus, Less. 40, 3, lit­
tle, small: parvi sestimare or facere, to value little.
Pasco, ere, pavi, pastum, a., tofeed,
feed upon, <fc Pascor, i, pastu&
sum, pass., in the sense of, to f eea
one's self, to feed ox pasture upont
eat: h.
Pastor, oris, m., a shepherd.
Pateo, ere, ui, n., to be open.
Pater, tris, m., a father

232

PATIENS—]

Patiens, tis, part. & adj., ior, issimuSj patient: fr.
Patior, i, passus sum, dep., to suf­
fer, endure.
Patria, ae, f., (pater), a native coun­
try, one's country.
Pauci, SB, a, adj. plur., ioY, issimus,
few: pauci, m.,few men, few per­
sons: pauca, n.,few things.
Paucior, us, Gen. oris, adj., comp.
of pauci, fewer.
Paulatim, adv., by degrees, gradu­
ally: fr.
Paulus, a, um, adj., little, small:
paulo, abl., with a comparative,
by a little, a little: so paulo post,
a little after.
Pauper, eris, adj., poor: h.
Paupertas, atis, f., poverty.
Pavo, onis, m., a peacock.
Pax, pacis, f., peace.
Peccatum, i, n., a fault: fr.
Pecco, are, avi, atum, n., to do
wrong, sin.
Pectus, oris, n., the breast; the
hearty mind.
Pecunia, as, f., money: fr.
Pecus, oris, n., sheep, cattle.
Pecus, udis, f., a sheep.
Pedis, &c., see Pes.
Pejor, us, Gen, oris, adj., comp. of
malus, worse.
Pellicio, ere, lexi, lectum, a., to
entice.
Pello, ere, pepuli, pulium, a., to
drive away, expel, dispossess; .to
rout.
Pendeo, ere, pependi, n., to hang,
be suspended.
Penes, prep, with acc., with, in the
power of
Peninsula, OB, f., (pene, almost, &
insula), a peninsula.
Penna, as, f., a feather, a wing,
Peperci, &c., see Parco.
Pepulisti, &cM see Pello.
Per, prep, with acc., through, by,
by means of; during, for.
Peractus, a, um, part.: fr.
Per-ago, ere, egi, actum, a., to fin­
ish.
Per-cipio, Sre. cepi, ceptum, a., (capio), to obtain, receive.

Per-colo, ere, ui, cultum, a., to per*
feet, to cultivate thoroughly.
Percontor, ari, atus sum, dep., ta
ask, inquire.
Percultus, a, um, part., (percolo),
thoroughly cultivated,well dressed.
Percussus, a, um, part.: fr.
Per-cutio, ere, cussi, cussum, a.,
(quatio), to strike, kill: securi
percutere, to behead.
Per-do, ere, didi, dltum, to destroy f
to lose.
Per-duco, ere, xi, ctum, a., to conduct; to extend.
Peregrfnans, tis, part., going abroad:
avis., a bird of passage: fr.
Peregrinor, ari, atus sum, dep., ta
go abroad.
Perferendus, a, um, part., to bi
carried: fr.
Perf ero, ferre, tuli, latum, a. irr., ta
bear, carry.
Perf icio, 6re, eci, ectum. a., (-facio),
to perform, execute.
Pergamum, i, n., or -us, i, m., Pergamus, a city of Asia Minor.
Periculosus, a, um, adj., danger­
ous: fr.
Periculum, i, n., danger.
Per-imo, ere, emi, emptum, a.,
(-emo), to destroy, slay, kill.
Peritus, a, um, adj., versed or skill­
ed in.
Per-lustro, are, avi, atum, a., tc
travel through, traverse.
Per-pendo, ere, pendi, pensum, a.,
to weigh, consider.
Per-petro, are, avi, atum, a., (patro),
v
to accomplish, perform.
Perpetud, adv., (perpetuus), always,
ever, forever.
Perpetuus, a, um, adj., (per-peto),
continuing, constant, perpetual.
Persa, ae, m., a Persian.
Per-sequor, i, cutus sum, dep., ta
follow, pursue.
Perseve^o, are, avi, atum, n., to
persevere, persist.
Persia, as, f., Persia.
Per-suadeo, 5re, asi, asum, a., tt
persuade.
Per-timesco, ere, mui, a., to fear
greatly.

}—POSTERUS.
Perturbatus, a, urn, part.: fr.
Per-turbo, are, avi, atum, a., to dis­
turb, trouble.
Per-venio, Ire, eni, entum, n., to
come to, arrive at, come.
Pes, pedis, m., afoot.
Pessimus, a, um, adj., sup. of malus, Less. 40, 3, worst, very bad,
very mischievous.
Peto, ere, Ivi, Itum, a., to ask, seek,
solicit; to go to, travel to.
Pharao, onis, m., Pharaoh.
Philippus, i, m., Philip.
Philosophia, ae, f., philosophy: fr.
Philosophus, i, m., a philosopher.
PhtBbus, i, m., Phoebus.
Phrygius, a, um, adj., of Phrygia,
• Phrygian. Phrygii, orum, m.
plur., the Phrygians.
Pica, ae, f., a magpie.
Picis, &c,, see Pix.
Pictura, ae, f., (pingo, to paint),
painting, the art of painting.
Pietas, atis, f., (pius), piety, affec­
tion.
Piget, uit, impers., it grieves, pains,
disgusts: me piget, I grieve, I
am sorry.
Pilus, i, m.* a hair.
Pincerna, se, m., a cup-bearer, but­
ler.
Pindarus, i, m.f Pindar, a Greek
poet.
Pinguis, e, adj., fat.
Pinna, ae, f., a Jin.
Pinus, i, & us, f., the pine.
Pirata, ae, m., a pirate.
Piscis, is, m., afish.
Pisistratus, i, m., Pisistratus, an
Athenian ruler.
Pistor, oris, m., a baker.
Pius, a, um, adj., pious, dutiful.
Pix, picis, f., pitch.
Placeo, ere, ui, itum, n., to please,
be pleasing.
PlacidS, adv., (placidus, calm),
calmly, quietly.
Planctus, us, m., (plango), waiting,
lamentation.
Planta, ae, f., a plant.
Platanus, i, f., the plane-tree.
Plato, onis, m., Plato, a Grecian
philo sopher.

. 20*

233 .

Plaustrum, i, n., a wagon.
Plebs, is, f., the common people, *h6
commons, the people.
Plenus, a, um, adj,,fuU.
Pleriimque, adv., for the most part.
Plurimum, adv., sup. of multiim,
very much: plurimum posse, to
be very powerful.
Plurimus, a, um, adj., sup. of multus, Less. 40, 3, most, very many.
Plus, pluris, adj., comp. of multus,
Less. 40, 3, & 36, 3: also, adv.,
comp. of multum, more.
Poculum, i, n., a cup.
Poena, ae, f., punishment.
Pceniteo, ere, ui, n. & a., to repent.
Pcenitet, uit, impers., it repents.
Less. 107.
Pcenus, i, m., a Carthaginian.
Poeta, ae, m., a poet. '
Pompeius, i, m., (Cn.), Cn. Pom*
pey, a Roman general.
Pomponius, i, m. p. n.,Pomponiu8.
Pomum, i, n., an apple
Pono, ere, posui, posltum, a., to
place, put.
Pontus, i, m., the sea.
Poposci, &c., see Posco.
Populus, i, m., a people; thepeoplet
in distinction from the magis­
trates.
Por-rigo, ere, rexi, rectum, a., (prorego), to reach, extend; to offer,
present.
Porro, adv., moreover, then.
Porta, as, f., agate.
Portendo, 6re, di, turn, a., to por*
tend, betoken, foreshow.
Portia, ae, f. p. n., Portia.
Porto, are, avi, atum, a., to carryt
bear, convey.
Portus, fis, m., a harbor.
Posco, ere, poposci, a., to demand.
Positus, a, um, part., (pono.)
Possessio, onis, f., (possid.eo, to
possess), a possession, property.
Possum, posse, potui, n. irr., (potis*
sum), Less. 77, lean, am able.
Post, prep, with acc., after, be*
hind.
Post, adv., after.
Post-ea, adv., (-is), afterward.
Posterus a, um, adj., (post), comp,

234

0

POSTHUMTJ

posterior, sup. postremus, hind,
coming after.
Posthumus, i, m., Posthumus.
Post-quam, adv., after. With postquam the perfect is often to be
translated by the pluperfect.
Postremus, a, um, adj., sup. of post6rus, hindmost, last.
Postulo, are, avi, atum, a., (posco),
to ask, demand.
Potens, tis, adj., (possum), able,
powerful.
Poteram, &c., see Possum.
Potestas, atis, f., (possum), power.
Potio, onis, f., (poto, to drink),
drink.
Potior, xri, Itus sum, dep., (potis,
able), to gain, acquire, possess.
Potissimum, adv., sup. of potiiis,
especially.
Potltus, a, um, part.j (potior.)
Potius, adv., rather.
Prae, prep, with abl., before, on ac­
count of, more than..
Praebeo, ere, ui, ltum, a., (praehabeo), to give, supply,furnish: h.
Praebitus, a, um, part.
Praeceps, cipitis, adj., (prae-caput),'
headlong, swift, rapid.
Prasceptiim, i, n., a precept: fr.
Prae-cipio, ere, epi, eptum, a., (capio), to command: h.
Praecipuus, a, um, adj., peculiar,
remarkable.
Prae-clarus, a, um, adj., excellent,
noble.
Prae-ditus, a, um, adj., (do), endued
with, furnished with, possessed
of
Praefectus, i, m., an overseer, gover­
nor, chief : fr.
Prae-ficio, ere, eci, ectum, a., (praefacio), to set over, appoint to the
command of
Prae-mitto, ere, Isi, issum, a., to
send forward.
Praernium, i, n., a reward.
Prae-nosco, ere, oyi, otum, a., to
foreknow.
Prae-pono, ere, osui, ositum, a., to
place before, prefer, value more.
Prae-scio, Ire, Ivi, ltum, a., to fore­
know, foresee.

Praesertim, adv., (prae-sero), espe­
cially.
Praesidium, i, n., (praeses, a defei*
der), a defence, protection.
Praestabilis, e, adj., ior, excellent: fr.
Prae-sto, are, iti, a., to do, perform;
to bestow. Praestat, impers., it it
better.
Prae-sum, esse, fui, n. irr., to pre­
side or rule over.
Praeter, prep, with acc., except.
Praeter-eo, Ire, Ivi, ltum, n. irr., to
pass by: h.
Praeteritus, a, um, part., past.
Praetor, oris, m., (prae-eo), a praetor^
a judge.
Pratum, i, n., a meadow.
Precis, &c., see Prex. .
Precor, ari, atus sum, dep., to pray,
entreat: bene precari, to invoice
blessings upon, to bless.
Prehendo, ere, di, sum, a., to seize,
catch, lay hold of: h.
Prehensus, a, um, part., seized,
caught.
Premo, ere, pressi, pressum, a., to
press, straiten, distress.
Pretiosus, a, um, adj., precious: h.
Pretium, i, n,, price.
Prex, precis, f., not used in nom.
and gen. sing., a prayer, entreaty.
Primo, adv., at first: and
Primum, ad v., first: fr.
Primus, a, um, adj., sup. of prior
first.
Prinneps, fpis, m. & f., (primuscapio), a prince, ruler, governor.
Prior, us, Gen. oris, adj. comp.,
former, first.
Priscus, a, um, adj., ancient, old.
Pristinus, a, um, adj., ancient, old,
former.
Prius, adv., before, previously: priiis qu&m or priusquam, before.
Pro, prep, with abl., for, instead
of
Pro, or Proh, inteij., O!
Probe, adv., (probus), well.
Probo, are, avi, atum, a., (id.), to
approve.
Proboscis, rdis, f., the trunk, pro•
boscis.
ProcaSj ae, m., Procas.

>
PROCEDOPro-cedo, ere, essi, essum, n., to
proceed, advance, go forth.
Procella, se, f., a storm, tempest.
Procul, adv., a£ a distance, far.
Proditio, onis, f., (prodo), treachery.
Preelium, i, n., a battle, engagement.
Profectus, a, um, part., (proficiscor), having set out.
Pro-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, a., to
bring or put forth.
Proficiscor, i, profectus sum, dep.,
to set out, go, depart, come.
Pro-gredior, i, gressus sum, dep. n.,
to advance, proceed.
Pro-jicio, ere, eci, ectum, a., (-jacio), to throw, cast.
Pro-mitto, ere, isi, issuic a., to
promise: h.
Promissum, i, n., a promise.
Pronus, a, um, adj., bowing down,
prone.
Prope, prep, with acc., near to,
hard by ; also adv., near, nearly:
comp. propius, sup. proxime.
Prop6ro, are, avi, atum, a. & n., to
hasten, make haste.
Propitius, a, um, adj., favorable,
propitious.
Propius, adv., comp. of prope,
nearer.
Propter, prep, with acc., on ac­
count of.
Prorsus, adv., entirely: prorsus
non, not at all.
Prospere, adv., prosperously, well.
Pro-sum, prodesse, profui, n. irr.,
Less. 75, 4, to profit.
Pro-tego, ere, xi, ctum, a., to cover,
protect.
Protinus, adv., directly, immedi­
ately.
Protuli, &c., see Profero.
Providentia, ae, f., foresight, provi­
dence : fr.
Pro-video, ere, Idi, Isum, a. & n.,
to provide for: h.
Providus, a, um, adj., cautious, cir­
cumspect.
Pro-voco, are, avi, atum, a., to chal­
lenge.
ProximS, adv., sup. of prope, very
near. It is followed by the ac­
cusative like prope.

235

Q.UAM.

Proximus, a, um, adj., sup. of propior, nearer, nearest ox next, very
near.
Prudens, tis, adj., ior, issimus,
(contracted from providens), skil­
ful, expert, prudent, wise: h.
Prudentia, ae, f., prudence, sagacity.
Publicus, a, um, adj., (populus),
public.
Publius, i, m., Publius.
Pudet, uit, impers., it shames.
Less. 107.
Puella, se, f., a girl.
Puer, i, mM a boy.
Pugna, ae, f., a battle, contest: fr.
Pugno, are, avi, atum, n., to fight.
Pulcher, chra, chrum, adj. ior, errimus, beautiful.
Pullus, i, m., a chicken.
Pulmo, onis, m., the lungs.
Pulsus, a, um, part., (pello.)
Pulvis, eris, m. & f., dust.
Pumilio, onis, m., a dwarf.
Punica, ae, f.5 the pomegranate.
Punio, ire, ivi, itum, a.,to punish: h.
Punitus, a, um, part.
Purgo, are, avi, atum, a., to makt
clean, excuse, justify.
Purus, a, um, adj., pure.
Puteus, i, m., a well, pit.
Putiphar, aris, m., Potiphar.
Puto, are, avi, atum, a., to thinkt
suppose.
Putresco, Sre, trui, n., to putrify.
Pyramis, idis,f., a pyramid.
Pyrrhus, i, m., Pyrrhus, a king of
Epirus.

a.
Quadriga, se, f., a four-horse-char•tot.
Q,uaero, ere, sivi, situm, a., to seek,
ask: pass, impers. quaeritur a
me, it is asked of me, i. e., I am
asked.
Q,U8CSO, def. verb, I pray, I beg.
Quaestor, oris, m., (quaSro), a qucestor.
Q,ualis, e, adj., of what kind or na­
ture, what: talis-qualis, such-as.
Q,uam, conj,, than, as: adv.,
how.

.236

QUAMOBRE I

Quam-ob-rem, adv., wherefore, for
which cause.
Quantus, a, um, adj., how great,
how much, as great. Quanti,
with verbs of valuing, &c., how
high or as high.
Quare, adv., (quae-res), wherefore,
why.
Quasi, conj., as if.
Quatio, ere,—quassum, a., to shake,
toss violently.
Quatuor, num. adj. ind., four.
Clue, enclitic conj., and. Les­
son 82, 8, (4).
Quercus, us, f., an oak.
Queror, i, questus sura, dep., to
complain, lament: h.
Questus, a, um, pari.
Qui, quae, quod, rel. pron.*, who,
which,, what: quo—eo, with com­
paratives, by how much—by so
much jor the—the. Is—qui, with
subj., such—as, one—who.
Quia, conj., because.
Quid, see Quis.
Quidam, quaedam, quoddam and
quiddain, Gen. cujusdam, &c.,
adj. pron., a certain, a certain one,
one.
Quidem, conj., indeed.
Quidquid, see Quisquis.
Quies, etis, f., rest, sleep: h.
Quiesco, ere, evi, etum, n., to rest.
Quin, conj., that not, but thai, that.
It may sometimes be translated
as not, and the subjunctive fol­
lowing it by the infinitive.
Quinam or . quisnam, quaenam,
guodnam, or quidnam, Gen. cujusnam, &c., interrogative pron.,
who? which? what?
Quindecim, num. adj. ind., (quinque-decem),
Quinque, num. adj. ind.,five.
Quintus, i, m. p. n., Quintus.
Quis or qui, quae, quod or quid, G.
cujus, &c., interrogative pron.,
who? which? what?—Quis is
also sometimes used for aliquis,
any one.
Quis-quam, quaequam, quidquam
or ^uicquam, Gen. cujusquam,
adj pron., any, any one

RECTA.

Quis-que, quaeque, quodque or
quidque,Gen. cujusque, adj. pron.,
every, every one ; each, each one
Quis-quis,—quidquid, def. adj.
pron., whoever, whatever.
Qui-vis, quaevis, quodvis or quid
vis, Gen. cujusvis, adj. pron.,
any, every.
Quo, adv., whither: conj., that.
Quo-ad, adv., until.
Quod, rel. pron., which, see Qui. •
Quod, conj., thai, because.
Quo-minus, conj., that not, but that,
after verbs of hindering. L. 133.
Quo-modo, adv. & conj., how.
Quondam, adv., once^ formerly.
Quoniam, conj., (quum-jam), since.
Quoque, see Quisque.
Quoque, conj., also.
Quorsum, adv., (quo-versum), whi­
ther ? to what ?
Quot, adj. plur. ind., haw many;
tot—quot, as many—as: tot is
often omitted before quot.
Quousque, adv., how long, how far.
Quum or Cilm, adv. & conj.,
when, since.
R.
Radicitus, adv., (radix, a root), by
the roots.
Rapidus, a, um, adj., rapid, swift:
fr.
Rapio, ere, ui, turn, a., to rob; to
hurry, hurry away.
Rarus, a, um; adj., rare, scarce.
Ratio, onis, f., reason.
Re or red, an inseparable particle,
signifying, again, back, &c.
Re-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, n., to
retire, withdraw.
Re-cido, ere, idi, n., (-cado), to fall.
Re-cipio, ere,epi, eptum, a., (capio),
to receive: animum recipere, to
come to one's self to recover from
one's amazement
Re-condo, ere, didi, ditum, a., to
lay up ; to conceal.
Recordor, ari, atus sum, dep., tc.
call to mind, recollect.
Recta, adv., (rectus), straight
straightforward.

RECTE- -ROMA.

RectS, adv., (id.), rightly, correctly,
well.
Rectum, i, n., right, rectitude: fr.
Rectus, a, um, adj., right, straight,
erect.
Red-do, ere, didi, ditum, a., to re­
store.
Red-eo, Ire, ii, itura, n. irr., to re­
turn.
Reduco, Sre, xi, ctum, a., to bring
back, restore.
Red-undo, are, avi, atum, n., to
overflow, abound in.
Re-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, a. irr., to
carry or bring back: to answer,
reply: h.
Refert, retulit, &c., impers., it con­
cerns, is of importance: nihil re­
fert, it is-qf no importance.
Re-fugio, ere, ugi, ugitum, n., to
flee back, retread.
Regis, &c., see Rex.
Regio, onis, f., a region, district,
country: fr.
Rego, 6re, xi, ctum, a., to rule, gov­
ern.
Regno, are, avi, atum, a., to reign:
Regnum, i, n., a kingdom.
Re-gredior, i, gressus sum, dep.,"
(gradior), to return: h.
Regressus, a, um, part., having re­
turned.
Re-linquo, ere, liqui, lictum, a., to
leave: h.
Reliquus, a, um, adj., remaining,
the rest, the other: nihil reliqui
est, there is nothing left.
Re-maneo, ere, si, sum] n., to stayt
remain.
Reminiscor, i, dep., to remember,
recollect.
Re-mitto, ere, mlsi, missum, a., to
send again, send back.
Remus, i, m., an oar.
Remus, i, m., Remus, the twin
brother of Romulus.
Re-pendo, ere, di, sum, a., to return,
repay.
Repente, adv., (repens), suddenly.
Re-perio, ire, peri, pertum, a., (pario), to find: h.
Repertus, a, um, partfound

237

Re-pono, ere, osui, ositum, a., to
replace, restore.
Re-porto, are, avi, atum, a., to
bring back.
Re-prehendo, ere, di, sum, a., to
blame, censure: h.
Reprehensio, onis, f., censure, re
proof.
Re-quirsco, ere, evi, etum, n., to
rest.
Res, rei, f., a thing, an affair, a
matter, an event, property: re
ipsa, in fact.
Re-sideo, ere, sedi, sessum, n., (s&deo), to remain, rest.
Re-sisto, frej stiti, n., to oppose, re­
sist.
Re-spondoo, ere, di, sum, a., to an­
swer, reply.
Res-publioa, reipublicae, f., the state,
republic. The word is compound­
ed of res and pubUca, the fem.
gender of publtcus, see compound
nouns, Less. 27, 1/
Re-stituo, ire, ui, utum, a., (statuo),
to restore.
Re-sto, are, titi, n., to remain.
Retentus, a, um, part.: fr.
Re-tineo, ere, ui, tentum, a.,(teneo),
to retain, keep.
Retrorsum, adv., (contracted from
retro-versum), backward, bade.
Retuli, etc., see Refero.
Reversus, a, um, part.: fr.
Re-vertor, i, sus sum, dep., to re­
turn.
Re-vdco, are, avi, atum, a., to re­
call.
Rex, regis, m., a king.
Rhea, se, {., Rhea. Rhea Silvia,
the mother of Romulus.
Rhenus, i, m., the Rhine.
Rideo, ere, isi, Isum, n., to laugh.
Robur, oris, n., strength.
Rogiins, tis, part., (rogo), asking}
requesting.
Rogatus, a, um, part., (rogo), being
asked.
Rogito, are, avi, atum, a. freq. v.}
(rogo), to ask often, to ask.
Rogo, are, avi, atum, a., to ask, ask
for, request.
Roma, as, f., Rome: h.

238

ROMANUS- -SEPELIO,

liomanus, a, um, adj., Roman.
Romanus, i, m., a Roman.
Romulus, i, m., Romulus, the foun­
der of Rome.
Rosa, ae, f., the rose.
Rostrum, i, n., abeak, hit}*
Ruben, enis, m. p. n., Reuben.
Rugio, Ire, n., to roar.
Ruo, ere, ui, utum, n., to fall, rush.
Rupes, is, f., a rock.
Rursuin or rursus, adv., again.
Rus, ruris, n., the country: h.
Rusticus, a, um, adj., rustic, Rus­
ticus, i, m., a countryman.
S.
Saccus, i, m., a sack, bag.
Saeer, era, crum, adj., sacred: h.
Sacerdos, otis, m. & f., a priest.
Saepe, adv., often.
Sagitta, ae, f., an arrow.
Saguntlni, drum, m. plur., the Saguntines.
Salsus, a, um, adj., (sal), salt.
Salus, fitis, f., (salvus), safety: h.
Saluto, are, avi, atum, a., to salute,
greet, pay one's respects to.
Salvus, a, um, adj., safe, well.
Samii, orum, m. plur.,the Samians.
Sanguis, mis, m., blood.
Sapiens, tis, adj., (sapio). ior, issimus, wise: subst.,.a wise man: h.
Sapienter, adv., wisely; &
Sapientia, ae, f., wisdom.
Sapio, 5 re, Ivi, n., to be wise.
Satiatus, a, um, part., satiated: fr.
SatiOj are, avi, atum, a., to satiate,
satisfy: fr.
Satis, indeei. adj. & adv., enough;
sufficiently.
SatiVfacio, ere, eci, actum, a., to
satisfy.
Saturnus, i, ra., Saturn. Orte Saturno, O son of Saturn, i. e.,
Jupiter.
Saturo, are, avi, atum, a., fsatur,
full), to satiate, cloy, weary.
Satus, a, um, part., (sero), produced,
bom.
Scateo, ere, n., to abound in, swarm
with.
Scelus. eris, n., a crime.

Schola, ae, f., a school.
Scientia, ae, f., (sciens fr. scio),
knowledge, science.
Scilicet, adv., (scio-licet), namelyi
to wit.
Scindo, ere, scidi, scissum, a., to
tear, rend.
Scio, Ire, Ivi, Itum, a., to know.
Scipio, onis, m., Scipio.
Sciscitor, ari, atus sum, dep., (scisco), to ask, inquire : fr.
Scitor, ari, atus sum, dep., (scio), to
ask, inquire, consult.
Scopulus, i, m., a rock.
Scopus, i, m., a mark.
Scorpio, onis, m., a scorpion.
Scribo, ere, psi, ptum, a., to write:
hence
Scripturus, a, um, part., about to
write.
Scrutor, ari, atus sum, dep., to
search.
Scyphus, i, m.'a cup, goblet.
Se, see Sui.
Secundo, adv., the second timefr.
Sectmdus, a, unl, adj., the second.
Securis, is, f., an axe.
Secuturus, a, um, part., (sequor),
about to follow.
Secutus, a, um, part., (sequor), fol­
lowed.
Sed, conj., but.
Sedeo, ere, sedi, sessum, n., to sit: h
Sedes, is, f., a seat.
Seditio, onis, f., discord, sedition.
Semel. adv., once.
Semper, adv., always : h.
Sempiternus, a, um, adj., eternal,
everlasting.
Sempronia, ae, f., Sempronia.
Senatus, us, m., (senex), a senate.
Senectus, utis, f., old age: fr.
Senex, senis, adj., old; subst., an
old man.
Sejii, ae, a, distr. num. adj., (sex),
six, six each.
Senium, i, n., (senex), old age.
Sensi, <&c., see Sentio.
Sensus, us, m., (sentio), sense; a
sense, perception.
Sententia, ae, f., an opinion: fr.
Sentio, Ire, si, sum, a., to perceive.
Sepelio, Ire, Ivi, pultum, a., to bum

f—STO,
Septem, num. adj. ind., seven.
Septimius, i, m. p. n., Septimius.
Sepulcrum, i, n., (sepelio) 2 grave,
sepulchre.
Sequilni, Drum, m. pi., taeSequani,
a Gallic people.
Sequor, i, cutus sura, dep., to follow,
pursue.
Serenus, a, um, adj., clear, bright,
calm, serine.
Sermo, onis, m., a speech; speech,
language, discourse, conversation.
Sero, ere, sevi, satum, a., to sow,
plant.
t
Sero, adv., (serus), too late.
Serpens, tis, in. & f., a serpent.
Servitus, utis, f., (servus), slavery,
bondage.
Servo, are, avi, atum, a., to keep,
maintain, preserve; keep in safety.
Servus, i? m., a slave, servant.
Seu, conj., or.
Severitas, atis, f., (severus, severe),
severity.
Si, conj., if.
Sic, adv., so, thus.
Sicilia, ae, f., Sicily.
Sicyonius, a, um, adj., Sicyonian,
of Sicyon.
Signififco, are, avi, atum, a., (signum-facio), to give notice, signify.
Sjleo, ere, ui, n., to be silent.
Silvia, ae, f., Silvia. Rhea Silvia,
the mother of Romulus.
Silvius, ii, m., Silvius.
Sim, &c., see Sum.
Simeon, onis, m., Simeon.
Similis, e, adj., like: h.
Similitudo, mis, f., resemblance : similitudo cum Deo, a likeness to
God.
Simul, adv., together, at the same
time.
Sincerus, a, um, adj., sincere.
Sine, prep, with abl., without.
Singular is, e, adj., (singuli), singu­
lar, peculiar.
Sino, ere, sivi, a., to permit, suffer.
Siquis or Si quis, si qua, si quod
or si quid, Gen. si cujus, adj.
pron., if any.
Sitis, is, f., thirst.
Sive, conj., or.

239

Socius, i, m., a companion, asso*
date, ally.
Socrates, is, m., Socrates, a Grecian
philosopher.
Sol, solis, m., the sun.
Soleo, ere, solitus sum, n. pass.,
to be accustomed or wont. Less.
79, N.: h.
Solitus, a, um, part. & adj., usual.
Solitum, i, n., habit, ordinary
custom:—solito, abl. after a com­
parative, than usual. Less. 119,1.
Sollicitudo, inis, f., (sollicitus, anx­
ious), anxiety, solicitude.
Solon, onis, m., Solon, the Atheni­
an lawgiver.
Solum, i, n., the ground, soil, earth.
Solum, adv., only, alone: fr.
Solus, a, um, G. sollus, Less. 32, 1,
adj., alone, only.
Somniator, oris, m., (somnio), a
• dreamer.
Somnium, i, n., (somnus), a dream:
hence
Somnio, are, avi, atum, n., to
dream.
Somnus, i, m., sleep: insomnia, in
sleep.
Sonus, i, m., a sound.
Sorbeo, ere, ui, a., to suck, suck iriy
absorb.
Soror, oris, f., a sister.
Specto, are, avi, atum, a., to see; to
look to or towards, point towards,
face ; to tend, point, refer.
Spelunca, ae, f., a cave.
Spero, are, avi, atum, a., to hope: h
Spes, ei, f., hope.
Spica, ae, f., an ear of com.
Splendidus, a, um, adj., ior, issTmus, ^splendeo), bright, splendid\
magnificent.
Spolio, are, avi, atum, a., (spolium),
to plunder ; to deprive.
Spondeo, ere, spopondi, sponsum,
a., to promise, pledge oneys self.
Spopondi, &c., see Spondeo.
Stadium, i, n., a furlong; a race­
course.
St'ans, tis, part., (sto), standing.
Statim, adv., (sto), immediately.
Stella, se, f., a star.
Sto, are, steti, stature, n., to stand

STRUTHIOCAMELUS—-TANTUS.

Strut hiocamelus, i, m., an ostrich.
Studium, i, n., (studeo), desire.
Stultus, a, um, adj., foolish.
Suadeo, ere, si, sum, n. & a., toadvise.
Sub, prep, with acc. or abl., under.
In composition its b is sometimes
assimilated before c,f g, m, p, &
r; before c, p, and t, it is some­
times changed to s, and before s
impure it is dropped.
Sub-!go, ere, egi, actum, a., (-ago),
to subdue.
Sub-jicio, ere, jeci, jectum, a., (-jacio), to subject, make subject.
Sub-ripio, ere. ui, reptum, a., (-rapio), to steal.
Subsidium, i, n., (subsideo), help,
relief.
Sub-sisto, ere, stiti, a. & r... to
stop.
Suc-cedo, ere, cessi, cessum, ii.,
(sub), to succeed, come after: to
prosper, succeed.
Suc-cresco, ere, evi, n., (sub), to
grow beneath, grow up after.
Suf-f icio, ere, eci, ectum ,n., (subfacio), to be sufficient, suffice.
fhiffragium, i, n., a vote, suffrage.
Sui, subst. pron., of himself, &c.
Less. 41, 4.
Sulmo, onis, m., Sulmo, a town of
Italy.
Sum, esse, fui, futurus, n. irr.,
Less. 62, &c., to be. Sunt qui
may be translated some: oon est
quod, there is no reason w.*y.
Summus, a, um, adj. sup. of superus, Less 40, 3, highest, greatest,
supreme.
Sumo, gre, mpsi, mptum, a., to
take.
Supellex, lectllis, {., furniture.
Super, prep, with acc. or abl., aver,
on, at, during.
Superbus, a, um, adj., proud.
Superbus, i, m., Superbus or the
Proud, a surname of Tarquin.
Superstes, Itis, adj., (super-sto),
surviving, outliving: it takes the
dative of the person outlived.
Super-sum, esse, fui, n. irr., to remi in, survive.

Superus, a, um, adj., high, upper,
#
Less. 40, 3.
Super-vacuus, a, um, adj., 8upe~Jluous, needless.
Super-venio, ire, veni, ventum, n.,
to come upon.
Suppedito, are, avi, atum, a. & n.,
to furnish, supply: fr.
Sup-peto, ere, ivi, itum, n., to be at
hand ; to be sufficient.
Supplex, icis, adj., (sub-plico), sup­
pliant.
Supplicatio, onis, f., (supplico), a
thanksgiving.
Supplicium, i, n., (supplex), punish­
ment.
Supra, prep, with acc., above, more
than.
Supremus, a, um, adj., sup. of su­
perus, Less. 40, 3, highest.
Surgo, £re, rexi, rectum, n.*, to rise.
Sus-pendo, ere, di, sum, a., (sub),
to hang, hang up : h.
Suspensus, a, um, part., suspended^
hanging.
Sustento, are, avi, atum, a., (sustineo), to uphold, support, sustain.
Suus, a, um, poss. adj. pron., (sui),
his, hers, its, their.
Syracuse, arum, f. plur., Syracuse.
T.
Taceo, ere, ui, itum, n., to be si­
lent: h.
Tacitus, a, um, adj., silent; also
for tacite, in silence.
Taedet, uit, impers., it tires; me
taedet, I am weary of.
Talentum, i, n.$ a talent.
Talis, e, adj., such: talis—qualis,
such—as.
Tam, adv., so.
Tamen, conj., yet. notwithstanning.
Tandem, adv., at length.
Tanquam or tamquam, conj., as if.
Tantopere, adv., (tantus-opus), ,
much.
Tantus, a, um, adj., (tam), so great,
so much, such: tanturn abest, ut
furati simus, so far are we from
having stolen.

TARQUINIUS- -TRIUMPHUS.

Tarquinius, i, m., Tarquin, a king
of Rome.
Tarquinii, orum, m., Tarquinii, a
town of Italy.
Tarraco, onis, f., Tarragona, a
town of Spain.
Tauri, orum, m. plur., the Tauri, a
people of Thrace.
Taurus, i, m., a bull.
Teg©, Sre, texi, tectum, a., to cover,
conceal.
Telum, i, n., a dart, javelin} the
proboscis of an insect.
Temere, adv., rashly: h.
Temeritas, atis, f., audacity.
Tempestas, atis, f., (tempus), time,
a season; a storm.
Templum^ i, n., a temple^
Tempus, oris, nM time.
Teneo, ere, ui, turn, a., to hold,
keep.
Tener, era, 5rum, adj., tender, deli­
cate.
Tento, are, avi, atum, a., (tendo), to
try, attempt.
Tenus, prep, with abl., up to, as far
as.
Terra, ae, f., the earth; a country.
Terreo, ere, ui, itum, a., to terrify,
frighten: h.
Territus, a, um, part.: and
Terror, oris, m., terror.
Tertius, a, um, num. adj., (ter,
thrice), third.
Testor, ari, alus sum, dep., to tes­
tify ; to attest.
Teutoni, orum, m. plur., the Teutoni, a German people.
Thales, is, m., Thales, a Grecian
philosopher.
Thebae, arum, f., Thebes, a Grecian
city.
Themistocles, is, m., Themistocles,
an Athenian general.
Theocritus, i, m., Theocritus, a Si­
cilian poet.
Thermopylae, arum, f. plur., ThermopylcB.
Thesaurus, i, m., a treasure; a
treasury.
Thessalonlca, as, f., Thessalxrrdca.
Tiberias, adis, f., Tiberias, a town
of Galilee.

21

241

Tiberius, i, m., Tiberius, a Roman
emperor.
Tibi, see Tu.
Timeo, ere, ui, a. & n., to fear: h.
Timidus, a, um, adj., timid, timor­
ous.
Timoleon, tis, m., Timoleon, a Co­
rinthian general.
Timor, oris, m., (timeo), fear.
Tingo, ere, xi, ctum, a., to stain.
Titus, i, m. p. n., Titus.
Toga, se, f., a gown, robe.
%
Tollo, ere, tolli, a., to raise, lift up
Tondeo, ere, totondi, tonsum, a.,
to shear.
Torques, is, m. & f., a chain.
Torridus, a, um, adj., (torreo, te
roast), hot, sultry.
Tot, adj. plur. ind., so many: h.
Totidem, adj. plur. ind., as many.
Totus, a, um, Gen. totlus, adj., all,
the whole, whole. _
Trado, ere, didi, ditum, a., (transdo), to deliver, commit, consign.
Traho, ere, xi, ctum, a., to draw,
drag ; to detain.
Tranquilly, adv., quietly, tranquil­
ly : fr.
Tranquillus, a, um, adj., tranquil,
quiet.
Trans, prep, with acc., over, be­
yond.
Trans-curro, ere, i, n. & a., to pass
over.
Trans-eo, ire, ii, Itum, n. & a. irr.,
to pass over.
Trans-fero, ferre, tuli, latum, a.,
to transfer, transport, remove,
carry.
Trecenti, ae, a, num. adj., (tres-eentum), three hundred.
Tredecim, num. adj. ind., (tres-decem), thirteen.
Tremo, 6re, ui, n., to shake, tremble,
Tres, tria, num. adj.; three.
Tribunus, i, m., a tribune.
Triennium, i, n., (tres-annum),
three years.
Triginta, num. adj. ind., thirty.
Triticum, i, n., wheat.
Tristis, e, adj., ior, issimus, sad,
melancholy.
Triumphus, i, m., a triumph.

TROJA
TWrja, ae. f., Troy, a city of Asia
Minor.
Tu, tui, oron:, thou. Less. 41, 4.
Tuli, &c., see Pero.
Tullius, i, m., Tullius, the name
of a Roman gens.
Tiillus, i, m., Tullus Hostilius, the
third Roman king.
Turn, adv., then; turn temporis, at
that time.
Tunc, adv., then.
Turba, ae, f., a crowd, multitude.
TurnUs, i, m., Turnus, an Italian.
Turpitudo, inis, f., baseness, turpi­
tude : fr.
Turpis, e, adj.,ugly; base, disgrace­
ful.
Turris, is, f., a tower.
Tute, pron., an intensive form of
tu; for tu ipse, thou thyself.
Tutus, a, um, adj., safe.
Tuus, a, um, poss. adj. pron., (tu),
thy, your.
Tyrius, a, um, adj., Tyrian. Tyrii,
drum, m. plur., the Tyrians: fr.
Tyrus, i, f., "Tyre, a city of Asia.

V.
Uber, uberis, adj., ior, uberrimus,
abundant: h.
Ubertas, atis, f., fruitfulness, plenty.
Ubi, adv., where; when.
Ulciscor, i, ultus sum, dep., to
avenge.
Ullus, a, um, Gen. lus, adj., any,
any one. Less. 32, 1.
Umbra, ae, f., a shadow, shade.
Una, adv., (unus), together.
Uncus, a, um, adj., crooked, hooked.
Unde, adv., whence.
UndScifn, num. adj. ind., (unus-decem), eleven,
Unguis, is, m., a nail, claw, talon.
Unfed, adv., (unicus, a, um), sing­
ularly, particularly.
Unicuique, see Unusquisque*
Universus, a, um, adj., (unus-verto), all, the whole.
Unquam, or umquam, adv., ever.
Unus, a, um, adj., Gen. unius,
Less 32, 2, one.
Unus-q lisque, unaquaeque, unum-

VUNIENS.
quodque, Gen. uiriuscujusque,
D. unicuique, &c., adj., each.
Urbs, urbis, f., a city; esp., Rome.
Ursus, i, m., a bear.
Ustrs, us, m., (utor), use, need.
Ut or Uti, conj., thai: after verbs
of fearing, that not.
Ut, adv., as, when, as soon as.
Uter, utra, utrum, adj., Less. 32,
which of the two ?
Uter-que, utraque, utrumque, Gen.
utriusque, <fcc., Less. 32, adj.
both, each.
Utilis, e, adj., ior, issimus, (utor),
useful.
Uti-nam, conj., Othat.
Utor, i, usus sum, dep., to uset
make use of.
Utrum, adv. In direct questions
it is not translated: in indirect
questions, whether.
Uva, ae, f., a cluster of grapes.
Uxor, oris, f., a wife.
y.
Vacca, ae, f., a cow.
Vae, interj., woe!
Vagus, a, um, adj., roving; incon­
stant.
Valde, adv., (validus fr. valeo),
very, very much.
Valeo, ere, ui, n., to be well: h.
Valetudo, mis, f., health.
Varius, a, um, adj., various.
Vasto, are, avi, atum, a., (vastus,
waste), to lay waste, pillage.
Ve, enclitic conj., or.
Vectigal, alis, n., revenue, income.
Veho, ere, xi, ctum, a., to carry,
convey.
Vel, conj., or.
Velox, ocis, adj., swift, flee*
Vel-uti, adv., as.
Vendo, ere, didi, ditum, a., to sett.
Veneror, ari, at us sum, dep., to
reverence, venerate, make obei­
sance to.
Venia, ae, f., pardon, forgiven tss*
indulgence, leave: bona cum ve­
nia, with kind indulgence, i. e.,
indulgently, without offence.
Veniens, tis, part., coming: fr.

VENIO—1 ULCANUS.
Venio, Ire, veni, yentum, n., to
come. Venio sometimes takes
both the dative and the accusa­
tive with in; venit mihi in mentem, it came into my mind.
Less. 112, 3, N.
Venturus, a, um, part., about to
come.
Ventus, i, m., the wind.
Ver, veris, n., the spring.
Verbum, i, n., a word: in verba alicujus jurare, to swear according
to the words of any one, to take
the oath prescribed by him.
Vere, adv., (verus), truly.
Vereor, eri, veritus sum, dep., to
fear, be afraid.
Veritas, atis, f., (verus), truth.
Verd, conj., (verus), but.
Versicolor, oris, adj., (verso-color),
of divers colors.
Versificator, oris, m.,(versus-facio),
a versifier.
Versus, us, m., a verse.
Verilm, conj., but: fr.
Verus, a, um, adj., true, real: verum, i, n., truth.
Vescor, i, dep., to eat, subsist upon.
Vesper, 6ris, m., the evening: abl.
vespgre or vesperi, at evening.
Vespera, ae, f., evening.
Vespertilio, onis, m., (vesper), a
bat.
Vestalis, e, adj., (Vesta), vestal, per­
taining to the goddess Vesta.
Vester, tra, trum, poss. adj. pron.,
(vos), your.
Vestigium, i, n., a footstep, track.
Vestio, ire, Ivi, itum, a., to 'clothe,
array: fr.
Vestis, is, f., a garment, robe,
clothes.
Vetus, 6ris, adj., old.
Via, ae, f., a way, road.
Viator, oris, m,, (vio, to go, fr. via),
a traveler.
Vici, &c., see Vinco.
^iclnus, a, um, adj., near.
Victoria, a?, £, (vinco), victory.
Victurus, a, um, part., (vivo).
Victus, lis, m., (id.), food, suste­
nance.
Victus, a, um, part., (vinco), con-

243

quered, overcome: victi, sc. hom­
ines, the conquered.
Video, ere, vidi, visum, a., to see,
Videor, eri, visus sum, pass., to be
seen; to seem, appear.
Viginti, num. adj. ind., twenty.
Vilis, e, comp. ior, adj., cheap, qf
low price.
'Villa, ae, f., a farm-hew.
Vinco, ere, vici, victum, a., to con*
quer, overcome.
Vinea, aB, f., a vineyard: fr.
Vinum, i, n., wine.
Vir, viri, m., a man, a husband.
Vires, see Vis.
Virga, ae, f., a twig.
Virgo, inis, f., a virgin, maid.
Virfdis, e, adj., green, verdant.
Virtus, utis, f., (vir), virtue.^ valor,
bravery.
Virus, i, n., poison, venom. N. &
Ac., virus, Gen. viri, D. & Ab.,
viro.
Vis, vis, f., Less. 21, force, power,
strength, quantity. So in plur.,
• strength, power, force, vigor.
Vis, see Volo, velle.
Viso, 5re, si, sum, a., (video), t§
see; visit.
Visus, a, um, part., (video).
Vita, ae, f., (vivo), life.
Vitis, is, f., a vine.
Vitium, i, n., a fault, vice.
Vitreus, a, um, adj., of glass.
Vivo, ere, vixi, victum, n., to live;
to live or feed upon.
Vivus, a, um, adj., alive, living.
Vix, adv., scarcely.
Vixi, &c., see Vivo.
Vocatus, a, um, part.: fr.
Voco, are, avi, atum, a., (vox), to
call, name; invite.
Volatus, us, m., a flight: fr.
Volo, are, avi, atum, n., tofly.
Volo, velle, volui, a. irr., to wish, bt
willing: h.
Volubilfs, e, adj., (volvo, to roll)
rolling ; changeable, fickle.
Voluntas, atis, L, will, wish.
Voluptas, atis, f., pleasure.
Vos, see Tu.
Vox, vocis, f., a voice.
Vulcanus, i, m., Vulcan.

244

VULGARIS

ZENO.

Vulgaris, e, adj., common: fr.
X.
Vulgus, i, n. & m., the common
people.
Xerxes, is, m., Xerxes, a king of
Vulnero, are, avi, atum, a., (vulnus,
Persia.
a wound), to wound, hurt.
Vulpecula, ae, f., dim., a little fox, a
Z.
fox: fr.
Zeno, onis, m., Zeno, a Grecian
ulpes, is, f., a fox.
philosopher.
nit, &c., see Volo.

COMPARATIVE VIEW OF THE CONJUGATIONS.
ACTIVE VOICE.
PRINCIPAL PARTS.

Pres. Inf.
a-mS'-re,
mo-ne'-re,
reg'-g-re,
au-dr-re,

Pres. Ind.
I. A'-mo,
?. Mo'-ne-o,
3. Re'-go,
i. Au'-dt-o,

Perf. Ind.
a-ma'-vi,
mon'-u-i,
rex'-i,
au-di'-vi,

Supine.
a-ma'-tum,
mon'-i-twra,
rec'-t urn,
au-di'-tum,

(t& love),
{to advise)
(to rule),
{to hear).

INDICATIVE MOOD—FIRST ROOT.

Present, love, do love, am loving.
1 love,
A'-mo,
Mo'-ne-o,
Re'-go,
Au'-ai-o,
We love,
P. 1. a-ma'-mws,
2. mo-ne'-raus,
3.
4. au-di'-miw,
S. 1.
2.
3.
4.

Thou lovest,
He loves;
a'-mas,
a'-mat;
mo'-nes,
mo'-ne/;
r&-gis,
re'-git;
au'-dis,
au'-di£ ;
Ye or you love,
They love.
a-ma'-tis^
vS-mant.
mo-ne'-tis,
mo'-nent.
reg'-V-tis,
re'-gunt.
hu-di'-tis,
au'-di-unt.

Imperfect, was loving, loved ,
/ teas loving,
Thou wast loving,
& 1. a-ma'-bam,
a-ma'-bas,
2. mo-ne'-bam,
mo-ne'-bas,
3. re-ge'-bam,
re-ge'-bas,
4. au-di-e'-iam,
au-di-e'-bas,
PFe icere loving,
Ye were loving,
P. 1. am-a-6a'-mw5,
am-a-ha'-tis,
2. mon-e-ba'-mus,
rflon-e-ba'-tis,
3. reg-e-ba'-mus,
teg-e-ba'-tis,
4. au-di-e-fia'-mus, au-di-e-ba'-tis,

Zoi?e.

fie was loving ;
a-m a'-bat /
mo-ne'-bal;
re-ge'-bat;
tiLU-di-e'-bat,
They were loving
a-md'-bant.
mo-ne'-bant.
re-ge'-bant.
au-di-e'-bant

Future, shall or will.
I shaU love,
Thou wilt love,
a-ma'-bis,
S. 1. a-ma'-bo,
2. mo-ne'-6o,
mo-ne'-bis,
3. re"-gam,
re'-ges,
4. a^'-di-am,
au'-di-es,
We shall love,
Ye will love,
P. 1. a-mab'-l-mus, a-mab'-l-tis,
2. mo-neb'-J-mus, mo-neb'-J-tis,
3. re-ge'-mus,
re-ge'-tis,
4. au-di-i'-mus,
au-di-e'-tis.
21*

He will love ;
B.-md'-bit;
mo-ne'-bit;
re'-get;
au'-di-et;
They will love,
a-ma'-bunt.
mo-ne'-bunt
re'-gent.
au'-di-ent.

246

COMPARATIVE VIEW OF THE CONJUGATIONS.

ACTIVE VOICE—INDICATIVE MOOD.
SECOND BOOT.

Perfect (definite), have loved; (indefinite), loved.
I have loved,
S. 1. a-ma'-vi,

Thou hast loved, He has loved ;
am-a-vis'-ti,
a-mo/-vit;
mon-u-is'-fo*,
mon'-u-it;
rex-is'-ti,
rex1"-it;

2. mon'-u-i,
3. rex'-i;
4. au-dl'-vi,

au-di-vis'-fo',

P. 1. a-mav'-i-mws,

2. mo-nii'-i-mus,
3. rex'-J-mus,
4. au-div'-J-TOiw,

au-di'-vitf ;

Ye have loved,
am-'d-vis'-tis,
mon-u-is'-fts,
rex-is'-tis,
dL\i-di-vis'-tis,

We have loved,

am-a-ve'-runt, or-re,
mon-u-e'-runt, or -re,
vex-e'-runt, or -re,
au-di-ve'-rwi£," or -re.

They have loved.

Pluperfect, had.
I had loved,
S. 1. a-mav'-^-ram-,
2. mo-nu'-g-ram,
3. rex'-g-ram,
4. au-dfir'-g-ram,

Thou hadst loved,
a-mav'-g-ras,
mo-mi'-g-ras,
rex'-g-ras,
au-div'-g-ras,

He had loved ;
a-mav'-g-rat;
mo-nu'rZ-rat;
rex'-g-rat;
au-div'^g-rat;

We had loved,
Ye had loved,
They had loved.
P. 1. am-a-ve-ra'-mus, am-a-ve-ra'-tis,. a-mav'-g-rant.
2. mon-u-e-ra'-mus, mon-u-e-rd'-tis,
mo-rm'-g-rant.
3. rex-e-ra'-mus,
rex-e-rd'-tis,
rex'-g-rant,
au-div'-g-rant.
4. au-di-ve-m'-mus, au-di^ve-ra'-tis,

Future-Perfect, shall or will have.
I shall have loved,. Thou wilt have loved,
S. 1. a-mav'-g-ro,
_a-mav'-g-ris,
2. mo-nu'-g-ro,
mo-nu'-^-ris,
3. rex'-g-ro,
rex'-g-ris,
4. au-div'-2-ro,
au-div'-e-ris,

au-div'-e-r# ;

We shall have loved, Ye will have loved,
P. 1. am-a-ver'-i-mus, am-a-ver'-i-tis.
2. mon-u-er'-T-mux, mon-u-er'-i-tis,
3. rex-er'-i-mus,
rex-er'-i-tis,

Theymill have loved,
a-mav'-g-rint.
mo-nu'^g-rint.
rex'-g-rint.

4. au-di-ver'-?-mws,

au-di-ver'-i-fts,

He will have loved ;
a-maY-e-rit;
mo-nu'-g-rit;
rex'-g-Ht;

au-div'-g-rm/.

COMPARATIVE VIEW OF THE CONJUGATIONS.

ACTIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
FIBST ROOT.

Present, may or can.
I may love,
S. 1.
2.
3.
4.

Thou mayst love,
a'-m es,
mo'-n e-as,
re'-gas,

a'-mera,
mo'-ne-amr

re'-gam,
au'-di-am,

He may.love ;
a'-me£; •
mo'-ne-at;

au'-di-as,

We may lovet
P. 1. a-me'-mus,
2. mo-ne-a'-mus,
3. re-ga'-mus,
4. au-di-d'-mus,

re'-gat;
au'-di-at;

Ye may love,
a-m e'-tis,
mo-ne-a'-tis,
re-gd'-tis,
au-di-d'-tis.

They may love
a'-ment.
mo'-ne-ant.
re'-gant.
au'-di-ant.

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should,
/ would love,
S. 1. a-mg'-rm,
2. mo-ne'-rewi,
3. reg'-g-rem,
4. au-dr-rem,

Thou wouldst love, He would love ;
a-ma -res,
a-md'-ret;
mo-ne'-rw,
mo-ne'-ret ;
reg'-g-res.
reg'-g-ret;

PFe would love,
P. 1. am-a-re'-mits,
2. mon-e-re'-mus,
3. xeg-e-re'-mus,
5. au-di-re'-mws,

au-d£'-res,

Fe would love,
am-a-re'-tis,
mon-e-re'-tiSy
reg-e-re'-tis,
au-di-re'-tis,

au-d£'-re£ ;

TViey would love,
a-md'-rent.
mo-ne'-rent.
reg'-g-rent.
au-di'-rent.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
SECOND ROOT.

Perfect, may have,
1 may have loved, Thou mayst have lotted,
S. 1. a-mav'-2-rtm,
a-mav'-g-ris,
2. mo-nu'-g-rim,
mo-nu'-g-ris,
3. rex'-g-rim,
rex'-g-ris,
4. au-div'-g-rim,
au-div'-£-ris,
We may have \
Ye may have loved,
P. 1. am-a-ver'-t-mus, am-a-ver'-t-tis,
2. mon-u-er'-l-mus, mon-u-er'-l-tis,
3. rex-er-l-mus,
xex-er'-%-tis,
4. au-di-ver'-t-mus, axx-di-ver'-l-tis,

He may have laved*
a-mav'-g-rit:
mo-n\i'-g-rit;
rex'-g-rit;
au-div'-£-ri£;

They may have lend,
a-ma v'-g-rint.
mo-nu'-g-rint.
rex'-g-rint.
au-div'-g-rint.

348

COMPARATIVE VIEW OF THE CONJUGATIONS.

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have.
2 would have loved, Thou icoiddst have loved, He would have loved
S. 1. am-a-vw'-sem,
am-a-vis'-ses,
am-a-vis'-se^ ; 2. mon-u-is'-sem,
3. rex-zs'-sem,
^
4. au-di-vis'-sem,

mon-u-is'-scs,
rex-is'-ses,
au-di-vis'-ses,

mon-u-is'-sef ;

rex-is'-set ;
au-di-vis'-setf;

We would have laved, Ye would have loved, They would have loved
am-a-vis'-sent.
P. 1. am-a-vzs-se'-tfitts,
am-a-vis-se'-Jis,
2. mon-u-is-se'-mws,
mon-u-is-se'-^is,
mon-u-is'-seni.
3. rex-is-se'-mi^,
rex-is-se'-tis,
rex-is'-sent.
4. au-di-vis-se'-mus,
au-di-vis-se'-tfis,
au-di-vis'-sent.
ACTIVE VOICE—IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Love or love thou,
S. 1. a'-mo or a-ma'-to,
2. mo'-ne or mo-ne'-to,
3. re'-ge or reg'-t-to,
4. au'-di or au-di'-fo,
Love or love ye,
P. 1. a-m a'-te or am-a-td'-te,
2. mo-ne'-te or mon-e-to'-te,

3. reg'-t-te or reg-i-to'-te,
4. au-dV-te or oxi-di-lo'-te,

Let him love ;
a-ma'-to ;
mo-n6'-to;
reg'-l-to ;
au-di'-to ;
Let them love.
a-m an'-to.
tno-nen'-to.
re-gun'-to.
au-di-im'-fo.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Present.

Perfect.

Future.

Tb love or to be loving, To have laved, To be about or going to lose.
am-a-vis'-se,
am-a-tS'-rws es'-se.
1. a-ma'-re,
mon-u-is'-se,
mon-i-tw'-rMs es'-se.
2. mo-ne'-re,
rex-is'-se,
rec-t u'-rus
es'-se.
3. reg'-S-re,
au-di-viV-se,
au-di-t u'-rus es'-se.
4. au-dF-re,
SUPINE.

PARTICIPLES.

Present.

Future.

Former.

About or going to love.
Lowing,
1. am-a-tu'-rus.
1. a'-mans,
2. mon-i-tw'-rus.
2. mo'-nens,
3. rec-t u'-rus.
3. re'-gens,
4. au-di-tw'-rtts.
4. au'-di-ens,

1. a-ma'-tum, to love.
2. mon'-i-tum, to advise.
3. rec'-tum, to rule.
4. au-dl'-tum. to hear.

GERUNDS.
Gen. of loving, Dat. to or for loving, Acc. loving,
1. a-man'-di,
a-m an'-do,
a-man'-dum,
2. mo-nen'-di,
mo-n en'-do,
mo-nen'-dum,

3. re-gen'-di,
4. au-di-en'-di,

re-gen'-do,
au-di-en'-do,

re-gen'-dum,
au-di-en'-dum,

Abl. by loving

a-man'-do.
mo-nen'-do.
' re-gen'-do.
au-di-en'-do

COMPARATIVE VIEW OF THE CONJUGATIONS.
PASSIVE VOICE.
PRINCIPAL PARTS.

Pres. Ind.

Pres. Inf.
a-ma'-ri,

A'-mor,
Mo'-ne-or,
Re'-gor,
Au'-di-or,

Per/. Part.

mo-ne'-ri,

re'-gi,

rec'-tus, .

au-dJ'-ri,

(to be loved.)
(to be advised.)
(to be rvled.)
(to be heard.)

a-ma'-tiw,
mon'-i-tws,
au-di'-tws,

INDICATIVE MOOD—FIRST

Present, am.
I am loved,
& 1. a'-mor,
2. mo'-ne-or,

3. re'-gor,
4. au'-di-or}

We are loved,
P. 1. a-ma'-mur^
2. mo-ne'-mw,

3. reg'-l-mur,
4. au-di'-mur,

Thou art loved,

He is loved;

a-m^'-Ws or -re,
mo-ne'-ris or -re,
reg'-S-ris or -re,
au-df'-ris or -re,

a-mS'-ftir;
mo-ne'-tfur ;
reg'-l-tur ;
au-di'-rfur ;

Ye are loved,

They are loved.
a-man'-tur.
mo-nen'-tur.
re-gun'-tur.
3iVL-dd-un'~tur.

a-mam'-£-m,
mo-nem'-T-m,

re-gim'-V-ni,
a-dim'-l-ni,

Imperfect, was.
I was loved,
& 1. a-m5'-&ar,
2. mo-ne'-6ar,

3. re-ge'-bar,
4. au-di-e'-6ar,

We were loved,
P. 1. am-a-ba'-mur,
2. mon-e-ba'-mur,
3. reg-e-ba'-mur,
4. au-di-e-ba'-mur,

Thou wast loved,

3. re'-gar,

Thou wUt be loved,
a-mab'-S-ris or -re,
mo-neb'-g-ris or -re,
re-ge'-ris or -re,

4. au'-di-ar,

au-di-e'-ris or -re,

2. mo-ne'-6or,

PFe shall be loved,
P. 1. a-mab'-t-mur,

They were loved.
am-a-ban'-tur.
mon-e-ban'-tur.
reg-e-ban'-twr,
a\i~di-e-ban'-tur<

Ye were /oced,

am-a-bam'-i-ni,
mon-e-bam'-t-ni,
xeg-e-bamf-1-ni,
au-di-e-bam'-1-ni,

Future, shall or will
I shall be loved,
& 1. a-m a'-bor,

He was loved;
am-a-65'-tur ;
mo n-e-ba'-tur ;
reg-e-ba'-tur ;
au-di-e-ba'-tur ;

am-a-6a'-ris or -re,
mon-e-65'-ris or -re,
reg-e-ba'-ris or -re,
au-di-e-fca'-ris or -re,

Ye will be loved,
am-a-bimf-1-ni,

2. mo-neb'-t-mur, mon-e-bim'-i-ni,

3. re-ge'-mur,

re-gem'-1-ni,

4. au-di-c'-mur,

au-di-era'-T-ni,

66.

He will be loved;
a-mab'-l-tur ;
mo-neb'-l-tur ;
re-ge'-tmj
au-di-e-tur ;
They will be loved.
am-a-bun'-tur.
mon-e-bun'-tur.
re-gen'-tur.
au-di-en'-tur.

250

COMPARATIVE VIEW OF THE CONJUGATION»,

PASSIVE VOICE—INDICATIVE MOOD.
THIRD ROOT.

Perfect (definite), have been; (indefinite), was.
Thou hast been loved,
a-nia'-tws, "1
mon'-i-tws, I es or
rec'-tits,
jfu-is'-ti
au-di'-tus, J

I have been loved,
S. a-ma'-tws, ]
2. mon'-f-tus, I sum or
3. rec'-tus,
j fu'-i,
4. au-dl'-tus, J

We have been loved,
Ye have been loved,
P. a-ma'-ti, ,
„ .
| a-ma'-ti, 1
2. mon'-i-ti, I su'-mus or mon'-i-ti, les'-tis or
3. rec'-ti,
J fii'-i-mus, rec'-ti,
[ fu-is'-tis,
4. au-di'-ti, j
J au-di'-ti, J

He has been loved ;
a-ma'-tws, ")
mon'-i-tas, (est or
rec'-tws,
(fu'-itj
au-di'-tus, J
They have been loved.
a-ma'-ti, "1 sunt, fumon'-i-ti, I e'-runt
rec'-ti,
j or fu-e'au-di'-ti, J re.

Pluperfect, had been.
I had been loved,
S. a-ma'-tus, "]
2. mon'-i-tits, I e'-ram or
3. rec'-tws,
j fu'-2-ram,
4. au-dl'-tiw, J
We had been loved,
1 e-ra'-mus
4. au-dl'-ti, J

mus-

Thou hadst been loved, He had been loved ;
a-ma'-t lis, 1
a-ma'-tus, ] ,
mon'-i-tus, I e'-ras or mon'-i-ttts, I fll,
rec'-tus,
[ fu'-S-ras, rec'-tus,
au-di'-tus, J
'
au-di'-tus, J
Ye had been loved,
a-™5/:1*'. 1 e-ra'-tis
™?«T' ^fu"e"

au-di'-ti,

ra'-tis,

They had been loved.
a-ma'-ti, ] e,_rant

w Ef-sau-di'-ti, j rant*

Future-Perfect, shall or will have been.
I shall have been loved, Thou wilt have been, cf-c., He will have been, <$*c. ;
& a-ma'-tus, 1
J a-ma'-tws, 1
| a-ma'-tws,
2 mon'-i-tus, I e'-ro or mon'-i-tus, I e'-ris or \ mon'-l-tws, 1 e'-rit or
j fu'-S-rit j
f fu'-e-ris rec'-t us,
3. rec'-tus,
[ fu'-e-ro, rec'-t us,
au-di'-tas,
4. au-di'-tits,
au-di'-ttts, J
We shall have been loved,
P. a-ma'-ti, "1 er'-i-mus
2. pion'-i-ti, (
or
3. rec'-ti,
j fu-er'-i4. au-dl'-ti, j mus,

Ye will have been, tyc., They will have been. cf*c.
a-ma'-ti,
a-ma-'ti,
mon'-i-ti, ! er'-T-tis or mon'-i-ti, ( e runt or
{fu' -S-rint.
rec'-ti,
[ fu-er'-l-tis, rec'-ti,
au-di'-ti,
au-dl'-ti,

251

COMPARATIVE VIEW OF THE CONJUGATIONS.

PASSIVE VOICE—SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
FIRST ROOT.

Present, may or can be.
I may be loved,
S. 1. a'-m er}

Thou mayst be loved,
a-me'-ris or -re,
mo-ne-a'-ris or -re,
re-ga'-ris or -re,
au-dt- a'-ris or -re,

He may be loved f
am z'-tur ;
mo^ne-a'-tur ;
re-ga'-tur;
a.u-di-a'-tur ;

We may be loved,
P. 1 a-me'-mur,

Ye may be loved,
a-mem'-i-ni,

They may be loved.
&-men'-tur.
mo-n e-an'-tur.
re-gan'-tur.
&\i-di-an'-tur.

2. mo'-ne-ar,
3. re'-gar,
4. au'-di-ar,

2. mo-ne-a'-raur,
3. re-ga'-mur,
4. .au-di-a'-mur,

mo-ne-am'-l-ni,
TQ-gam'-l-ni,
au-di-am'-l-ni,

Imperfect, might, could, would, or should be.
I would be loved,
jS.

1. a-ma'-rer,
2. mo-ne'-rer,
3. reg'-g-rer,
4. au-dr-rer,

mon-e-re'-ris or -re,
reg-e-re'-ris or -re,
au-di-re'-ris or -re,

fFe would be loved,

P. 1.
2.
3.
4.

Thou wouldst be loved,
am-a-re'^ris or -re,

am-a-re'-mttr,
mon-e-re'-mwr,
reg-e-re'-mur,
au-di-re'-mwr,

Fe would be loved,
am-a-rem'-T-m,
mon-e-rem'-?-m,
reg-e-rem'-T-m,
au-di-rem'-S-m,

He would be loved,

am-a-re'-tfwr ;
mon-e-re'-fitr ;
reg-e-re'-tur;
SiXi-di-re'-tur

;

They would be loved.
am-a-ren'-tur.
mon-e-ren'-tur.
reg-e-ren'-tur.
au-di-ren'-twr.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
THIRD ROOT.

Perfect, may have been.
T may have been loved, Thou mayst have been (f*c., He may have been, <f»c.;

»S. am-a'-tMs,
2. mon'-i-tiw, I sim or
3. rec'-tws, [ fu'-S-rim,
4. au-di'-tws,

am-a'-tws,
a-ma'-tus, 1 H
mon'-i-tjis, sis or
mon'-i-tiis, I . ,
rec'-tus,
fu'-e-ris, rec'-tas,
f™;s"
au-di'-tas,
au-di'-tws, J '
We may have been,
Ye may have been,
They may have been, <^o,
P. a-ma'-ti,
mus a-ma'-ti, 1 si'-tis or II a-ma'-ti, ( sint or
si'-n
2. mon •-i-h, 1 fi -er'- mon'-i-tz, I
mon'-i-ti,
3. rec'-tt, ' Vor fu
rec'-1i,
jfu-er'-i-tis, I rec'-ti,
ffu'-6-rinL
4. au-dl'-tt, J ''rausau-di'-ti, J
I au-dl'-t?, J

252

COMPARATIVE VIEW OF THE CONJUGATIONS.

Pluperfect, might, could, would, or should have been.
/ iwould have been loved, Thou wouldst have, cf»c., He would have, <f»c.;
a-ma'-tws,
S. a-ma'-tus, "]
I a-ma'-tus, 1 ^ .
.
-sem
mon'-i-tus, 1 es'-ses | mon'-i-tas, I-'"f
2. mon'-i-tws, 1 es-ser
or fu3. rec'-tws,
[ fu-is'-!sem, rec'-trts,
is'-ses, '
4. au-di'-tus,
au-di'-tizs,
| au-dr-ttts. fu'-set.

Tfe would have been, <f*c., Yd would have been,
P. a-ma'-ti.
a-ma'-tz,
es-se-mus
nion'-i-ti, es-se'-tis
2. mon'-T-ti,
or fu-isor fu-isrec'-ti,
3. rec'-ti,
se'-mus,
se'-tis,
au-di'-ti,
4. au-di'-ti,

T/ie?/ would have,

sw* ter

PASSIVE VOICE—IMPERATIVE MOOD.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Be thou loved,
Let him be loved,
a-ma'-re or a-m a'-tor,
a-ma'-tor;
mo-ne'-re or mo-ne'-for, mo-ne'-tor ;
reg'-g-re or reg'-J-tor,
reg'-J-tor;
au-df'-re or au-d?'-/or,
au-di'-for;

Be ye loved, Let
a-mam'-t-ni,
mo-nem'-t-ni,
re-gim'-l-ni,
au-dim'-T-ni,

them be loved,
a-man'-tor.
mo-nen'-tor,
re-gun'-tor,
au-dz-Mn'-for.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Present.
To
loved,
1. a-m a'-ri,
2. mo-ne'-ri,
3. re'-gi,
4. au-dz'-W,

Perfect.
To have been loved,

Future.
To be about to be loved.

a-ma'-tws, ")
mon'-i-tws, I es-se or
rec'-tus,
j fci-is'-se.
au-dl'-tiw, J
PARTICIPLES.

Perfect.
Loved or having been loved.
M a-ma'-tits, a, um.
M mon'-i-tus, a, um.
M rec'-tus, a, um.
M au-dr'-ttts, a, um.

Future.
7*o
loved.
a-man'-dws, a, um.
mo-nen'-dits, a, um.
re-gen'-dws, a, um.
au-di-en'-dus, a, um.

a-ma'-tttm, ]
mon'-i-tum, (. .
rec'-tum, [
avL-dV-tunif

J

SUPINE.

Latter.
To be loved,

a-ma'-tw.
mon'-i-ta.
rec'-tu.
au-di'-tw.

REMARKS.—The Comparative Views of the Latin Declensions and
Conjugations are designed to give the student a connected view of those
inflections, with which, in detail, he is supposed to be already well ac­
quainted. A thorough acquaintance with the Views of the Declensions,
pp. 44 and 45, will constitute the best preparation for the succeeding
lessons on adjectives and pronouns. The Comparative View of the
conjugations, in the active voice, will be advantageously studied after
the 61st Lesson, and the remaining part after the 74th. For greater
convenience in occasional reference, the Comparative View of the Verbs
has been placed at the end of the volume

This book is a preservation facsimile produced for
the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.
It is made in compliance with copyright law
and produced on acid-free archival
60# book weight paper
which meets the requirements of
ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (permanence of paper).
Preservation facsimile printing and binding
by
Northern Micrographics
Brookhaven Bindery
La Crosse, Wisconsin
2013